Page Range | 21461-21676 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
82 FR 21675 - Promoting Free Speech and Religious Liberty | |
82 FR 21673 - National Day of Prayer, 2017 | |
82 FR 21591 - Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
82 FR 21543 - Sunshine Act Meetings | |
82 FR 21551 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
82 FR 21506 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 21549 - Homeland Security Science and Technology Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 21477 - Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act Provisions; Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Northern Red Hake Accountability Measure | |
82 FR 21542 - 2017 Spring Joint Meeting of the Ozone Transport Commission and the Mid-Atlantic Northeast Visibility Union | |
82 FR 21542 - TSCA Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements; Standards for Small Manufacturers and Processors; Reopening of Comment Period | |
82 FR 21542 - Underground Injection Control Program; Hazardous Waste Injection Restrictions; Petition for Exemption Reissuance-Class I Hazardous Waste Injection; INVISTA Victoria Victoria, Texas | |
82 FR 21590 - Authority To Accept Volunteer Services From Students | |
82 FR 21532 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Evaluation of the ESSA Title I, Part C, Migrant Education Programs (Study Instruments) | |
82 FR 21516 - Certain Tool Chests and Cabinets From the People's Republic of China: Initiation of Countervailing Duty Investigation | |
82 FR 21523 - Certain Tool Chests and Cabinets from the People's Republic of China and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Initiation of Less-Than-Fair-Value Investigations | |
82 FR 21568 - STP Nuclear Operating Company, South Texas Project, Units 1 and 2 | |
82 FR 21495 - Special Local Regulations; Safety Zones; Recurring Marine Events in Sector Columbia River | |
82 FR 21567 - Biweekly Notice: Applications and Amendments to Facility Operating Licenses and Combined Licenses Involving No Significant Hazards Considerations; Correction | |
82 FR 21498 - Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Monkfish; Framework Adjustment 10 | |
82 FR 21554 - Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards (ACRS) Meeting of the ACRS Subcommittee on APR1400; Notice of Meeting | |
82 FR 21475 - Amendments to the Reef Fish, Spiny Lobster, and Corals and Reef Associated Plants and Invertebrates Fishery Management Plans of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands | |
82 FR 21548 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Mitigation Grant Programs/e-Grants | |
82 FR 21544 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies | |
82 FR 21543 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company | |
82 FR 21511 - Welded Line Pipe From Turkey: Rescission, in Part, of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review; 2015 | |
82 FR 21512 - Light-Walled Welded Rectangular Carbon Steel Tubing From Taiwan: Final Results of the Expedited Fourth Sunset Review of the Antidumping Duty Order | |
82 FR 21521 - Silicomanganese From Ukraine: Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2015-2016 | |
82 FR 21509 - Notice of Request for Revision to and Extension of Approval of an Information Collection; Importation of Tomatoes With Stems From the Republic of Korea | |
82 FR 21508 - Notice of Request for Revision to and Extension of Approval of an Information Collection; Importation of Fresh Baby Kiwi From Chile | |
82 FR 21475 - Teacher Preparation Issues | |
82 FR 21502 - 2017 Rates Charged for AMS Services | |
82 FR 21529 - Request for Information Regarding Disclosures for Student Financial Accounts | |
82 FR 21533 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Study of Weighted Student Funding and School-Based Systems (Recruitment and Study Design Phase) | |
82 FR 21590 - CALIFORNIA Disaster Number CA-00264 | |
82 FR 21590 - Resighini Rancheria Disaster #CA-00273 | |
82 FR 21555 - Biweekly Notice; Applications and Amendments to Facility Operating Licenses and Combined Licenses Involving No Significant Hazards Considerations | |
82 FR 21535 - American Municipal Power, Inc.; Notice of Application Accepted for Filing, Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Protests | |
82 FR 21535 - Notice of Commissioner and Staff Attendance at North American Electric Reliability Corporation Meetings | |
82 FR 21538 - Commission Information Collection Activities (FERC-725E); Comment Request; Revision and Extension | |
82 FR 21537 - CPV Fairview, LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
82 FR 21533 - Pennsylvania Grain Processing, LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
82 FR 21541 - Equitrans, L.P.; Notice of Request Under Blanket Authorization | |
82 FR 21536 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
82 FR 21536 - Buffalo Dunes Wind Project, LLC, and Enel Green Power North America, Inc. Alabama Power Company, and Southern Company Services, Inc., as Agent v. Southwest Power Pool, Inc.; Notice of Complaint | |
82 FR 21547 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Revision to National Flood Insurance Program Maps: Application Forms and Instructions for LOMRs and CLOMRs | |
82 FR 21487 - Amendments to Investment Advisers Act Rules To Reflect Changes Made by the FAST Act | |
82 FR 21553 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 21481 - Regulatory Improvements for Power Reactors Transitioning to Decommissioning | |
82 FR 21472 - Technical Amendments to Form ADV and Form ADV-W | |
82 FR 21546 - Meeting of the National Advisory Council on Migrant Health | |
82 FR 21509 - Notice of Request for Public Comments and Public Hearing on Section 232 National Security Investigation of Imports of Aluminum | |
82 FR 21543 - Notice to All Interested Parties of the Termination of the Receivership of 10338-North Georgia Bank, Watkinsville, Georgia | |
82 FR 21549 - Major Portion Prices and Due Date for Additional Royalty Payments on Indian Gas Production in Designated Areas Not Associated With an Index Zone | |
82 FR 21484 - Airworthiness Directives; Bombardier, Inc., Airplanes | |
82 FR 21482 - Airworthiness Directives; Bombardier, Inc. (Type Certificate Previously Held by Canadair Limited) Airplanes | |
82 FR 21469 - Airworthiness Directives; Dassault Aviation Airplanes | |
82 FR 21546 - Safety and Occupational Health Study Section (SOHSS), National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH or Institute) | |
82 FR 21545 - Advisory Board on Radiation and Worker Health (ABRWH or the Advisory Board), National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) | |
82 FR 21464 - Special Conditions: Gulfstream Aerospace LP, Model Gulfstream 200 Airplane; Non-Rechargeable Lithium Battery Installations | |
82 FR 21461 - Special Conditions: Bombardier Aerospace Inc., Model CL-600-2E25 Airplane; Non-Rechargeable Lithium Battery Installations | |
82 FR 21494 - Project KISS | |
82 FR 21551 - Pilot Program for Bulk Submission of Claims to Copyright | |
82 FR 21471 - MU-2B Series Airplane Training Requirements Update; Correction | |
82 FR 21587 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 1 and Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To Permit the Listing and Trading of P.M.-Settled NASDAQ-100 Index® Options on a Pilot Basis | |
82 FR 21585 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats BZX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 11.22, Data Products, To Adopt a New Market Data Product Known as the ETF Implied Liquidity Feed | |
82 FR 21507 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 21581 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Exchange's Fees at Rule 7047 | |
82 FR 21573 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Shares of the IQ Municipal Insured ETF; IQ Municipal Short Duration ETF; and IQ Municipal Intermediate ETF Under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600 | |
82 FR 21634 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Investors Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change Related to Auctions in IEX-Listed Securities, Dissemination of Auction-Related Market Data, and Provisions Governing Trading Halts and Pauses | |
82 FR 21591 - Notice of Determinations; Culturally Significant Objects Imported for Exhibition Determinations: “Orchestrating Elegance: Alma-Tadema and Design” Exhibition | |
82 FR 21534 - Combined Notice of Filings | |
82 FR 21544 - Submission for OMB Review; Preaward Survey Forms (Standard Forms 1403, 1404, 1405, 1406, 1407, and 1408) | |
82 FR 21520 - Sulfanilic Acid From India and the People's Republic of China: Continuation of Antidumping Duty and Countervailing Duty Orders | |
82 FR 21513 - Initiation of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Administrative Reviews | |
82 FR 21550 - Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act: Impact on U.S. Industries and Consumers and on Beneficiary Countries | |
82 FR 21594 - Excess Uranium Management: Secretarial Determination of No Adverse Impact on the Domestic Uranium Mining, Conversion, and Enrichment Industries | |
82 FR 21467 - Airworthiness Directives; Dassault Aviation Airplanes |
Agricultural Marketing Service
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service
Industry and Security Bureau
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Health Resources and Services Administration
Coast Guard
Federal Emergency Management Agency
Office of Natural Resources Revenue
Copyright Office, Library of Congress
National Endowment for the Arts
Federal Aviation Administration
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final special conditions; request for comment.
These special conditions are issued for non-rechargeable lithium battery installations on the Bombardier Aerospace Inc. (Bombardier) Model CL-600-2E25 airplane. Non-rechargeable lithium batteries are a novel or unusual design feature when compared to the state of technology envisioned in the airworthiness standards for transport category airplanes. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
This action is effective on Bombardier on May 9, 2017. We must receive your comments by June 23, 2017.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2017-0361 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Nazih Khaouly, Airplane and Flight Crew Interface Branch, ANM-111, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-2432; facsimile 425-227-1149.
The FAA anticipates that non-rechargeable lithium batteries will be installed in most makes and models of transport category airplanes. We intend to require special conditions for certification projects involving non-rechargeable lithium battery installations to address certain safety issues until we can revise the airworthiness requirements. Applying special conditions to these installations across the range of transport category airplanes will ensure regulatory consistency.
Typically, the FAA issues special conditions after receiving an application for type certificate approval of a novel or unusual design feature. However, the FAA has found that the presence of non-rechargeable lithium batteries in certification projects is not always immediately identifiable, since the battery itself may not be the focus of the project. Meanwhile, the inclusion of these batteries has become virtually ubiquitous on in-production transport category airplanes, which shows that there will be a need for these special conditions. Also, delaying the issuance of special conditions until after each design application is received could lead to costly certification delays. Therefore the FAA finds it necessary to issue special conditions applicable to these battery installations on particular makes and models of aircraft.
On April 22, 2016, the FAA published special conditions no. 25-612-SC in the
Section 1205 of the FAA Reauthorization Act of 1996 requires the FAA to consider the extent to which Alaska is not served by transportation modes other than aviation and to establish appropriate regulatory distinctions when modifying airworthiness regulations that affect intrastate aviation in Alaska. In consideration of this requirement and the overall impact on safety, the FAA does not intend to require non-rechargeable lithium battery special conditions for design changes that only replace a 121.5 megahertz (MHz) emergency locator transmitter (ELT) with a 406 MHz ELT that meets Technical Standard Order C126b, or later revision, on transport airplanes operating only in Alaska. This will support our efforts of encouraging operators in Alaska to upgrade to a 406
The substance of these special conditions has been subjected to the notice and comment period in prior instances and has been derived without substantive change from those previously issued. It is unlikely that prior public comment would result in a significant change from the substance contained herein. Therefore, the FAA has determined that prior public notice and comment are unnecessary and impracticable, and good cause exists for adopting these special conditions upon publication in the
We invite interested people to take part in this rulemaking by sending written comments, data, or views. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the special conditions, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data.
We will consider all comments we receive by the closing date for comments. We may change these special conditions based on the comments we receive.
Bombardier holds type certificate no. A21EA, which provides the certification basis for the CL-600-2E25 airplane. The CL-600-2E25 is a twin engine, transport category airplane with a passenger seating capacity of 104 and a maximum takeoff weight of 90,000 pounds.
The FAA is issuing these special conditions for non-rechargeable lithium battery installations on the CL-600-2E25 airplane. The current battery requirements in title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 25 are inadequate for addressing an airplane with non-rechargeable lithium batteries.
Under the provisions of 14 CFR 21.101, Bombardier must show that the CL-600-2E25 airplane meets the applicable provisions of the regulations listed in type certificate no. A21EA or the applicable regulations in effect on the date of application for the change, except for earlier amendments as agreed upon by the FAA. In addition, the certification basis includes certain special conditions, exemptions, or later amended sections that are not relevant to these special conditions.
If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
Special conditions are initially applicable to the airplane model for which they are issued. Should the type certificate for that model be amended later to include any other model that incorporates the same novel or unusual design feature, or should any other model already included on the same type certificate be modified to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would also apply to the other model under § 21.101.
In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the CL-600-2E25 must comply with the fuel vent and exhaust emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34 and the noise certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.
The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and they become part of the type certification basis under § 21.101.
The novel or unusual design feature is the installation of non-rechargeable lithium batteries.
For the purpose of these special conditions, we refer to a battery and battery system as a battery. A battery system consists of the battery and any protective, monitoring, and alerting circuitry or hardware inside or outside of the battery. It also includes vents (where necessary) and packaging.
The FAA derived the current regulations governing installation of batteries in transport category airplanes from Civil Air Regulations (CAR) 4b.625(d) as part of the recodification of CAR 4b that established 14 CFR part 25 in February 1965. This recodification basically reworded the CAR 4b battery requirements, which are currently in § 25.1353(b)(1) through (4). Non-rechargeable lithium batteries are novel and unusual with respect to the state of technology considered when these requirements were codified. These batteries introduce higher energy levels into airplane systems through new chemical compositions in various battery cell sizes and construction. Interconnection of these cells in battery packs introduces failure modes that require unique design considerations, such as provisions for thermal management.
Recent events involving rechargeable and non-rechargeable lithium batteries prompted the FAA to initiate a broad evaluation of these energy storage technologies. In January 2013, two independent events involving rechargeable lithium-ion batteries revealed unanticipated failure modes. A National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) letter to the FAA, dated May 22, 2014, which is available at
On July 12, 2013, an event involving a non-rechargeable lithium battery in an emergency locator transmitter installation demonstrated unanticipated failure modes. The United Kingdom's Air Accidents Investigation Branch Bulletin S5/2013 describes this event.
Some known uses of rechargeable and non-rechargeable lithium batteries on airplanes include:
• Flight deck and avionics systems such as displays, global positioning systems, cockpit voice recorders, flight data recorders, underwater locator beacons, navigation computers, integrated avionics computers, satellite network and communication systems, communication management units, and remote-monitor electronic line-replaceable units;
• Cabin safety, entertainment, and communications equipment, including emergency locator transmitters, life rafts, escape slides, seatbelt air bags, cabin management systems, Ethernet switches, routers and media servers, wireless systems, internet and in-flight entertainment systems, satellite televisions, remotes, and handsets;
• Systems in cargo areas including door controls, sensors, video surveillance equipment, and security systems.
Some known potential hazards and failure modes associated with non-rechargeable lithium batteries are:
•
•
•
Special condition no. 1 of these special conditions requires that each individual cell within a non-rechargeable lithium battery be designed to maintain safe temperatures and pressures. Special condition no. 2 addresses these same issues but for the entire battery. Special condition no. 2 requires the battery be designed to prevent propagation of a thermal event, such as self-sustained, uncontrollable increases in temperature or pressure from one cell to adjacent cells.
Special conditions nos. 1 and 2 are intended to ensure that the non-rechargeable lithium battery and its cells are designed to eliminate the potential for uncontrollable failures. However, a certain number of failures will occur due to various factors beyond the control of the battery designer. Therefore, other special conditions are intended to protect the airplane and its occupants if failure occurs.
Special conditions 3, 7, and 8 are self-explanatory.
Special condition no. 4 makes it clear that the flammable fluid fire protection requirements of § 25.863 apply to non-rechargeable lithium battery installations. Section 25.863 is applicable to areas of the airplane that could be exposed to flammable fluid leakage from airplane systems. Non-rechargeable lithium batteries contain an electrolyte that is a flammable fluid.
Special condition no. 5 requires that each non-rechargeable lithium battery installation not damage surrounding structure or adjacent systems, equipment, or electrical wiring from corrosive fluids or gases that may escape in such a way as to cause a major or more severe failure condition.
While special condition no. 5 addresses corrosive fluids and gases, special condition no. 6 addresses heat. Special condition no. 6 requires that each non-rechargeable lithium battery installation have provisions to prevent any hazardous effect on airplane structure or systems caused by the maximum amount of heat the battery installation can generate due to any failure of it or its individual cells. The means of meeting special conditions nos. 5 and 6 may be the same, but the requirements are independent and address different hazards.
These special conditions apply to all non-rechargeable lithium battery installations in lieu of § 25.1353(b)(1) through (4) at Amendment 25-123 or § 25.1353(c)(1) through (4) at earlier amendments. Those regulations remain in effect for other battery installations.
These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
These special conditions are applicable to the CL-600-2E25 airplane. Should Bombardier apply at a later date for a change to the type certificate to include another model incorporating the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would apply to that model as well.
These special conditions are only applicable to design changes applied for after the effective date.
These special conditions are not applicable to changes to previously certified non-rechargeable lithium battery installations where the only change is either cosmetic or to relocate the installation to improve the safety of the airplane and occupants. Previously certified non-rechargeable lithium battery installations, as used in this paragraph, are those installations approved for certification projects applied for on or before the effective date of these special conditions. A cosmetic change is a change in appearance only, and does not change any function or safety characteristic of the battery installation. These special conditions are also not applicable to unchanged, previously certified non-rechargeable lithium battery installations that are affected by a change in a manner that improves the safety of its installation. The FAA determined that these exclusions are in the public interest because the need to meet all of the special conditions might otherwise deter these design changes that improve safety.
This action affects only a certain novel or unusual design feature on one model of airplane. It is not a rule of general applicability.
The substance of these special conditions has been subjected to the notice and comment period in prior instances and has been derived without substantive change from those previously issued. It is unlikely that prior public comment would result in a significant change from the substance contained herein. Therefore, the FAA has determined that prior public notice and comment are unnecessary and impracticable, and good cause exists for adopting these special conditions upon publication in the
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and record keeping requirements.
The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702, 44704.
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the following special conditions are issued as part of the type certification basis for the Bombardier Model CL-600-2E25 airplane.
In lieu of § 25.1353(b)(1) through (4) at Amendment 25-123 or § 25.1353(c)(1) through (4) at earlier amendments, each non-rechargeable lithium battery installation must:
1. Be designed to maintain safe cell temperatures and pressures under all foreseeable operating conditions to prevent fire and explosion.
2. Be designed to prevent the occurrence of self-sustaining, uncontrollable increases in temperature or pressure.
3. Not emit explosive or toxic gases, either in normal operation or as a result of its failure, that may accumulate in hazardous quantities within the airplane.
4. Meet the requirements of § 25.863.
5. Not damage surrounding structure or adjacent systems, equipment, or electrical wiring from corrosive fluids or gases that may escape in such a way as to cause a major or more severe failure condition.
6. Have provisions to prevent any hazardous effect on airplane structure or systems caused by the maximum amount of heat it can generate due to any failure of it or its individual cells.
7. Have a failure sensing and warning system to alert the flightcrew if its failure affects safe operation of the airplane.
8. Have a means for the flightcrew or maintenance personnel to determine the battery charge state if the battery's function is required for safe operation of the airplane.
A battery system consists of the battery and any protective, monitoring, and alerting circuitry or hardware inside or outside of the battery. It also includes vents (where necessary) and packaging. For the purpose of these special conditions, a “battery” and “battery system” are referred to as a battery.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final special conditions; request for comment.
These special conditions are issued for non-rechargeable lithium battery installations on the Gulfstream Aerospace LP (GALP) Model Gulfstream 200 airplane, as modified by Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation (Gulfstream). Non-rechargeable lithium batteries are a novel or unusual design feature when compared to the state of technology envisioned in the airworthiness standards for transport category airplanes. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
This action is effective on Gulfstream Aerospace LP on May 9, 2017. We must receive your comments by June 23, 2017.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2017-0364 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Nazih Khaouly, Airplane and Flight Crew Interface Branch, ANM-111, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington, 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-2432; facsimile 425-227-1149.
The FAA anticipates that non-rechargeable lithium batteries will be installed in most makes and models of transport category airplanes. We intend to require special conditions for certification projects involving non-rechargeable lithium battery installations to address certain safety issues until we can revise the airworthiness requirements. Applying special conditions to these installations across the range of transport category airplanes will ensure regulatory consistency.
Typically, the FAA issues special conditions after receiving an application for type certificate approval of a novel or unusual design feature. However, the FAA has found that the presence of non-rechargeable lithium batteries in certification projects is not always immediately identifiable, since the battery itself may not be the focus of the project. Meanwhile, the inclusion of these batteries has become virtually ubiquitous on in-production transport category airplanes, which shows that there will be a need for these special conditions. Also, delaying the issuance of special conditions until after each design application is received could lead to costly certification delays. Therefore the FAA finds it necessary to issue special conditions applicable to these battery installations on particular makes and models of aircraft.
On April 22, 2016, the FAA published special conditions no. 25-612-SC in the
Section 1205 of the FAA Reauthorization Act of 1996 requires the FAA to consider the extent to which Alaska is not served by transportation modes other than aviation and to establish appropriate regulatory distinctions when modifying airworthiness regulations that affect intrastate aviation in Alaska. In consideration of this requirement and the overall impact on safety, the FAA does not intend to require non-rechargeable lithium battery special conditions for design changes that only replace a 121.5 megahertz (MHz) emergency locator transmitter (ELT) with a 406 MHz ELT that meets Technical Standard Order C126b, or later revision, on transport airplanes operating only in Alaska. This will support our efforts of encouraging operators in Alaska to upgrade to a 406 MHz ELT. These ELTs provide significantly improved accuracy for lifesaving services to locate an accident site in Alaskan terrain. The FAA considers that the safety benefits from upgrading to a 406 MHz ELT for
The substance of these special conditions has been subjected to the notice and comment period in prior instances and has been derived without substantive change from those previously issued. It is unlikely that prior public comment would result in a significant change from the substance contained herein. Therefore, the FAA has determined that prior public notice and comment are unnecessary and impracticable, and good cause exists for adopting these special conditions upon publication in the
We invite interested people to take part in this rulemaking by sending written comments, data, or views. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the special conditions, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data.
We will consider all comments we receive by the closing date for comments. We may change these special conditions based on the comments we receive.
Gulfstream periodically applies to amend its supplemental type certificate that installs an executive passenger cabin interior, which includes non-rechargeable lithium batteries, in the GALP Model Gulfstream 200 airplane. The GALP Model Gulfstream 200, approved under type certificate no. A53NM, is a twin engine, transport category airplane with a passenger seating capacity of 19 and a maximum takeoff weight of 34,850 to 35,650 pounds, depending on the specific design.
The FAA is issuing these special conditions for non-rechargeable lithium battery installations on the GALP Model Gulfstream 200 airplane, as modified by Gulfstream. The current battery requirements in title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 25 are inadequate for addressing an airplane with non-rechargeable lithium batteries.
Under the provisions of 14 CFR 21.101, Gulfstream must show that the change and areas affected by the change on the GALP Model Gulfstream 200 airplane meet the applicable regulations in effect on the date of application for the change, except for earlier amendments as agreed upon by the FAA. Earlier amended regulations may not precede those listed in type certificate no. A53NM or, for amended supplemental type certificate projects, those listed in the supplemental type certificate. In addition, the certification basis includes certain special conditions, exemptions, or later amended sections that are not relevant to these special conditions.
If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
Special conditions are initially applicable to the airplane model for which they are issued. Should the applicant apply for a supplemental type certificate to modify any other model included on the same type certificate to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would also apply to the other model under § 21.101.
In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the GALP Model Gulfstream 200 airplane must comply with the fuel vent and exhaust emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34 and the noise certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.
The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and they become part of the type certification basis under § 21.101.
The novel or unusual design feature is the installation of non-rechargeable lithium batteries.
For the purpose of these special conditions, we refer to a battery and battery system as a battery. A battery system consists of the battery and any protective, monitoring, and alerting circuitry or hardware inside or outside of the battery. It also includes vents (where necessary) and packaging.
The FAA derived the current regulations governing installation of batteries in transport category airplanes from Civil Air Regulations (CAR) 4b.625(d) as part of the recodification of CAR 4b that established 14 CFR part 25 in February 1965. This recodification basically reworded the CAR 4b battery requirements, which are currently in § 25.1353(b)(1) through (4). Non-rechargeable lithium batteries are novel and unusual with respect to the state of technology considered when these requirements were codified. These batteries introduce higher energy levels into airplane systems through new chemical compositions in various battery cell sizes and construction. Interconnection of these cells in battery packs introduces failure modes that require unique design considerations, such as provisions for thermal management.
Recent events involving rechargeable and non-rechargeable lithium batteries prompted the FAA to initiate a broad evaluation of these energy storage technologies. In January 2013, two independent events involving rechargeable lithium-ion batteries revealed unanticipated failure modes. A National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) letter to the FAA, dated May 22, 2014, which is available at
On July 12, 2013, an event involving a non-rechargeable lithium battery in an emergency locator transmitter installation demonstrated unanticipated failure modes. The United Kingdom's Air Accidents Investigation Branch Bulletin S5/2013 describes this event.
Some known uses of rechargeable and non-rechargeable lithium batteries on airplanes include:
• Flight deck and avionics systems such as displays, global positioning systems, cockpit voice recorders, flight data recorders, underwater locator beacons, navigation computers, integrated avionics computers, satellite network and communication systems, communication management units, and remote-monitor electronic line-replaceable units;
• Cabin safety, entertainment, and communications equipment, including emergency locator transmitters, life rafts, escape slides, seatbelt air bags, cabin management systems, Ethernet switches, routers and media servers, wireless systems, internet and in-flight entertainment systems, satellite televisions, remotes, and handsets;
• Systems in cargo areas including door controls, sensors, video surveillance equipment, and security systems.
Some known potential hazards and failure modes associated with non-rechargeable lithium batteries are:
•
•
•
Special condition no. 1 of these special conditions requires that each individual cell within a non-rechargeable lithium battery be designed to maintain safe temperatures and pressures. Special condition no. 2 addresses these same issues but for the entire battery. Special condition no. 2 requires the battery be designed to prevent propagation of a thermal event, such as self-sustained, uncontrollable increases in temperature or pressure from one cell to adjacent cells.
Special conditions nos. 1 and 2 are intended to ensure that the non-rechargeable lithium battery and its cells are designed to eliminate the potential for uncontrollable failures. However, a certain number of failures will occur due to various factors beyond the control of the battery designer. Therefore, other special conditions are intended to protect the airplane and its occupants if failure occurs.
Special conditions 3, 7, and 8 are self-explanatory.
Special condition no. 4 makes it clear that the flammable fluid fire protection requirements of § 25.863 apply to non-rechargeable lithium battery installations. Section 25.863 is applicable to areas of the airplane that could be exposed to flammable fluid leakage from airplane systems. Non-rechargeable lithium batteries contain an electrolyte that is a flammable fluid.
Special condition no. 5 requires that each non-rechargeable lithium battery installation not damage surrounding structure or adjacent systems, equipment, or electrical wiring from corrosive fluids or gases that may escape in such a way as to cause a major or more severe failure condition.
While special condition no. 5 addresses corrosive fluids and gases, special condition no. 6 addresses heat. Special condition no. 6 requires that each non-rechargeable lithium battery installation have provisions to prevent any hazardous effect on airplane structure or systems caused by the maximum amount of heat the battery installation can generate due to any failure of it or its individual cells. The means of meeting special conditions nos. 5 and 6 may be the same, but the requirements are independent and address different hazards.
These special conditions apply to all non-rechargeable lithium battery installations in lieu of § 25.1353(b)(1) through (4) at Amendment 25-123 or § 25.1353(c)(1) through (4) at earlier amendments. Those regulations remain in effect for other battery installations.
These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
These special conditions are applicable to the GALP Model Gulfstream 200 airplane, as modified by Gulfstream. Should Gulfstream apply at a later date for a supplemental type certificate to modify any other model included on type certificate no. A53NM to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would apply to that model as well.
These special conditions are only applicable to design changes applied for after the effective date.
These special conditions are not applicable to changes to previously certified non-rechargeable lithium battery installations where the only change is either cosmetic or to relocate the installation to improve the safety of the airplane and occupants. Previously certified non-rechargeable lithium battery installations, as used in this paragraph, are those installations approved for certification projects applied for on or before the effective date of these special conditions. A cosmetic change is a change in appearance only, and does not change any function or safety characteristic of the battery installation. These special conditions are also not applicable to unchanged, previously certified non-rechargeable lithium battery installations that are affected by a change in a manner that improves the safety of its installation. The FAA determined that these exclusions are in the public interest because the need to meet all of the special conditions might otherwise deter these design changes that improve safety.
This action affects only a certain novel or unusual design feature on one model of airplane. It is not a rule of general applicability.
The substance of these special conditions has been subjected to the notice and comment period in prior instances and has been derived without substantive change from those previously issued. It is unlikely that prior public comment would result in a significant change from the substance contained herein. Therefore, the FAA has determined that prior public notice and comment are unnecessary and impracticable, and good cause exists for adopting these special conditions upon publication in the
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and record keeping requirements.
The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702, 44704.
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the following special conditions are issued as part of the type certification basis for the GALP Model Gulfstream 200 airplane modified by Gulfstream.
In lieu of § 25.1353(b)(1) through (4) at Amendment 25-123 or § 25.1353(c)(1) through (4) at earlier amendments, each non-rechargeable lithium battery installation must:
1. Be designed to maintain safe cell temperatures and pressures under all foreseeable operating conditions to prevent fire and explosion.
2. Be designed to prevent the occurrence of self-sustaining, uncontrollable increases in temperature or pressure.
3. Not emit explosive or toxic gases, either in normal operation or as a result of its failure, that may accumulate in hazardous quantities within the airplane.
4. Meet the requirements of § 25.863.
5. Not damage surrounding structure or adjacent systems, equipment, or electrical wiring from corrosive fluids or gases that may escape in such a way as to cause a major or more severe failure condition.
6. Have provisions to prevent any hazardous effect on airplane structure or systems caused by the maximum amount of heat it can generate due to any failure of it or its individual cells.
7. Have a failure sensing and warning system to alert the flightcrew if its failure affects safe operation of the airplane.
8. Have a means for the flightcrew or maintenance personnel to determine the battery charge state if the battery's function is required for safe operation of the airplane.
A battery system consists of the battery and any protective, monitoring, and alerting circuitry or hardware inside or outside of the battery. It also includes vents (where necessary) and packaging. For the purpose of these special conditions, a “battery” and “battery system” are referred to as a battery.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are superseding Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2013-03-12 for all Dassault Aviation Model MYSTERE-FALCON 50 airplanes. AD 2013-03-12 required revising the maintenance program to incorporate certain maintenance requirements and airworthiness limitations. This AD requires revising the maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, to incorporate new or revised maintenance requirements and airworthiness limitations. This AD was prompted by issuance of a revision to the airplane maintenance manual (AMM) that introduces new or more restrictive maintenance requirements and/or airworthiness limitations. We are issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective June 13, 2017.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of June 13, 2017.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain other publication listed in this AD as of March 19, 2013 (78 FR 9798, February 12, 2013).
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Dassault Falcon Jet Corporation, Teterboro Airport, P.O. Box 2000, South Hackensack, NJ 07606; telephone 201-440-6700; Internet
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Tom Rodriguez, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1137; fax 425-227-1149.
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 2013-03-12, Amendment 39-17347 (78 FR 9798, February 12, 2013) (“AD 2013-03-12”). AD 2013-03-12 applied to all Dassault Aviation Model MYSTERE-FALCON 50 airplanes. The NPRM published in the
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2016-0067, dated April 7, 2016 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for all Dassault Aviation Model MYSTERE-FALCON 50 airplanes. The MCAI states:
The airworthiness limitations and maintenance requirements for the Mystère Falcon 50 type design are included in DA Mystère Falcon 50 Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) chapter 5-40 and are approved by EASA.
Failure to implement these limitations or accomplish these tasks could result in an unsafe condition [reduced structural integrity of the airplane]. Consequently, compliance with these actions has been identified as mandatory for continued airworthiness.
Consequently, EASA issued AD 2011-0246 [which corresponds to FAA AD 2013-03-12] to require accomplishment of the maintenance tasks, and implementation of the airworthiness limitations, as specified in DA Mystère Falcon 50 AMM chapter 5-40 Revision 21.
Since that [EASA] AD was issued, DA issued revision 23 of the Mystere Falcon 50 AMM chapter 5-40 (hereafter referred to as `the ALS' in this [EASA] AD), which introduces new and more restrictive maintenance requirements and/or airworthiness limitations.
The ALS introduces, among others, the following changes:
For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD, retains the requirements of EASA AD 2011-0246, which is superseded, and requires the implementation of the maintenance tasks and airworthiness limitations, as specified in the ALS.
This AD requires revising the maintenance or inspection program, as
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We received no comments on the NPRM or on the determination of the cost to the public.
We reviewed the relevant data and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD as proposed except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
We reviewed Chapter 5-40, Airworthiness Limitations, of the Erratum to Dassault Falcon 50/50EX Maintenance Manual, Revision 23, dated July 2015. This service information describes maintenance requirements and/or airworthiness limitations. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 249 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective June 13, 2017.
(1) This AD replaces AD 2013-03-12, Amendment 39-17347 (78 FR 9798, February 12, 2013) (“AD 2013-03-12”).
(2) This AD affects AD 2010-26-05, Amendment 39-16544 (75 FR 79952, December 21, 2010) (“AD 2010-26-05”), and AD 2012-02-18, Amendment 39-16941 (77 FR 12175, February 29, 2012) (“AD-2012-02-18”).
This AD applies to Dassault Aviation Model MYSTERE-FALCON 50 airplanes, certificated in any category, all manufacturer serial numbers.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 05, Periodic inspections.
This AD was prompted by a manufacturer revision to the airplane maintenance manual (AMM) that introduces new or more restrictive maintenance requirements and/or airworthiness limitations. We are issuing this AD to prevent reduced structural integrity of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (g) of AD 2013-03-12, with no changes. Within 30 days after March 19, 2013 (the effective date of AD 2013-03-12): Revise the maintenance program to incorporate all airworthiness limitations and maintenance tasks specified in Section 05-40/00,
This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (h) of AD 2013-03-12, with a new exception. Except as required by paragraph (i) of this AD: After accomplishing the revisions required by paragraph (g) of this AD, no alternative actions (
Within 30 days after the effective date of this AD: Revise the maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, to incorporate airworthiness limitations, maintenance tasks, and associated thresholds and intervals specified in Section 05-40/00, Airworthiness Limitations, of Chapter 5-40, Airworthiness Limitations, of the Erratum to Dassault Falcon 50/50EX Maintenance Manual, Revision 23, dated July 2015. The initial compliance times for the tasks are at the applicable times specified in Section 05-40/00, Airworthiness Limitations, of Chapter 5-40, Airworthiness Limitations, of the Erratum to Dassault Falcon 50/50EX Maintenance Manual, Revision 23, dated July 2015, or within 30 days after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs later. Accomplishing the revision of the maintenance or inspection program required by this paragraph terminates the requirements of paragraph (g) of this AD.
After the maintenance or inspection program has been revised as required by paragraph (i) of this AD, no alternative actions (
Accomplishing the actions required by paragraph (g) or (i) of this AD terminates all requirements of AD 2010-26-05 and AD 2012-02-18 for the Dassault Aviation Model MYSTERE-FALCON 50 airplanes specified in those ADs.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA Airworthiness Directive 2016-0067, dated April 7, 2016, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) For more information about this AD, contact Tom Rodriguez, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1137; fax 425-227-1149. Information may be emailed to:
(3) Service information identified in this AD that is not incorporated by reference is available at the addresses specified in paragraphs (n)(5) and (n)(6) of this AD.
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(3) The following service information was approved for IBR as of June 13, 2017.
(i) Chapter 5-40, Airworthiness Limitations, of the Erratum to Dassault Falcon 50/50EX Maintenance Manual, Revision 23, dated July 2015.
(ii) Reserved.
(4) The following service information was approved for IBR on March 19, 2013 (78 FR 9798, February 12, 2013).
(i) Section 05-40/00, Airworthiness Limitations, of Chapter 5-40, Airworthiness Limitations, of the Dassault Falcon 50/50EX Maintenance Manual, Revision 21, dated June 2011.
(ii) Reserved.
(5) For service information identified in this AD, contact Dassault Falcon Jet Corporation, Teterboro Airport, P.O. Box 2000, South Hackensack, NJ 07606; telephone 201-440-6700; Internet
(6) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(7) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Dassault Aviation Model FAN JET FALCON airplanes; all Model FAN JET FALCON SERIES C, D, E, F, and G airplanes; and all Model MYSTERE-FALCON 20-C5, 20-D5, 20-E5, and 20-F5 airplanes. This AD was prompted by a determination that inspections for discrepancies of the fuselage bulkhead are necessary. This AD requires repetitive inspections for discrepancies of the fuselage bulkhead, and repair if
This AD is effective June 13, 2017.
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Tom Rodriguez, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone: 425-227-1137; fax: 425-227-1149.
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to all Dassault Aviation Model FAN JET FALCON airplanes; all Model FAN JET FALCON SERIES C, D, E, F, and G airplanes; and all Model MYSTERE-FALCON 20-C5, 20-D5, 20-E5, and 20-F5 airplanes. The NPRM published in the
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2016-0096, dated May 19, 2016 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for all Dassault Aviation Model FAN JET FALCON airplanes; all Model FAN JET FALCON SERIES C, D, E, F, and G airplanes; and all Model MYSTERE-FALCON 20-C5, 20-D5, 20-E5, and 20-F5 airplanes. The MCAI states:
A detailed inspection (DET) of the fuselage bulkhead at frame (FR) 33 is established through a subset of inspection/check maintenance procedure referenced in the applicable aircraft maintenance manual (AMM), task 53-10-0-6 “MAIN FRAME—INSPECTION/CHECK”, with periodicity established in Chapter 5-10, at every C-Check. Failure to accomplish this DET could lead to deterioration of the affected structure.
This condition, if not detected and corrected, could lead to bulkhead failure, possibly resulting in a rapid depressurization of the aeroplane and consequent injury to occupants.
For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD requires repetitive DET of the bulkhead at FR33 [for discrepancies, such as buckling, deformations, cracks, loose countersinks, scratches, dents, and corrosion], and depending on findings, repair of the affected structure.
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comment received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to the single commenter.
The commenter, Mark Reiner, asked that the compliance time for the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (g) of the proposed AD be reduced from 5,000 to 2,500 flight cycles. The commenter reasoned that since so many airplanes are flying around the world and accumulating numerous flight cycles, the chances of problems occurring on an airplane are greatly increased.
We do not agree with the commenter's request. In developing an appropriate compliance time for this action, we considered not only the degree of urgency associated with addressing the subject unsafe condition, but the manufacturer's recommendation for an appropriate compliance time, and the practical aspect of accomplishing the inspections within an interval of time that corresponds to the typical scheduled maintenance for the majority of affected operators. Further, we determined that the compliance time recommended by the manufacturer and EASA, and the time required for the rulemaking process provide an acceptable level of safety. Therefore, we have not changed this AD in this regard.
We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comment received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD as proposed, except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
We estimate that this AD affects 133 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We also estimate that it takes about 8 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD on U.S. operators to be $90,440, or $680 per product.
We have received no definitive data that would enable us to provide cost estimates for the on-condition actions specified in this AD.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective June 13, 2017.
None.
This AD applies to the Dassault Aviation airplanes specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this AD, certificated in any category, all manufacturer serial numbers.
(1) Model FAN JET FALCON and FAN JET FALCON SERIES C, D, E, F, and G airplanes.
(2) Model MYSTERE-FALCON 20-C5, 20-D5, 20-E5, and 20-F5 airplanes.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 53, Fuselage.
This AD was prompted by a determination that inspections for discrepancies of the fuselage bulkhead at frame (FR) 33 are necessary. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct discrepancies of the fuselage bulkhead; such discrepancies could result in the deterioration and subsequent failure of the bulkhead, which could result in rapid decompression of the airplane and consequent injury to occupants.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Before exceeding 5,000 total flight cycles since first flight of the airplane, or within 500 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs later: Do a detailed inspection for discrepancies of the fuselage bulkhead at FR 33 using a method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA); or Dassault Aviation's EASA Design Organization Approval (DOA). If approved by the DOA, the approval must include the DOA-authorized signature. Repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed 5,000 flight cycles.
If any discrepancy is found during any inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD: Before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or the EASA; or Dassault Aviation's EASA DOA. If approved by the DOA, the approval must include the DOA-authorized signature. Repair of an airplane as required by this paragraph does not constitute terminating action for the repetitive actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD, unless specified otherwise in the repair instructions.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA Airworthiness Directive 2016-0096, dated May 19, 2016, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
None.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule; correcting amendment.
The FAA is correcting a final rule published on September 7, 2016. In that rule, the FAA amended its regulations to relocate and update the content of SFAR No. 108 to the newly created subpart N of part 91 in order to improve the safety of operating the Mitsubishi Heavy Industries (MHI) MU-2B series airplane. This document corrects two errors in the codified text of the final rule.
Effective May 9, 2017.
For technical questions concerning this action, contact Joseph Hemler, Commercial Operations Branch, Flight Standards Service, AFS-820, Federal Aviation Administration, 55 M Street SE., 8th floor, Washington, DC 20003-3522; telephone (202) 267-1100; email
On September 7, 2016, the FAA published a final rule entitled, “MU-2B Series Airplane Training Requirements Update” (81 FR 61583). In that final rule, the FAA amended its regulations to relocate and update the content of SFAR No. 108 to the newly created subpart N of part 91 in order to improve the safety of operating the MHI MU-2B series airplane. The FAA relocated the training program from the SFAR No. 108 appendices to advisory material in order to allow the FAA to update policy while ensuring significant training adjustments still go through notice-and-comment rulemaking. The FAA also corrected and updated several inaccurate maneuver profiles to reflect
After the final rule was published, the FAA discovered an error in the regulatory text of the rule. The FAA was also notified that the publisher of the MHI MU-2B Checklists, which were incorporated by reference in the final rule, changed on March 31, 2017. Because the publisher's contact information is codified in § 91.1721(b), the regulatory text of paragraph (b) was incorrect as of March 31, 2017. These errors, and the corresponding corrections, are as follows:
Section 91.1715(a) currently reads, in part, “takeoff landing currency requirements.” The FAA is adding the word “and” to correct an inadvertent omission in the regulation.
The MHI MU-2B Cockpit Checklists are incorporated by reference in § 91.1721. Section 91.1721(b) contains the contact information of the company who publishes these checklists. When the final rule was published, Turbine Aircraft Services, Inc. (TAS) was contracted by Mitsubishi Heavy Industries America, Inc. (MHIA) to print and distribute the MU-2B Cockpit Checklists. Therefore, § 91.1721(b) currently contains TAS's contact information. The FAA was notified, however, that beginning on March 31, 2017, MHIA will be responsible for printing and distributing the MU-2B Cockpit Checklists. This correction document updates the contact information in § 91.1721(b) to reflect the new publisher.
Because these amendments are technical in nature and result in no substantive changes, the FAA finds that the notice and public procedures under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are unnecessary. For the same reason, the FAA finds good cause exists under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3) to make the amendments effective in less than 30 days.
Aircraft, Airmen, Airports, Aviation safety, Freight, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration corrects chapter I of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 1155, 40101, 40103, 40105, 40113, 40120, 44101, 44111, 44701, 44704, 44709, 44711, 44712, 44715, 44716, 44717, 44722, 46306, 46315, 46316, 46504, 46506-46507, 47122, 47508, 47528-47531, 47534, articles 12 and 29 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation (61 Stat. 1180), (126 Stat. 11).
(a) The takeoff and landing currency requirements of § 61.57 of this chapter must be maintained in the Mitsubishi MU-2B series airplane. Takeoff and landings in other multiengine airplanes do not meet the takeoff and landing currency requirements for the Mitsubishi MU-2B series plane. Takeoff and landings in either the short-body or long-body Mitsubishi MU-2B model airplane may be credited toward takeoff and landing currency for both Mitsubishi MU-2B model groups.
(b) Mitsubishi Heavy Industries America, Inc., 4951 Airport Parkway, Suite 530, Addison, TX 75001.
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Final rule; technical amendments.
The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” or “SEC”) is making technical amendments to Form ADV under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) to reflect the enactment of a Wyoming state law regulating investment advisers. Form ADV is the form advisers use to register with the Commission and the state securities regulatory authorities. The Commission is also making similar amendments to Form ADV-W, the form advisers use to withdraw from registration with the Commission or the states.
Effective July 1, 2017.
Bridget D. Farrell, Senior Counsel or Melissa Roverts Harke, Senior Special Counsel at (202) 551-6787 or
The Commission is adopting technical amendments to Form ADV [17 CFR 279.1] and Form ADV-W [17 CFR 279.2] under the Advisers Act to correct and update what will be outdated references in those forms to the state of Wyoming due to the enactment by Wyoming of legislation regulating investment advisers, which will be effective as of July 1, 2017.
An investment adviser must register with the Commission unless it is prohibited from registering under section 203A of the Advisers Act or relies on an exemption from registration under section 203.
Recently, the state of Wyoming enacted a statute regulating investment advisers that will become effective July 1, 2017.
As a result of this Wyoming statute, the Commission is making technical amendments to Form ADV as well as to Form ADV-W to reflect the addition of the state of Wyoming to the group of states with investment adviser regulation. Specifically, any adviser filing an initial Form ADV or an amendment to an existing Form ADV on or after July 1, 2017 will not be able to select Item 2.A.(3) of Form ADV, which currently indicates having a principal office and place of business in Wyoming (which does not regulate advisers) as a basis for Commission registration. Further, a checkbox for “WY” will be added to Item 2.C. of Form ADV to enable state notice filings for Commission-registered advisers. Finally, a checkbox for “WY” will also be added to section (b) of Form ADV-W, concerning withdrawals from state investment adviser registration.
Under the Administrative Procedure Act (“APA”), notice of proposed rulemaking is not required when the agency, for good cause, finds “that notice and public procedure thereon are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.”
We do not believe that these ministerial amendments to Forms ADV and ADV-W, to reflect the addition of Wyoming to the group of states with investment adviser regulation, make any substantive modifications to any existing collection of information requirements or impose any new substantive recordkeeping or information collection requirements within the meaning of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”).
As a result of the Wyoming statute, and its interaction with the Advisers Act and rules thereunder, small and mid-sized investment advisers who have a principal office and place of business in Wyoming, and cannot assert another basis for continuing to remain registered with the Commission, will be required to register with the Wyoming Secretary of State, deregister with the Commission, and be subject to Wyoming oversight as of July 1, 2017.
As of February 1, 2017, there are 40 investment advisers that selected Item 2.A.(3) of Form ADV, indicating that the adviser has a principal office and place of business in the state of Wyoming. Of these 40 investment advisers, four advisers have identified themselves as those with regulatory assets under management of $100 million or more by checking Item 2.A.(1) on Form ADV and will continue to be required to register with the Commission, regardless of the change in the statute enacted by the state of Wyoming. However, based on regulatory assets under management (Item 5.F.(2)(c) on Form ADV), there is one additional adviser with regulatory assets under management of $100 million or more that did not identify itself by Item 2.A.(1) that we therefore anticipate would remain registered with the Commission. Only one adviser currently selecting Item 2.A.(3) also selected Item 2.A.(2) on Form ADV as of February 1, 2017, indicating that it is a “mid-sized adviser” with regulatory assets under management of more than $25 million but less than $100 million; however, based on regulatory assets under management, we identified seven additional mid-sized advisers that did not select Item 2.A.(2). We anticipate these eight advisers would need to change their registrations to state registration, absent an alternative basis for remaining registered with the Commission. The remaining 27 advisers report regulatory assets under management of less than $25 million and checked only Item 2.A.(3) as a basis for registration with the Commission and would need to change their registrations to state registration absent an alternative basis for remaining registered with the Commission.
Thus, there are approximately 35 advisers that have not indicated an alternative basis for remaining registered with the Commission after the Wyoming statute becomes effective on July 1, 2017,
The Commission has analyzed the effects of the changes to the forms as a result of the Wyoming legislation and anticipates only nominal benefits or costs, if any, to arise from the technical amendments to Form ADV and Form ADV-W to reflect the change in Wyoming law. The removal of Item 2.A.(3) from Form ADV will prevent investment advisers from improperly checking the box previously used to identify investment advisers from the state of Wyoming, making clear to such advisers that they are no longer eligible to register with the Commission on the basis of having a principal office and place of business in Wyoming. Correspondingly, amendments to Schedule R of Form ADV to remove Item 2.A.(3) from the Schedule will have effects for relying advisers subject to umbrella registration similar to the effects for advisers that do not use Schedule R but respond to Item 2.A.(3) of Form ADV. Further, Item 2.C of Form ADV will now be amended to include Wyoming check boxes for Commission-registered advisers to send notice filings to Wyoming. Finally, Form ADV-W will be revised to allow Wyoming registrants to withdraw their registration with Wyoming as necessary.
As Item 2.A.(3) would not be relevant to investment advisers without a principal office and place of business in the state of Wyoming, we do not believe that changes to the forms will impose any costs on these investment advisers to update their systems or otherwise review or understand the impact of the changes.
Separately, we recognize that approximately 35 investment advisers will be required to transition to Wyoming oversight as a self-executing result of the Wyoming statute's interaction with our existing statutes and rules. We acknowledge that this transition resulting from the Wyoming statute will have economic effects on these entities. In our 2011 rule implementing Section 410 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which transitioned mid-sized investment advisers to state oversight, we discussed certain economic effects that result from transitioning a class of advisers from federal to state oversight.
The Commission is adopting technical amendments to Form ADV under section 19(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77s(a)], sections 23(a)
The Commission is adopting technical amendments to Form ADV-W (17 CFR 279.2) under the authority set forth in sections 203(h), 204 and 211(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(h), 80b-4, and 80b-11)).
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; Securities.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, title 17, chapter II of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
The Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80b-1,
The text of Form ADV does not and the amendments will not appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.
The text of Form ADV-W does not and the amendments will not appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.
By the Commission.
Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education.
Final rule; CRA Revocation.
Under the Congressional Review Act, Congress has passed, and the President has signed, a resolution of disapproval of the Teacher Preparation Issues final regulations that were published on October 31, 2016. Pursuant to the resolution, the Department of Education (Department) is removing applicable regulations from the Code of Federal Regulations.
This action is effective May 9, 2017.
Sophia McArdle, Ph.D., U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 6W256, Washington, DC 20202. Telephone: (202) 453-6318 or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf or a text telephone, call the Federal Relay Service, toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
On October 31, 2016, the Department published the teacher preparation issues notice of final regulations (81 FR 75494). The regulations in 34 CFR part 612 were effective November 30, 2016. The amendments to part 686 were to be effective on July 1, 2017, except for amendatory instructions 4.A., 4.B., 4.C.iv., 4.C.x., and 4.C.xi., amending 34 CFR 686.2(d) and (e), which were to be effective July 1, 2021. Congress subsequently passed a resolution of disapproval of the rule, and President Trump signed the resolution into law as Public Law 115-14 on March 27, 2017. Accordingly, the Department is hereby removing part 612 of the teacher preparation issues final regulations from the Code of Federal Regulations. The amendments to part 686 were not effective, and therefore, were never part of the Code of Federal Regulations. The Department is removing the instructions amending part 686 from the rule that published October 31, 2016.
Administrative practice and procedure, Aliens, Colleges and universities, Consumer protection, Grant programs—education, Loan programs—education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Selective Service System, Student aid, Vocational education.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, and under the authority of the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, and under the authority of the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final rule.
NMFS issues regulations to implement measures described in Amendment 8 to the Fishery Management Plan (FMP) for the Reef Fish Fishery of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands (USVI) (Reef Fish FMP), Amendment 7 to the FMP for the Spiny Lobster Fishery of Puerto Rico and the USVI (Spiny Lobster FMP), and Amendment 6 to the FMP for Corals and Reef Associated Plants and Invertebrates of Puerto Rico and the USVI (Coral FMP), as prepared and submitted by the Caribbean Fishery Management Council (Council). This final rule refers to these amendments, in combination, as the Accountability Measure (AM) Timing Amendment. This final rule to implement the AM Timing Amendment modifies the date for the implementation of AM-based closures for all species and species groups managed by the Council under the subject FMPs. The purpose of the AM Timing Amendment and this final rule is to minimize, to the extent practicable, the adverse socio-economic impacts of AM-based closures, while constraining catch levels to the applicable annual catch limits (ACLs) and preventing overfishing.
This final rule is effective June 8, 2017.
Electronic copies of the AM Timing Amendment, which includes an environmental assessment (EA), a Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) analysis, and a regulatory impact review, may be obtained from the Southeast Regional Office Web site at
María del Mar López, telephone: 727-824-5305; email:
In the U.S. Caribbean exclusive economic zone (EEZ), the reef fish, spiny lobster, and corals and reef associated plants and invertebrates (corals) fisheries are managed under their respective FMPs. The FMPs were prepared by the Council and are implemented through regulations at 50 CFR part 622 under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act) (16 U.S.C. 1801
On January 5, 2017, NMFS published a notice of availability for the AM Timing Amendment and requested public comment (82 FR 1308). On February 10, 2017, NMFS published a proposed rule for the AM Timing Amendment and requested public comment (82 FR 10324). The proposed rule and the AM Timing Amendment outline the rationale for the actions contained in this final rule. A summary of the management measures described in the AM Timing Amendment and implemented by this final rule is provided below.
This final rule modifies the date for implementation of an AM-based closure in the event of an ACL overage for a species or species group managed by the Council in Puerto Rico, St. Thomas/St. John, and St. Croix under the Reef Fish, Coral, and Spiny Lobster FMPs. AM-based closures occur in the year following any overage triggering implementation of the AM. Specifically, an AM-based closure will be implemented from September 30 of the closure year backward, toward the beginning of the fishing year, for the number of days necessary to achieve the reduction in landings required to ensure landings do not exceed the applicable ACL. If the length of the required fishing season reduction exceeds the period of January 1 through September 30, any additional fishing season reduction required will be applied from October 1 forward, toward the end of the fishing year (December 31). This final rule to implement the AM Timing Amendment is expected to minimize adverse socio-economic effects from the implementation of AMs, while still helping to ensure that AM-based closures constrain harvest to the ACL and prevent overfishing.
The FMP for the Queen Conch Resources of Puerto Rico and the USVI is not included in the AM Timing Amendment because queen conch harvest is managed with an in-season closure when the ACL is reached or projected to be reached, rather than a post-season reduction in the fishing year.
In addition to the measure discussed above, the AM Timing Amendment requires that the Council revisit the practice of using September 30 as the end date for AM-based closures no longer than 2 years from the implementation of the AM Timing Amendment and no longer than every 2 years thereafter. Any formal review associated with revisiting the selected date would allow NMFS and the Council to specifically consider new information. Thus, any corresponding revisions would be expected to result in additional positive social and economic effects.
NMFS received a total of two comment submissions on the proposed rule and the AM Timing Amendment; one from a group of individuals and one from a Federal agency. The Federal agency stated that it had no comment on the proposed rule or the AM Timing Amendment. The other comment as well as NMFS' response, is summarized below.
The EA also evaluated the impacts of the AM Timing Amendment on the biological and ecological environment and protected species. As discussed in
The public has had multiple opportunities to participate in the development of the AM Timing Amendment and to provide comments. The public had the opportunity to comment on the AM Timing Amendment and draft EA at public hearings in November 2015 and August 2016, and during public testimony at the June 2016 and August 2016 Council meetings, in advance of final approval by the Council. Following the Council's approval of the AM Timing Amendment, NMFS provided the opportunity for public comment on the amendment through a 60-day public comment period on the notice of availability (82 FR 1308, January 5, 2017), and through a 30-day comment period on the proposed rule (82 FR 10326, February 10, 2017), consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act and APA public notice and comment requirements.
The Regional Administrator, Southeast Region, NMFS has determined that this final rule is consistent with the AM Timing Amendment, the FMPs, the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law.
This final rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
The Magnuson-Stevens Act provides the statutory basis for this rule. No duplicative, overlapping, or conflicting Federal rules have been identified. In addition, no new reporting, record-keeping, or other compliance requirements are introduced by this final rule.
The Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration during the proposed rule stage that this rule would not have a significant adverse economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The factual basis for this determination was published in the proposed rule and is not repeated here. A public comment relating to socio-economic implications and potential impacts on small businesses is addressed in the Comments and Responses section of this final rule. No changes to this final rule were made in response to public comments. As a result, a final regulatory flexibility analysis was not required and none was prepared.
Accountability measures, Annual catch limits, Caribbean, Fisheries, Fishing.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 622 is amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1801
(a) If landings from a Caribbean island management area, as specified in Appendix E to this part, except for landings of queen conch (see § 622.491(b)), or landings from the Caribbean EEZ for tilefish and aquarium trade species, are estimated by the SRD to have exceeded the applicable ACL, as specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for Puerto Rico management area species or species groups, paragraph (a)(2) of this section for St. Croix management area species or species groups, paragraph (a)(3) of this section for St. Thomas/St. John management area species or species groups, or paragraph (a)(4) of this section for the Caribbean EEZ, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year, to reduce the length of the fishing season for the applicable species or species groups that year by the amount necessary to ensure landings do not exceed the applicable ACL. As described in the respective FMPs, for each species or species group in this paragraph, any required fishing season reduction will be applied from September 30 backward, toward the beginning of the fishing year. If the length of the required fishing season reduction exceeds the time period of January 1 through September 30, any additional fishing season reduction will be applied from October 1 forward, toward the end of the fishing year. If NMFS determines the ACL for a particular species or species group was exceeded because of enhanced data collection and monitoring efforts instead of an increase in total catch of the species or species group, NMFS will not reduce the length of the fishing season for the applicable species or species group the following fishing year. Landings will be evaluated relative to the applicable ACL based on a moving multi-year average of landings, as described in the FMPs. With the exceptions of Caribbean queen conch in the Puerto Rico and St. Thomas/St. John management areas, goliath grouper, Nassau grouper, midnight parrotfish, blue parrotfish, and rainbow parrotfish, ACLs are based on the combined Caribbean EEZ and territorial landings for each management area. The ACLs specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(4) of this section are given in round weight.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final rule.
This action reduces the in-season possession limit adjustment trigger for northern red hake due to an annual catch limit overage in fishing year 2015. Reduction of the trigger is a non-discretionary action intended to minimize the potential for catch overages in the future. This action reinstates regulatory text that we inadvertently removed during a previous rule making action. The intent of this action is to inform the public of this reduction in the possession limit trigger. The regulatory correction is
The rule is effective May 9, 2017.
Peter Burns, Fishery Policy Analyst, phone (978) 281-9144, or
This action reduces the in-season possession limit adjustment trigger for northern red hake, effective May 9, 2017, as described in the Northeast Multispecies Fishery Management Plan (FMP). The accountability measures for the small-mesh multispecies fishery require the reduction of the possession limit adjustment trigger when the fishery exceeds a stock's annual catch limit (ACL), as occurred with northern red hake in 2015. Additionally, this action reinstates the regulatory text that details the raised-footrope trawl gear specifications. Use of the raised-footrope trawl is mandatory in certain small-mesh exemption areas. This action reinstates the regulatory text that we inadvertently removed from the regulations when we published the final rule to implement the measures in Amendment 19 to the Northeast Multispecies FMP in 2013 (78 FR 20260; April 4, 2013).
The small-mesh multispecies fishery is managed as a component of the Northeast Multispecies FMP, using a series of exemptions from the minimum mesh size requirements of the groundfish fishery. There are three species managed as five stocks under these regulations (northern and southern silver hake, northern and southern red hake, and offshore hake). The northern stock areas are generally the Gulf of Maine and Georges Bank, and the southern stock areas are in Southern New England and the Mid-Atlantic regions. Silver hake, also known as “whiting,” is generally the primary target species of the fishery. Red hake is caught concurrently with whiting and is typically sold as bait.
Under the current regulations, if catch of a small-mesh multispecies stock exceeds its ACL in a given fishing year, we are required to reduce the in-season possession limit adjustment trigger (currently 62.5 percent for northern red hake) in a subsequent fishing year by 1 percent for each 1 percent by which the ACL was exceeded. During the fishing year, when we project that the landings have reached the trigger percentage of the total allowable landings (TAL), we will reduce the possession limit for that stock to an incidental level for the remainder of the fishing year.
This is not the first time that we have reduced the northern red hake in-season possession limit adjustment trigger. In fishing year 2012, the trigger for the incidental catch limit was 90 percent for all small-mesh multispecies stocks. We initially determined that the northern red hake ACL was exceeded by 45 percent in 2012 and 2013, so the incidental possession limit trigger was reduced from 90 percent to 45 percent, beginning in fishing year 2014. During development of the whiting specifications for fishing years 2015-2017, the New England Fishery Management Council's Small-Mesh Multispecies Plan Development Team determined that the 2012 ACL had been underestimated, meaning that the catch had exceeded the ACL less than previously thought. Accordingly, we adjusted the possession limit trigger for northern red hake from 45 percent to 62.5 percent of the TAL, beginning in fishing year 2015.
We included the adjusted possession limit trigger in the final specifications packages for the 2015-2017 fishing years. That action also reduced the northern red hake possession limit from 5,000 lb (2,268 kg) to 3,000 lb (1,361 kg) per trip to delay the in-season accountability measure until later in the season and minimize the chance of a subsequent ACL overage, as occurred in fishing years 2012 and 2013. As an additional means of extending the season and reducing red hake discards, it established a new in-season possession limit trigger that reduced the possession limit for northern red hake to 1,500 lb (680 kg) per trip when estimated landings reach 45 percent of the TAL.
In fishing year 2015, the northern red hake ACL was 273 mt, with a TAL of 104 mt. Northern red hake commercial catch, including landings and discards, was 340 mt, exceeding the ACL by 67 mt, or 24.6 percent. Accordingly, this action reduces the possession limit trigger by 24.6 percent, from 62.5 percent of the TAL to 37.9 percent of the TAL, effective May 9, 2017. This measure reduces the possession limit for northern red hake from 3,000 lb (1,361 kg) per trip to the incidental possession limit of 400 lb (181 kg) once the fleet is projected to land 45.5 mt in fishing year 2017. This action also necessitates the removal of the 1,500-lb (680-kg) possession limit at 45 percent of the TAL. The reduced trigger will remain in effect until the Council changes it through specifications or a framework action. This action will not alter the possession limit triggers for any of the other small-mesh multispecies stocks because catch of those stocks did not exceed the respective ACLs in 2015.
In addition to adjusting the possession limit trigger percentage, this action re-instates important regulatory text that we inadvertently deleted from the regulations during a previous rulemaking action. Specifically, text for paragraphs (a)(9)(ii)(A) through (D) of § 648.80 were mistakenly removed from the regulations when an amendment in a final rule implementing measures for Amendment 19 was incorporated into the Code of Federal Regulations. Those longstanding paragraphs provide the detailed gear specifications for the raised-footrope trawl, a gear type that fishermen must use when fishing in certain small-mesh exemption areas. In that rule, we had intended only to amend the introductory text to § 648.80(a)(9)(ii), but the subsequent paragraphs were ultimately removed when the amendment was incorporated into the Code of Federal Regulations.
For reasons described below, there is good cause to waive the 30-day delay of the effective date for the actions in this final rule. Accordingly, the adjusted possession limit adjustment trigger and the reinstatement of the regulatory text take effect immediately upon publication in the
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA, finds good cause to waive prior notice and opportunity for additional public comment for the modifications to the northern red hake possession limit trigger because it would be impracticable and contrary to the public interest. The final rule for Amendment 19 to the Northeast Multispecies FMP, which set the specifications and accountability measures for the small-mesh multispecies fishery, already considered comment on these measures with the understanding that the possession limit trigger could be adjusted when the ACL is exceeded. This action modifies the regulations regarding the accountability measures as intended by the Council and as required in the regulations. Adjustment of the possession limit trigger is a non-discretionary action required by the provisions of Amendment 19. Currently, these regulations specify the northern red hake trigger at 62.5 percent of the TAL. Because the ACL was exceeded, the 62.5-percent trigger for northern red hake will be reduced to 37.9 percent. If the new trigger is not published near the start of the 2017 fishing year on May 1, 2017, the fishery could once again exceed the catch limits because
As to the reinstatement of the regulatory text in paragraphs (a)(9)(ii)(A)-(D) in § 648.80, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA, also finds there is good cause to waive prior notice and comment as it would be impracticable and contrary to the public interest. The reinstatement of the regulatory text in paragraphs (a)(9)(ii)(A)-(D) in § 648.80 is necessary to ensure the proper specifications for the raised footrope trawl in the small-mesh fishery. The extraction of the relevant text was a drafting error and was not intended under Amendment 19, which was the basis for the rulemaking by which the text was inadvertently deleted. The industry has continued to comply with these specifications, which constitute standard industry practice, but the text setting forth these requirements is missing from the regulations. The specifications ensure that the trawl net is rigged to avoid contact with the ocean bottom to reduce the bycatch of non-targeted regulated species. The absence of these regulations may cause harm to fishery resources and benthic habitat and, therefore, should be reinstated as soon as practicable before the start of the 2017 fishing year to maintain the regulations as intended in the FMP. These gear requirements have undergone the appropriate level of notice and comment prior to their initial publication in the regulations. Delaying the re-instatement of this component of the fishery specifications to allow for notice and comment would be contrary to the public interest because it could have negative implications on the resource and create confusion for the industry. In addition, a delay for additional comment would be counter to the intent of the Council, which has not requested a reconsideration of the need for these important specifications. For the reasons stated above, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA, also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in effectiveness of the raised footrope trawl regulations.
Because prior notice and opportunity for public comment are not required for this rule by 5 U.S.C. 553, or any other law, the analytical requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
This rule is not significant for the purposes of Executive Order 12866.
Fisheries, Fishing, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 648 is amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1801
(a) * * *
(9) * * *
(ii) * * *
(A) Eight-inch (20.3-cm) diameter floats must be attached to the entire length of the headrope, with a maximum spacing of 4 ft (122.0 cm) between floats.
(B) The ground gear must all be bare wire not larger than
(C) The footrope must be longer than the length of the headrope, but not more than 20 ft (6.1 m) longer than the length of the headrope. The footrope must be rigged so that it does not contact the ocean bottom while fishing.
(D) The raised footrope trawl may be used with or without a chain sweep. If used without a chain sweep, the drop chains must be a maximum of
(b) * * *
(5) * * *
(iii)
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Preliminary draft regulatory analysis; request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is requesting comment on the preliminary draft regulatory analysis to support a rulemaking that would amend the NRC's regulations for the decommissioning of nuclear power reactors. The NRC's goals in amending the regulations would be to provide for an efficient decommissioning process; reduce the need for exemptions from existing regulations; address other decommissioning issues deemed relevant by the NRC; and support the principles of good regulation, including openness, clarity, and reliability. The NRC plans to hold a public meeting in spring 2017 to discuss the draft regulatory basis that was previously published in the
Submit comments by June 13, 2017. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the NRC is only able to ensure consideration of comments received on or before this date.
You may submit comments by the following method:
•
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Christopher Howells, telephone: 301-415-1381, email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2015-0070 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2015-0070 in your comment submission. If you cannot submit your comments on the Federal rulemaking Web site,
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC will post all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons to not include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS. Please note that the NRC will not provide formal written responses to each of the comments received on the preliminary draft regulatory analysis. However, the NRC staff will consider all comments received in the development of the final regulatory analysis.
On March 15, 2017, the NRC published a document in the
In the draft regulatory basis, the NRC concludes that regulatory activities other than rulemaking—such as guidance development—should be used to address stakeholder concerns regarding the appropriate role of State and local governments in the decommissioning process, the level of NRC review and approval of the PSDAR, and the 60 year limit for power reactor decommissioning. The NRC also determined that additional stakeholder input is needed prior to finalizing recommendations related to cyber security, drug and alcohol testing, certified fuel handler training and minimum staffing, aging management, and fatigue management. The NRC is seeking specific public input on these topics as part of the public comment request on the entire draft regulatory basis.
To supplement the draft regulatory basis, the NRC has prepared a preliminary draft regulatory analysis, in which the costs, benefits, and other impacts of each rulemaking alternative are presented in order to determine the economic impact to industry and to government from the proposed rulemaking. The NRC prepared the preliminary draft regulatory analysis to support decision making during the preparation of the draft regulatory basis document, which includes an evaluation of possible regulatory improvements for reactors transitioning to decommissioning.
The NRC is requesting comment on the preliminary draft regulatory analysis that was prepared to support the draft regulatory basis for the “Regulatory Improvements for Reactors Transitioning to Decommissioning” rulemaking. As you prepare your comments, consider the following general questions:
1. Is the NRC considering appropriate alternatives for each regulatory area described in the preliminary draft regulatory analysis?
2. Are there additional factors that the NRC should consider in each regulatory area? What are these factors?
3. Is there additional information concerning regulatory impacts that the NRC should include in its regulatory analysis for this rulemaking?
4. Are all costs and benefits properly addressed to determine the economic impact of the rulemaking alternatives?
5. What additional costs or cost savings will the rulemaking alternatives cause to society, industry, and government?
The cumulative effects of regulation (CER) describe the challenges that licensees or other impacted entities (such as State agency partners) may face while implementing new regulatory positions, programs, and requirements (
(1) In light of any current or projected CER challenges, what should be a reasonable effective date, compliance date, or submittal date(s) from the time the final rule is published to the actual implementation of any new proposed requirements, including changes to programs, procedures, or the facility?
(2) If current or projected CER challenges exist, what should be done to address this situation (
(3) Do other regulatory actions (
(4) Are there unintended consequences? Does the potential proposed action create conditions that would be contrary to the potential proposed action's purpose and objectives? If so, what are the consequences and how should they be addressed?
(5) Please provide information on the costs and benefits of the potential proposed action. This information will be used to support additional regulatory analysis by the NRC.
The Plain Writing Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-274) requires Federal agencies to write documents in a clear, concise, well-organized manner. The NRC has written this document to be consistent with the Plain Writing Act as well as the Presidential Memorandum, “Plain Language in Government Writing,” published in the
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Bombardier, Inc., Model CL-215-6B11 (CL-415 Variant) airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by a report indicating that an oxygen bottle was found loose while the clamp strap was in the locked position. This proposed AD would require modification of the clamp strap and installation of additional shims, as applicable, to the
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by June 23, 2017.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this NPRM, contact Bombardier, Inc., 400 Côte-Vertu Road West, Dorval, Québec H4S 1Y9, Canada; telephone: 514-855-5000; fax: 514-855-7401; email:
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Cesar Gomez, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Mechanical Systems Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; telephone: 516-228-7318; fax: 516-794-5531.
We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA), which is the aviation authority for Canada, has issued Canadian AD CF-2016-33, dated October 12, 2016 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for certain Bombardier, Inc., Model CL-215-6B11 (CL-415 Variant) airplanes. The MCAI states:
During the implementation of Service Bulletin (SB) 215-4051, the oxygen bottle was found loose while the clamp strap was in the locked position. This was determined to be caused by the quick release latch assembly not achieving the proper clamping pressure.
The release of the oxygen bottle due to improper clamping pressure may result in a loose mass cockpit hazard or an oxygen rich environment leading to a possible fire hazard.
In order to mitigate the unsafe condition, SB 215-4457 was issued to modify the clamp strap and install additional shims to add strength to the attaching structure for all affected aeroplanes.
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
We reviewed Bombardier Service Bulletin 215-4457, Revision 3, dated May 8, 2013. The service information describes procedures for installing shims, and, for certain airplanes, modifying the straps of the latch assembly, on the flight crew's oxygen bottles' retaining structure. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.
We estimate that this proposed AD affects 26 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this proposed AD:
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
We must receive comments by June 23, 2017.
None.
This AD applies to Bombardier, Inc. (Type Certificate previously held by Canadair Limited) Model CL-215-6B11 (CL-415 Variant) airplanes, certificated in any category, having serial numbers 2001, 2002, 2005 through 2007 inclusive, 2010, 2012 through 2017 inclusive, 2019, 2022 through 2024 inclusive, 2026, 2057, 2063, 2065, 2076, 2077, and 2081.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 25, Equipment/Furnishings.
This AD was prompted by a report indicating that an oxygen bottle was found loose while the clamp strap was in the locked position. We are issuing this AD to prevent an oxygen bottle from being released, which would result in a loose mass object in the cockpit and could also result in an oxygen-rich environment that could lead to a possible fire hazard.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Within 12 months after the effective date of this AD, install additional shims and modify the clamp strap, as applicable, to the flight crew's oxygen bottle retaining structures, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 215-4457, Revision 3, dated May 8, 2013.
This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using any of the service information identified in paragraphs (h)(1), (h)(2), or (h)(3) of this AD.
(1) Bombardier Service Bulletin 215-4457, Revision 2, dated October 24, 2012.
(2) Bombardier Service Bulletin 215-4457, Revision 1, dated June 12, 2012.
(3) Bombardier Service Bulletin 215-4457, dated April 4, 2012.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) Canadian AD CF-2016-33, dated October 12, 2016, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) For more information about this AD, contact Cesar Gomez, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Mechanical Systems Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; telephone: 516-228-7318; fax: 516-794-5531.
(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Bombardier, Inc., 400 Côte-Vertu Road West, Dorval, Québec H4S 1Y9, Canada; telephone: 514-855-5000; fax: 514-855-7401; email:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to supersede Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2014-25-01, for certain Bombardier, Inc., Model DHC-8-400 series airplanes. AD 2014-25-01 currently requires modifying the nose landing gear (NLG) trailing arm and installing a new pivot pin retention mechanism. Since we issued AD 2014-25-01, we have received reports of discrepancies of a certain bolt at the
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by June 23, 2017.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this NPRM, contact Bombardier, Inc., Q-Series Technical Help Desk, 123 Garratt Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario M3K 1Y5, Canada; telephone 416-375-4000; fax 416-375-4539; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Fabio Buttitta, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Mechanical Systems Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; telephone 516-228-7303; fax 516-794-5531.
We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
On November 28, 2014, we issued AD 2014-25-01, Amendment 39-18042 (79 FR 73808, December 12, 2014) (“AD 2014-25-01”), for certain Bombardier, Inc., Model DHC-8-400 series airplanes. AD 2014-25-01 was prompted by a report of several missing or damaged pivot pin retention bolts. AD 2014-25-01 requires modifying the NLG trailing arm and installing a new pivot pin retention mechanism. We issued AD 2014-25-01 to prevent failure of the pivot pin retention bolt, which could result in a loss of directional control or loss of an NLG tire during take-off or landing.
Since we issued AD 2014-25-01, we have received reports of missing or damaged pivot pin retention bolts and chrome peeling on special bolt part number 47205-1 at the pivot pin link, resulting in corrosion of the bolt substrate layer. Therefore, we have determined that the actions required by AD 2014-25-01 do not address the identified unsafe condition.
Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA), which is the aviation authority for Canada, has issued Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2009-29R2, dated December 21, 2016 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for certain Bombardier, Inc., Model DHC-8-400 series airplanes. The MCAI states:
Two in-service incidents have been reported on DHC-8 Series 400 aircraft in which the nose landing gear (NLG) trailing arm pivot pin retention bolt (part number NAS6204-13D) was damaged. One incident involved the left hand NLG tire which ruptured on take-off. Investigation determined that the retention bolt failure was due to repeated contact of the castellated nut with the towing device including both the towbar and the towbarless rigs. The loss of the retention bolt allowed the pivot pin to migrate from its normal position and resulted in contact with and rupture of the tire. The loss of the pivot pin could compromise retention of the trailing arm and could result in a loss of directional control due to loss of nose wheel steering. The loss of an NLG tire or the loss of directional control could adversely affect the aircraft during take-off or landing.
To prevent the potential failure of the pivot pin retention bolt, Bombardier Aerospace has developed a modification which includes a new retention bolt, a reverse orientation of the retention bolt and a rework of the weight on wheel (WOW) proximity sensor cover to provide clearance for the re-oriented retention bolt.
Since the original issue of this [Canadian] AD [which corresponds to AD 2010-13-04, Amendment 39-16335 (75 FR 35622, June 23, 2010)], there have been several reports of pivot pin retention bolts found missing or damaged. Additional investigation determined that the failures were caused by high contact stresses on the retention bolt due to excessive frictional torque on the pivot pin and an adverse tolerance condition at the retention bolt.
Revision 1 of this [Canadian] AD mandated the installation of a new pivot pin retention mechanism.
Since the issuance of Revision 1 of this [Canadian] AD, there have been reports of chrome peeling on special bolt part number 47205-1 at the pivot pin link resulting in corrosion of the bolt substrate layer.
Revision 2 of this [Canadian] AD mandates the installation of new special bolt part number 47205-3 with additional processing for increased chrome plating adhesion on aeroplanes equipped with nose landing gear shock strut assembly part number 47100-19 or any assembly with Bombardier (BA) Service Bulletin (SB) 84-32-110 incorporated. In addition, Revision 2 of this [Canadian] AD mandates the installation of a new pivot pin retention mechanism that includes new special bolt part number 47205-3 on aeroplanes equipped with nose landing gear shock strut assembly part number 47100-9, 47100-11, 47100-13, 47100-15, or 47100-17 without BA SB 84-32-110 incorporated. The corrective actions of Revision 2 of this [Canadian] AD cancel and replace the corrective actions of Revision 1 of this [Canadian] AD.
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
Bombardier, Inc., has issued Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-145, Revision A, dated October 18, 2016. The service information describes procedures for modifying the NLG shock strut assembly by installing a
This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.
We estimate that this proposed AD affects 52 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We also estimate that it would take about 2 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts would cost about $0 per product. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $8,840, or $170 per product.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
We must receive comments by June 23, 2017.
This AD replaces AD 2014-25-01, Amendment 39-18042 (79 FR 73808, December 12, 2014).
This AD applies to Bombardier, Inc., Model DHC-8-400, -401, and -402 airplanes, certificated in any category, serial numbers 4001, 4003 through 4533 inclusive, and 4535, equipped with any nose landing gear (NLG) shock strut assembly having part number 47100-9, 47100-11, 47100-13, 47100-15, 47100-17, or 47100-19.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 32, Landing Gear.
This AD was prompted by reports of missing or damaged pivot pin retention bolts and chrome peeling on a certain bolt at the pivot pin link, resulting in corrosion of the bolt. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of the pivot pin retention bolt, which could result in a loss of directional control or loss of an NLG tire during takeoff or landing.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Within 6,000 flight hours or 36 months after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first: Install a new pivot pin retention mechanism to the NLG shock strut assembly, and replace the existing pivot pin retention bolt with a new bolt, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-145, Revision A, dated October 18, 2016.
This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-145, dated July 26, 2016.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2009-29R2, dated December 21, 2016, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the
(2) For more information about this AD, contact Fabio Buttitta, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Mechanical Systems Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; telephone 516-228-7303; fax 516-794-5531.
(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Bombardier, Inc., Q-Series Technical Help Desk, 123 Garratt Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario M3K 1Y5, Canada; telephone 416-375-4000; fax 416-375-4539; email
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Proposed rule.
We are proposing to amend the definition of a venture capital fund (rule 203(
Comments on the proposed rule amendments should be received on or before June 8, 2017.
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Use the Federal eRulemaking Portal (
• Send paper comments to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
Studies, memoranda or other substantive items may be added by the Commission or staff to the comment file during this rulemaking. A notification of the inclusion in the comment file of any such materials will be made available on the Commission's Web site. To ensure direct electronic receipt of such notifications, sign up through the “Stay Connected” option at
Jennifer Songer, Senior Counsel or Alpa Patel, Branch Chief at (202) 551-6787 or
The Commission is proposing amendments to rules 203(
The Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act of 2015 (the “FAST Act”)
Advisers Act section 203(b)(7) provides an exemption from investment adviser registration for advisers solely to SBICs (the “SBIC adviser exemption”). We believe that, prior to the enactment of the FAST Act, the SBIC adviser exemption was the primary exemption from investment adviser registration available to advisers to SBICs.
Advisers to SBICs can now rely on the following exemptions from investment adviser registration with the Commission: (1) The SBIC adviser exemption and advise only SBICs; (2) the venture capital fund adviser exemption and advise both SBICs and venture capital funds (as defined in rule 203(
As discussed above, we are proposing to amend our rules regarding the definition of “venture capital fund” in Advisers Act rule 203(
The venture capital fund adviser exemption in section 203(
Advisers Act rule 203(
We are requesting comment on the proposed amendment to rule 203(
• Prior to the enactment of the FAST Act, was the SBIC adviser exemption the primary exemption from investment adviser registration available to advisers to SBICs or did advisers to SBIC rely on other exemptions from registration? If so, which ones?
• Should we make any changes to the proposed amendment in order to better reflect the FAST Act's amendment to section 203(
• Are there alternative methods for reflecting the FAST Act's amendment to section 203(
• Like all exempt reporting advisers, advisers to SBICs relying on the proposed amendments would be required to report on Form ADV certain information about the private funds that they advise, including any SBIC that they advise that is a private fund.
○ Should we revise Form ADV to require advisers to SBICs to report more information for SBICs than is currently required to be reported for private funds? For example, should we require advisers to provide an identifier, such as the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) license number for their SBICs? Would investors or other users benefit from such information? Why or why not?
○ Should we revise Form ADV to require advisers to SBICs to report less information for SBICs than is currently required to be reported for private funds? Why or why not?
The private fund adviser exemption in Advisers Act section 203(m) directs the Commission to provide an exemption from registration to any investment adviser that
Advisers Act rule 203(m)-1(d)(1) defines “assets under management” for purposes of the private fund adviser exemption.
We are requesting comment on the proposed amendment to rule 203(m)-1.
• Should we make any changes to the proposed amendment in order to better reflect the FAST Act's amendment to section 203(m) of the Advisers Act?
• Are there alternative methods for reflecting the FAST Act's amendment to section 203(m) of the Advisers Act that would be clearer?
The Commission is sensitive to the potential economic effects of the proposed amendments to Advisers Act rules 203(
The proposed amendments to Advisers Act rules 203(
To establish a baseline useful for evaluating the economic effects of the proposed amendments, we briefly describe the nature of SBICs and then define the different classes of advisers that could be affected by the proposal.
According to the SBA, SBICs are investment funds that make equity and debt investments in qualifying small businesses and are licensed and regulated by the SBA.
Advisers to SBICs may also advise non-SBIC private funds, including venture capital funds. Depending on the amount and type of assets they advise, SBIC advisers belong to one of three categories: (1) Registered investment advisers; (2) exempt reporting advisers; or (3) advisers exempt from registration and reporting requirements. Registered investment advisers are required to file Form ADV and are also subject to other substantive requirements including the establishment of a compliance program and a Code of Ethics.
Prior to the enactment of the FAST Act, an adviser to both SBICs and other non-SBIC private funds qualified for the private fund adviser exemption under Advisers Act rule 203(m)-1 if the adviser had assets under management in the United States, including assets of the SBICs it advised, of less than $150 million. Advisers to SBICs and other non-SBIC private funds that did not qualify for the private fund adviser exemption were required to register with the Commission. In addition, advisers to both venture capital funds and SBICs were required to register with the Commission unless they qualified for the private fund adviser exemption.
In establishing a baseline for the proposed amendments, two additional classes of investment advisers that did not advise SBICs prior to the FAST Act are relevant: (1) Advisers solely to venture capital funds that qualify for the venture capital fund adviser exemption from registration and are considered exempt reporting advisers; and (2) advisers solely to private funds with less than $150 million in assets under management in the United States that qualify for the private fund adviser exemption from registration and are considered exempt reporting advisers. Prior to the FAST Act, advisers relying on the venture capital fund adviser exemption were required to register with the Commission if they added SBIC clients unless their total assets under management remained under $150 million, in which case they could instead rely on the private fund adviser exemption. In addition, prior to the FAST Act, advisers relying on the private fund adviser exemption were required to register with the Commission if they added SBIC clients that caused their total assets under management in the United States to equal or exceed $150 million.
The FAST Act provided the classes of advisers discussed above with several options. First, registered investment advisers to SBICs and non-SBIC private funds can withdraw from registration and report to the Commission as exempt reporting advisers if their non-SBIC private fund assets under management in the United States are less than $150 million. Second, registered investment advisers to SBICs and venture capital funds can withdraw from registration and report to the Commission as exempt reporting advisers. Finally, advisers that qualified for either the venture capital fund adviser or private fund adviser exemptions prior to the FAST Act can begin advising SBICs without changing their registration status independent of the amount of assets attributable to SBICs.
For those advisers that benefit from any of the above options, it would have been in their best economic interest to exercise such options following the passage of the FAST Act, particularly after the Commission's Division of Investment Management issued a guidance update regarding the application of the FAST Act.
As of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 12,182 registered investment advisers reporting a total of approximately $66.8 trillion in regulatory assets under management.
The proposed amendments may affect the classes of investment advisers mentioned above, the funds they advise, and the investors in those funds. We discuss the potential economic effects of the proposed amendments on these parties in the next two sections.
In this section, we discuss the costs and benefits that may result from the proposed amendments for each affected party. The economic effects discussed in this section only apply to the extent that advisers have not already exercised the exemption options provided to them under the baseline due to any inconsistencies between the FAST Act and the Advisers Act rules. As discussed above, we believe that it is likely that advisers have already exercised any exemption options provided to them by the FAST Act under the baseline if doing so was in their best interest, so we do not expect the magnitude of these effects to be significant. We discuss the amendments' likely impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation in the next section.
As discussed in the Economic Baseline Section, advisers solely to SBICs are exempt from registering as investment advisers with the Commission. To the extent that any inconsistencies between the FAST Act and Advisers Act rules 203(
The proposal provides registered advisers to SBICs and non-SBIC private funds that have not taken advantage of the venture capital fund adviser and private fund adviser exemptions due to inconsistencies between the FAST Act and the Advisers Act rules with clarification on the option to switch from registered investment adviser to exempt reporting adviser status. This option is difficult to value, but its value is broadly determined by the cost reductions associated with the change in registration status compared to the explicit and implicit costs of withdrawing from registration. Advisers that elect to change from registered to exempt reporting adviser status should expect to face reduced ongoing costs associated with filing Form ADV because, as exempt reporting advisers, they would only be required to complete certain portions of Form ADV.
Investors in private funds, including venture capital funds and SBICs, may experience costs and benefits as a result of the proposed amendments. If investors face fixed costs in transacting with a given adviser, for example in performing any necessary due diligence, they may benefit if the proposed amendments encourage more advisers to advise both SBIC and non-SBIC private funds, allowing investors to consolidate different types of investments with a single adviser. We cannot quantify the extent to which investors prefer to use a single adviser or the number of advisers who will expand into either SBICs or non-SBIC private funds because we do not have the information needed to assess investors' latent demand for consolidated advice services or the number of advisers that have been deterred from expanding their client bases under the baseline. We therefore cannot estimate the magnitude of this potential cost reduction for investors.
In addition, to the extent that the proposed amendments result in advisers changing their status from registered to exempt reporting, it may impose costs on investors. If investors value the transparency provided by complete Form ADV reporting and the safeguards associated with the other substantive requirements of being a registered investment adviser, then the proposed amendments could impose costs on investors if they result in advisers changing their status from registered to exempt reporting. However, such investors have the option of moving their investments to advisers that are registered and, as noted above, we expect that advisers will weigh the benefits and costs associated with remaining registered in connection with any change in reporting status. The proposal could also impose costs on investors if any reduction in transparency or the other substantive requirements associated with registration reduce the ability of the Commission to protect investors from potentially fraudulent investment advisory schemes.
As discussed above, because the proposed amendments potentially reduce the reporting requirements for advisers to both SBICs and non-SBIC private funds, they could result in an increased number of advisers in both markets. Advisers solely to SBICs may enter the market for venture capital or other private fund advisory services, and current advisers to non-SBIC private funds may enter the market for SBIC advisory services. In this section, we discuss the potential effects of these changes on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. As was the case above, the economic effects discussed in this section only apply to the extent that advisers have not already exercised the exemption options provided to them under the baseline due to any inconsistencies between the FAST Act and the Advisers Act rules, and we do not expect the magnitude of these effects to be significant.
Changes in the costs of advising both SBIC and non-SBIC private funds, as described above, could have several competitive effects. First, to the extent that non-SBIC private fund advisers find it profitable to enter the market for SBICs under the proposed amendments, the amendments might increase competition in that market, resulting in reduced profits for SBIC advisers and lower advisory fees for their SBICs and their investors. Similarly, to the extent that SBIC advisers find it profitable to enter the non-SBIC private fund advisory market, the proposed amendments might increase competition in that market, resulting in reduced profits for non-SBIC private fund advisers and lower advisory fees for their non-SBIC private funds and their investors. Whether the proposed amendments result in such a reallocation of advisory services depends on whether advisers find it profitable to expand operations into new markets and whether they can do so without changing the quality or quantity of services in current markets. While we cannot precisely estimate the relative likelihood of the above competitive effects, the fact that the market for SBIC advisers is an order of magnitude smaller than the market for non-SBIC private fund advisers suggests that non-SBIC private fund advisers are more likely to have benefitted from expanding into the SBIC market following the FAST Act's enactment, thereby increasing the amount of competition in that market. As discussed above, it is likely that most advisers would have already exercised this option under the baseline if it was in their best interest to do so. Therefore, the competitive effects of the proposed amendments are not likely to be significant.
Any relative shift of advisory talent from one segment of the market to another could also have effects on efficiency and capital formation. To the extent that advisers who expand into new markets as a result of the proposal possess skill in identifying investment opportunities, an increase in the supply of advisers in the SBIC and/or non-SBIC private fund markets could result in more efficient investment decisions and market prices that more accurately reflect the fundamental value of assets where applicable (for example, SBICs invest in private businesses that do not trade on public exchanges, but some private funds invest in publicly-traded securities). Also, any increase in the number of advisers in the SBIC market could make more capital available to small businesses if the increased supply of SBIC advisers attracts more capital to that market. In addition, to the extent that there are economies of scale in the provision of advisory services, advisory services may be provided at lower aggregate cost if the proposed amendments result in an expansion of advisers in either the SBIC or non-SBIC private fund market. To the extent that the proposed amendments result in reduced transparency into advisers because they opt to switch from registered to exempt reporting status, and to the extent that investors rely on that transparency when making investment decisions, the proposed amendments might cause a reduction in the efficiency of investor allocations to these advisers. Any reduction in transparency could also reduce the aggregate amount of capital managed by investment advisers if investors cannot find suitable registered investment advisers as replacements and these investors value transparency more than any benefits, such as potentially lower advisory fees, of the proposed amendments. Finally, if the proposed amendments increase the supply of investment advisers to SBICs and non-SBIC private funds, and these advisers attract assets that were not already invested in other markets, they may increase the aggregate amount of capital investment.
We are requesting comment on our analysis of the potential economic effects of the proposed amendments to Advisers Act rules 203(
• Are there any other affected parties that we should consider in our analysis?
• Do commenters agree that our quantitative estimates of the costs and benefits are reasonable and accurate? If not, please provide estimates of these costs, and explain why those estimates are different.
• Are there any other costs to investment advisers, funds, or their investors that we should consider in this analysis? If so, please explain why those costs may be relevant to our analysis, and provide estimates for those costs.
• Are there other effects on efficiency, competition, and capital formation that we should consider in our analysis?
• We have not identified any reasonable alternatives to the proposed amendments. Are there alternative approaches to the proposed amendments that we should consider?
We do not believe that the proposed amendments to reflect changes made by the FAST Act make any substantive modifications to any existing collection of information requirements or impose any new substantive recordkeeping or information collection requirements within the meaning of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”).
The proposed amendments to reflect the changes made by the FAST Act as described in Section II above may shift the number of advisers between each class of advisers as well as include advisers solely to SBICs that take on additional non-SBIC venture capital fund or private fund clients and therefore would become exempt reporting advisers.
However, we do not have information at this time to estimate whether and to what extent these changes may occur and therefore believe that the current burden and cost estimates for the existing collection of information requirements remain appropriate.
Pursuant to section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act,
Small advisers to SBICs and venture capital funds and small advisers to SBICs and private funds would be generally prohibited from registering with the Commission under section 203A of the Advisers Act because of their assets under management.
The Commission requests written comments regarding this certification. The Commission requests that commenters describe the nature of any impact on small businesses and provide empirical data to support the extent of the impact.
For purposes of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, or “SBREFA,”
We request comment on the potential impact of the proposed amendments on the economy on an annual basis. Commenters are requested to provide empirical data and other factual support for their views to the extent possible.
The Commission is proposing to amend rule 203(
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; Securities.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Commission proposes to amend Title 17, Chapter II of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows.
15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(11)(G), 80b-2(a)(11)(H), 80b-2(a)(17), 80b-3, 80b-4, 80b-4a, 80b-6(4), 80b-6a, and 80b-11, unless otherwise noted.
(a)
(d) * * *
(1) Assets under management means the regulatory assets under management as determined under Item 5.F of Form ADV (§ 279.1 of this chapter) except that the regulatory assets under management attributable to a private fund that is an entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of section 203(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(b)(7)) (other than an entity that has elected to be regulated or is regulated as a business development company pursuant to section 54 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-53)) shall be excluded from the definition of assets under management for purposes of this section.
By the Commission.
Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Request for Information.
In order to reduce regulatory burdens and costs in the markets that the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“Commission” or “CFTC”) oversees, the Commission is seeking suggestions from the public about how the Commission's existing rules, regulations, or practices could be applied in a simpler, less burdensome, and less costly manner.
Suggestions must be received on or before September 30, 2017.
You may submit suggestions, identified by RIN number 3038-AE55, by any of the following methods:
• The agency's Web site, at
•
•
Please submit your suggestions using only one method.
Michael Gill, Regulatory Reform Officer, (202) 418-5713,
On February 24, 2017, President Donald J. Trump issued Executive Order 13777: Enforcing the Regulatory Reform Agenda (“E.O. 13777”). E.O. 13777 directs federal agencies, among other things, to designate a Regulatory Reform Officer and establish a Regulatory Reform Task Force. Although the CFTC, as an independent federal agency,
The Commission is not asking the public to identify rules for revocation, suspension, annulment, withdrawal, limitation, amendment, modification, conditioning or repeal. The submission of a Project KISS suggestion will not constitute a petition for issuance, amendment, or repeal of a rule pursuant to § 13.2 of the Commission's regulations,
All suggestions must be submitted in English, or if not, accompanied by an English translation. Suggestions will be posted as received to
The Commission reserves the right, but shall have no obligation, to review, pre-screen, filter, redact, refuse or remove any or all of your suggestion(s) from
On this matter, Acting Chairman Giancarlo and Commissioner Bowen voted in the affirmative. No Commissioner voted in the negative.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Coast Guard proposes to establish a special local regulation in the Coast Guard Captain of the Port Columbia River Zone for recurring marine events. During the recurring events, these regulated areas would be activated and would restrict vessels from portions of the waterway. These events were previously published as safety zones, temporary safety zones or individual regulated areas and have been revised and consolidated into a single as special local regulation in order to expedite public notification of events and ensure the protection of the maritime public from hazards associated with the annual events. We invite your comments on this proposed rulemaking.
Comments and related material must be received by the Coast Guard on or before June 8, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by docket number USCG-2017-0224 using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
If you have questions on this rule, call or email LCDR Laura Springer, Waterways Management Division, Marine Safety Unit Portland, Coast Guard; telephone 503-240-9319, email
Swim events and marine events are held on an recurring basis on the navigable waters within the Coast Guard COTP Columbia River Zone. In the past, the Coast Guard established special local regulations with regulated areas and safety zones for these recurring events on a case by case basis to ensure the protection of the maritime public and event participants from the hazards associated with these events. The Coast Guard has not received public comments or concerns regarding the impact to waterway traffic from these annually recurring events.
This proposed rule would consistently apprise the public in a timely manner through permanent publication in Title 33 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The table in this proposed rule would list each annual recurring event requiring a regulated area as administered by the Coast Guard.
By establishing permanent regulations containing these events the Coast Guard would eliminate the need to establish temporary rules for events that occur on an annual basis and thereby limit the costs associated with cumulative regulations.
This rulemaking would remove, add, and consolidate regulations to better meet the Coast Guard's intended purpose of ensuring safety during these events. The Coast Guard proposes this rulemaking under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1231 and 1233.
The Coast Guard proposes to revise and rename 33 CFR 100.1302 to cover marine events within the Captain of the Port Zone Columbia River. We also propose to remove §§ 100.1303 (Annual Kennewick, Washington, Columbia Unlimited Hydroplane Races), 100.1305 (Richland, Washington, west coast outboard championship hydro races), 165.1341 (Portland Dragon Boat Races, Portland, OR), and 165.1342 (Annual Roy Webster Cross-Channel Swim, Columbia River, Hood River, OR).
These proposed changes will convert two existing safety zones (those currently in §§ 165.1341 and 165.1342) and temporary safety zones established annually for four events (The Big Float, Swim the Snake, Richland Regatta, and Columbia Crossing) into regulated areas in § 100.1302. This is intended to consolidate and simplify our existing special local regulations. We are removing the West Coast Outboard Championship Hydro races regulations in § 100.1305 because that race has not been held for a number of years.
By establishing a single permanent regulation containing these events, the Coast Guard will eliminate the need to establish temporary rules for events that occur on an annual basis. This provides opportunity for the public to comment while limiting the unnecessary burden of continually establishing temporary rules every year.
Additionally, this rule proposes to reorganize and consolidate existing Sector Columbia River COTP Zone marine event regulations in 33 CFR part 100 and marine event safety zones under 33 CFR part 165. This action will eliminate the burden and confusion caused by the current configuration of numerous individual regulations spread across two CFR parts.
As large numbers of spectator vessels and marine traffic are expected to congregate around the event location, the regulated areas are needed to protect both spectators and participants from the safety hazards associated with the event. During the enforcement period of the regulated areas, persons and vessels would be prohibited from entering, transiting through, remaining, anchoring or mooring within the zone unless specifically authorized by the COTP or the designated representative. The Coast Guard may be assisted by other Federal,
Certain special local regulations are listed without known dates or times. Coast Guard Sector Columbia River will cause notice of the enforcement of these regulated areas to be made by all appropriate means to affect the widest publicity among the effected segments of the public, including publication in the
We developed this proposed rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive orders and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13771 directs agencies to control regulatory costs through a budgeting process. This NPRM has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the NPRM has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and pursuant to OMB guidance it is exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 13771.
The Coast Guard has previously promulgated special local regulations or safety zones, in 33 CFR parts 100 and 165, for all event areas contained within this proposed regulation and has not received notice of any negative impact caused by any of the safety zones or special local regulations. By establishing a permanent regulation containing all of these events, the Coast Guard will eliminate the need to establish individual temporary rules for each separate event that occurs on an annual basis, thereby limiting the costs of cumulative regulations.
Vessels will only be restricted from special local regulation areas for a short duration of time. Vessels may transit in portions of the affected waterway except for those areas covered by the proposed regulated areas. Notifications of exact dates and times of the enforcement period will be made through notices of enforcements published in the
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the regulated areas may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section IV.A above this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.
If you think that your business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction qualifies as a small entity and that this rule would have a significant economic impact on it, please submit a comment (see
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this proposed rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
This proposed rule would not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this proposed rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.
Also, this proposed rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it would not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this proposed rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this proposed rule would not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this proposed rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have made a preliminary determination that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This proposed rule involves regulated areas for swim events and other marine events. Normally such actions are categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(h) of Figure 2-1 of Commandant Instruction M16475.lD. A preliminary environmental analysis checklist and Categorical Exclusion Determination are available in the docket where indicated under
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
We view public participation as essential to effective rulemaking, and will consider all comments and material received during the comment period. Your comment can help shape the outcome of this rulemaking. If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this rulemaking, indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
Documents mentioned in this NPRM as being available in the docket, and all public comments, will be in our online docket at
Marine Safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Waterways, Harbors, Security measures.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard proposes to amend 33 CFR part 100 and 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1233.
This section applies to the marine events listed in Table 1 of this section. The regulations in this section will be enforced for the duration of each event, on or about the dates indicated in Table 1 of this section. Annual notice of the exact dates and times of the effective period of the regulations in this section with respect to each event, the geographical description of each regulated area, and details concerning the nature of the event and the number of participants and type(s) of vessels involved will be provided to the local maritime community through the Local Notice to Mariners, Broadcast Notice to Mariners, or both, well in advance of the events. If the event does not have a date listed, then the exact dates and times of the enforcement will be announced through a Notice of Enforcement in the
(a) The Coast Guard may patrol each event area under the direction of a designated Coast Guard Patrol Commander (PATCOM). PATCOM may be contacted on Channel 16 VHF-FM (156.8 MHz) by the call sign “PATCOM.” Official patrol vessels may consist of any Coast Guard, Coast Guard Auxiliary, state, or local law enforcement vessels assigned or approved by the Captain of the Port, Sector Columbia River.
(b) PATCOM may control the movement of all vessels in the regulated area. When hailed or signaled by an official patrol vessel, a vessel shall come to an immediate stop and comply with the lawful directions issued. Failure to comply with a lawful direction may result in expulsion from the area, citation for failure to comply, or both.
(c) PATCOM may delay or terminate any marine event in this subpart at any time it is deemed necessary to ensure the safety of life or property. Such action may be justified as a result of weather, traffic density, spectator operation or participant behavior.
(d) Vessels may not transit the regulated areas without PATCOM approval. Vessels permitted to transit must operate at a no wake speed, in a manner which will not endanger participants or other crafts in the event.
(e) Spectators or other vessels shall not anchor, block, loiter, or impede the transit of event participants or official patrol vessels in the regulated areas during the effective dates and times, or dates and times as modified through LNM, unless authorized by an official patrol vessel.
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Proposed rule; request for comments.
We are proposing to approve and implement regulations submitted by the New England and Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Councils in Framework Adjustment 10 to the Monkfish Fishery Management Plan. This action would set monkfish specifications for fishing years 2017-2019 (May 1, 2017, through April 30, 2020). This action would also increase current days-at-sea allocations and trip limits to provide additional operational flexibility and fishing opportunities. This action is needed to allow the fishery to more effectively harvest its optimum yield.
Public comments must be received by May 24, 2017.
You may submit comments on this document, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2017-0026, by either of the following methods:
•
•
New England Fishery Management Council staff prepared an environmental assessment (EA) for Monkfish Framework Adjustment 10 that describes the proposed action and other considered alternatives. The EA provides a thorough analysis of the biological, economic, and social impacts of the proposed measures and other considered alternatives, a preliminary Regulatory Impact Review, and economic analysis. Copies of the Framework 10 EA are available on request from Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, New England Fishery Management Council, 50 Water Street, Newburyport, MA 01950. This document is also available from the following Internet addresses:
William Whitmore, Fishery Policy Analyst, (978) 281-9182.
The monkfish fishery is jointly managed under the Monkfish Fishery Management Plan (FMP) by the New England and the Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Councils. The fishery extends from Maine to North Carolina from the coast out to the end of the continental shelf. The Councils manage the fishery as two management units, with the Northern Fishery Management Area (NFMA) covering the Gulf of Maine (GOM) and northern part of Georges Bank, and the Southern Fishery Management Area (SFMA) extending from the southern flank of Georges Bank through Southern New England and into the Mid-Atlantic Bight to North Carolina.
The monkfish fishery is primarily managed by landing limits and a yearly allocation of monkfish days-at-sea (DAS) calculated to enable vessels participating in the fishery to catch, but not exceed, the target total allowable landings (TAL) and the annual catch target ((ACT), which is the TAL plus an estimate of expected discards) for each management area. Both the ACT and the TAL are calculated to maximize yield in the fishery over the long term. Based on a yearly evaluation of the monkfish fishery, the Councils may revise existing management measures through the framework provisions of the FMP to better achieve the goals and objectives of the FMP and achieve optimum yield, as required by the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act).
The monkfish fishery has not fully harvested its quota since 2011. The fishery harvested less than 70 percent of its quota in the last three years (Table 1). The Councils developed Framework 10 to enhance the operational efficiency of existing management measures in an effort to better achieve optimum yield.
This action proposes to increase monkfish quotas for the next three fishing years (Table 2). Findings from the 2016 monkfish operational assessment support these quota increases. The 2016 assessment did update several indicators including commercial fishery statistics, fishery-independent survey indices, and fishery performance indices. The 2016 operational assessment also provided a plan for setting catch advice. It should be noted, though, that the 2016 monkfish operational assessment did not update the population model used in previous assessments because new information revealed problems with the methods used to estimate monkfish age and growth. Despite this, based on updated data from the assessment, the New England Fishery Management Council's Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC) recommended retaining the status quo overfishing limit (OFL) and allowable biological catch limit (ABC) for both management areas for fishing years 2017-2019 (May 1, 2017, through April 30, 2020). The OFL would be 17,805 mt for the NFMA and 23,204 mt for the SFMA. The ABC, which equals the annual catch limit (ACL), would stay at 7,592 mt for the NFMA and 12,316 for the SFMA.
Framework 10 updates the discard rates for both management areas based on catch data updated in the 2016 operational assessment (Table 1). The previous discard rate is calculated as the ratio of discards to catch from fishing years 2004-2006. The proposed discard rate would use discard information from fishing years 2013-2015. The proposed changes would increase the discard rate in the NFMA from 10.9 percent to 13.9 percent, and from 22.5 percent to 24.6 percent in the SFMA.
The proposed TALs would increase because of modifications to the management uncertainty buffers. Framework 10 proposes to reduce the management uncertainty buffers in both management areas to 3 percent (Table 2). The current management uncertainty buffers are 13.5 percent in the NFMA and 6.5 percent in the SFMA. The approach used to calculate discards has performed well in the past; an adequate amount of discards has been forecasted, reducing the likelihood of the ACL being exceeded. Further, the TALs have been consistently underharvested in both areas (Table 1). For these reasons, this action proposes to reduce the management uncertainty buffer.
Framework 10 proposes trip limit increases in both management areas as well as a DAS increase in the SFMA.
In the NFMA, incidental landing limits for vessels fishing on a groundfish DAS would increase from 600 lb (272 kg) to 900 lb (408 kg) tail weight/DAS for Category C permitted vessels and from 500 lb (227 kg) to 750 lb (340 kg) tail weight/DAS for Category D permitted vessels. Vessels targeting groundfish land most of the monkfish in the NFMA. Increasing the incidental trip limits for vessels targeting groundfish may increase monkfish landings; however, analyses suggest that a substantial increase is unlikely. This measure would reduce the administrative burden for most Category C and D permitted vessels because they would no longer need to declare a monkfish DAS to retain a higher monkfish possession limit. Increasing the incidental trip limit would also allow these vessels to retain additional monkfish that otherwise would have been discarded when fishing solely on a groundfish DAS under the current (lower) trip limits.
In the SFMA, the DAS allocation and trip limits would increase by 15 percent. Monkfish permitted vessels could fish in the SFMA for 37 DAS. Trip limits for permit Category A and C vessels would increase from 610 lb (277 kg) to 700 lb (318 kg) tail weight/DAS and from 500 lb (227 kg) to 575 lb (261 kg) tail weight/DAS for Category B and D permitted vessels. The majority of monkfish landings in the SFMA come from vessels directly targeting monkfish. Vessels directing on monkfish in the SFMA are more restricted by DAS allocations and trip limits than vessels fishing in the NFMA. Therefore, these trip limit and DAS increases are projected to generate more fishing opportunities and landings in the SFMA.
Pursuant to section 304(b)(1)(A) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the NMFS Assistant Administrator has made a preliminary determination that this proposed rule is consistent with the Monkfish FMP, Framework 10, provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law, subject to further consideration after public comment.
This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
The Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (SBA) that this action, if adopted, would not have a significant economic effect on a substantial number of small entities.
As outlined in the preamble of this rule, the purpose of this action is to implement Framework 10 to the Monkfish FMP. Framework 10 would set monkfish specifications for fishing years 2017-2019. As proposed, the TAL of monkfish in both the NFMA and SFMA would increase slightly. This action would also increase trip limits in both management areas and the DAS allocations that could be fished in the SFMA. As a result, this action would increase operational flexibility, fishing opportunities, and revenue. Current monkfish quotas have been underharvested for the past several years. This framework is needed to allow the fishery to more effectively harvest its optimum yield. This action seeks to fulfill the purpose and need while meeting the overarching goals and objectives of the Monkfish FMP.
As of May 1, 2015 (beginning of fishing year 2015), NMFS had issued 798 limited-access monkfish permits. Ownership entities are identified on June 1st of each year based on the list of all permit numbers, for the most recent complete calendar year, that have applied for any type of Northeast Federal fishing permit. The current ownership data set is based on calendar year 2015 permits and contains gross sales associated with those permits for calendar years 2013 through 2015.
For RFA purposes only, NMFS has established a small business size standard for businesses, including their affiliates, whose primary industry is commercial fishing (see 50 CFR 200.2). A business primarily engaged in commercial fishing (NAICS code 11411) is classified as a small business if it is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in its field of operation (including its affiliates), and has combined annual receipts not in excess of $11 million for all its affiliated operations worldwide. The determination as to whether the entity is large or small is based on the average annual revenue for the three years from 2013 through 2015.
Ownership data collected from permit holders indicate that there are 390 distinct business entities that hold at least one limited-access monkfish permit. Of these 390 entities, 34 do not have revenues (are inactive). Of the 390 entities, 382 entities are categorized as small and 8 are categorized as large entities per the NMFS guidelines. All 390 entities could be directly regulated by this proposed action. There are 38 entities that are “monkfish dependent” (greater than 50 percent of the entity's gross sales are from the sales of monkfish) and all are considered small entities.
This action, which updates specifications and increases DAS and trip limits, would provide monkfish fishermen with additional fishing opportunities and enhance their operational flexibility.
The measures proposed in Framework 10 are expected to have a positive economic effect on small entities. It could further increase catch per unit effort; well accepted economic theory holds that this will result in increased profitability, all else held constant. Providing increased fishing opportunities should increase landings and profits.
This action is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The effects on the regulated small entities identified in this analysis are expected to be positive relative to the no action alternative, which would result in lower TALs, fewer DAS, and lower trip limits than the proposed action. Under the proposed action, small entities would not be placed at a competitive disadvantage relative to large entities, and the regulations would not reduce the profit for any small entities. As a result, an initial regulatory
Fisheries, Fishing, Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 648 is proposed to be amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1801
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii)
(b) * * *
(2)
(ii)
(3)
Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.
Notice.
The Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) is announcing the 2017 rates it will charge for voluntary grading, inspection, certification, auditing and laboratory services for a variety of agricultural commodities including meat and poultry, fruits and vegetables, eggs, dairy products, and cotton and tobacco. The 2017 regular, overtime, holiday, and laboratory services rates will be applied at the beginning of the crop year, fiscal year or as required by law (June 1 for most cotton programs) depending on the commodity. Other starting dates are added to this notice based on cotton industry practices. This action establishes the rates for user-funded programs based on costs incurred by AMS.
May 10, 2017.
Sonia Jimenez, AMS, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Room 2095-S, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20250; telephone (202) 720-6766, fax (202) 205-5772; email
The Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, (AMA) (7 U.S.C. 1621-1627), provides for the collection of fees to cover costs of various inspection, grading, certification or auditing services covering many agricultural commodities and products. The AMA also provides for the recovery of costs incurred in providing laboratory services. The Cotton Statistics and Estimates Act (7 U.S.C. 471-476) and the U.S. Cotton Standards Act (7 U.S.C. 51-65) provide for classification of cotton and development of cotton standards materials necessary for cotton classification. The Cotton Futures Act (7 U.S.C. 15b) provides for futures certification services and the Tobacco Inspection Act (7 U.S.C. 511-511s) provides for tobacco inspection and grading. These Acts also provide for the recovery of costs associated with these services.
On November 13, 2014, the Department of Agriculture (Department) published in the
This notice announces the 2017 fee rates for voluntary grading, inspection, certification, auditing and laboratory services for a variety of agricultural commodities including meat and poultry, fruits and vegetables, eggs, dairy products, and cotton and tobacco on a per-hour rate and, in some instances, the equivalent per-unit cost. The per-unit cost is provided to facilitate understanding of the costs associated with the service to the industries that historically used unit-cost basis for payment. The fee rates will be effective at the beginning of the fiscal year, crop year, or as required by specific laws (June 1 for most cotton programs). The cotton futures-related services effective date has been changed to August 1 to allow for cotton contracts to expire before starting a new fee rate.
The rates reflect direct and indirect costs of providing services. Direct costs include the cost of salaries, employee benefits, and if applicable, travel and some operating costs. Indirect or overhead costs include the cost of Program and Agency activities supporting the services provided to the industry. The formula used to calculate these rates also includes operating reserve, which may add to or draw upon the existing operating reserves.
These services include the grading, inspection or certification of quality factors in accordance with established U.S. Grade Standards; audits or accreditation according to International Organization for Standardization (ISO) standards and/or Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) principles; and other marketing claims. The quality grades serve as a basis for market prices and reflect the value of agricultural commodities to both producers and consumers. AMS' grading and quality verification and certification, audit and accreditation, plant process and equipment verification, and laboratory approval services are voluntary tools paid for by the users on a fee-for-service basis. The agriculture industry can use these tools to promote and communicate the quality of agricultural commodities to consumers. Laboratory services are provided for analytic testing, including but not limited to chemical, microbiological, biomolecular, and physical analyses. AMS is required by statute to recover the costs associated with these services.
As required by the Cotton Statistics and Estimates Act (7 U.S.C. 471-476), consultations regarding the establishment of the fee for cotton classification with U.S. cotton industry representatives are held in the beginning of the year when most industry stakeholder meetings take place. Representatives of all segments of the cotton industry, including producers, ginners, bale storage facility operators, merchants, cooperatives, and textile manufacturers were informed of the fees during various industry-sponsored forums.
AMS calculated the rate for services, per hour per program employee, using the following formulas (a per-unit base is included for programs that charge for services on a per-unit basis):
(1)
(2)
(3)
When possible, AMS is adjusting the rates to cover all of its expenses and to provide for reasonable operating reserves. Many of these rates were not adjusted for a number of years. In some cases fees are decreased due to efficiencies and cost cutting measures. Applying the formulas described above without consideration of the operating reserves, in some cases, would have resulted in a substantial increase in fees. Last year, AMS started the process of adjusting some of the rates to recover costs associated with providing these services. To avoid an undue burden on industry operations in these cases, AMS started to phase in some of the increases over a multi-year period. AMS continued this process and reassessed whether the fee rates and phase-in period were appropriate based on the formula and established operating reserve. Fees are being adjusted accordingly. Drawing upon the existing operating reserves will not affect AMS' ability to maintain the minimally required operating reserves.
All rates are per-hour except when a per-unit cost is noted. The specific amounts in each rate calculation are available upon request from the specific AMS program.
7 U.S.C. 15b; 7 U.S.C. 473a-b; 7 U.S.C. 55 and 61; 7 U.S.C. 51-65; 7 U.S.C. 471-476; 7 U.S.C. 511, 511s; and 7 U.S.C. 1621-1627.
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by June 8, 2017 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB),
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by June 8, 2017 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The Department of Agriculture will submit the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 on or after the date of publication of this notice. Comments are requested regarding: (1) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC; New Executive Office Building, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
Comments regarding these information collections are best assured of having their full effect if received by June 8, 2017. Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling (202) 720-8681.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.
Revision to and extension of approval of an information collection; comment request.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service's intention to request a revision to and extension of approval of an information collection associated with the regulations for the importation of fresh baby kiwi from Chile into the continental United States.
We will consider all comments that we receive on or before July 10, 2017.
You may submit comments by either of the following methods:
•
•
Supporting documents and any comments we receive on this docket may be viewed at
For information on the importation of fresh baby kiwi from Chile, contact Dr. Robert Baca, Assistant Director, Permitting and Compliance Coordination, Compliance and Environmental Coordination Branch, PPQ, APHIS, 4700 River Road, Unit 150, Riverdale, MD 20737; (301) 851-2292. For copies of more detailed information on the information collection, contact Ms. Kimberly Hardy, APHIS' Information Collection Coordinator, at (301) 851-2483.
Under these regulations, fresh baby kiwi from Chile may be imported into the continental United States under certain conditions, as listed in 7 CFR 319.56-53, to prevent the introduction of plant pests into the United States. The regulations require information collection activities, including an operational workplan, low prevalence production site certification, production site registration, phytosanitary inspections, labeling of containers, identification of fruit in shipping documentation to specify production sites and packing sheds where fruit was processed, and a phytosanitary certificate.
We are asking the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve our use of these information collection activities, as described, for an additional 3 years.
The purpose of this notice is to solicit comments from the public (as well as affected agencies) concerning our information collection. These comments will help us:
(1) Evaluate whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) Evaluate the accuracy of our estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
(3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, through use, as appropriate, of automated, electronic, mechanical, and other collection technologies;
All responses to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for OMB approval. All comments will also become a matter of public record.
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.
Revision to and extension of approval of an information collection; comment request.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service's intention to request a revision to and extension of approval of an information collection associated with the regulations for the importation of tomatoes with stems from the Republic of Korea.
We will consider all comments that we receive on or before July 10, 2017.
You may submit comments by either of the following methods:
•
•
Supporting documents and any comments we receive on this docket may be viewed at
For information on the regulations for the importation of tomatoes with stems from the Republic of Korea, contact Dr. Robert Baca, Assistant Director, Permitting and Compliance Coordination, Compliance and Environmental Coordination Branch, PPQ, APHIS, 4700 River Road, Unit 150, Riverdale, MD 20737; (301) 851-2292. For copies of more detailed information on the information collection, contact Ms. Kimberly Hardy, APHIS' Information Collection Coordinator, at (301) 851-2483.
Under the regulations, tomatoes with stems from the Republic of Korea may be imported into the United States under certain conditions, as listed in 7 CFR 319.56-52, to prevent the introduction of plant pests into the United States. These regulations require information collection activities including inspection, registered pest-exclusionary structures, recordkeeping, trapping, and a phytosanitary certificate with an additional declaration stating that the tomatoes were produced in accordance with the regulations.
We are asking the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve our use of these information collection activities, as described, for an additional 3 years.
The purpose of this notice is to solicit comments from the public (as well as affected agencies) concerning our information collection. These comments will help us:
(1) Evaluate whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) Evaluate the accuracy of our estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
(3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, through use, as appropriate, of automated, electronic, mechanical, and other collection technologies;
All responses to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for OMB approval. All comments will also become a matter of public record.
Bureau of Industry and Security, Office of Technology Evaluation, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of request for public comments and public hearing.
The Secretary of Commerce initiated an investigation to determine the effects on the national security of imports of aluminum. This investigation has been initiated under section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, as amended.
Interested parties are invited to submit written comments, data,
The Department of Commerce will also hold a public hearing on the investigation on June 22, 2017, in Washington, DC.
This notice identifies the issues on which the Department is interested in obtaining the public's views. It also sets forth the procedures for public participation in the hearing.
Comments may be submitted at any time but must be received by June 29, 2017. The hearing will be held on June 22, 2017, at the U.S. Department of Commerce auditorium, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230. The hearing will begin at 10:00 a.m. local time and conclude at 1:00 p.m. local time.
Brad Botwin, Director, Industrial Studies, Office of Technology Evaluation, Bureau of Industry and Security, U.S. Department of Commerce, (202) 482-4060,
On April 26, 2017, the Secretary of Commerce initiated an investigation under section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1862), to determine the effects on the national security of imports of aluminum. On April 27, 2017, the President signed a memorandum directing the Secretary of Commerce (“Secretary”) to proceed expeditiously in conducting his investigation and submit a report on his findings to the President. The President further directed that if the Secretary finds that aluminum is being imported into the United States in such quantities or under such circumstances as to threaten to impair the national security, the Secretary shall recommend actions and steps that should be taken to adjust aluminum imports so that they will not threaten to impair the national security.
This investigation is being undertaken in accordance with part 705 of the National Security Industrial Base Regulations (15 CFR parts 700 to 709) (“NSIBR”). Interested parties are invited to submit written comments, data, analyses, or information pertinent to this investigation to the Office of Technology Evaluation, U.S. Department of Commerce (“the Department”), no later than June 29, 2017.
The Department is particularly interested in comments and information directed to the criteria listed in § 705.4 of the regulations as they affect national security, including the following: (a) Quantity of or other circumstances related to the importation of aluminum; (b) Domestic production and productive capacity needed for aluminum to meet projected national defense requirements; (c) Existing and anticipated availability of human resources, products, raw materials, production equipment, and facilities to produce aluminum; (d) Growth requirements of the aluminum industry to meet national defense requirements and/or requirements to assure such growth; (e) The impact of foreign competition on the economic welfare of the aluminum industry; (f) The displacement of any domestic aluminum causing substantial unemployment, decrease in the revenues of government, loss of investment or specialized skills and productive capacity, or other serious effects; (g) Relevant factors that are causing or will cause a weakening of our national economy; and (h) Any other relevant factors.
Material that is business confidential information will be exempted from public disclosure as provided for by § 705.6 of the regulations. Anyone submitting business confidential information should clearly identify the business confidential portion of the submission, then file a statement justifying nondisclosure and referring to the specific legal authority claimed, and provide a non-confidential submission which can be placed in the public file. Communications from agencies of the United States Government will not be made available for public inspection. Please note that the submission of comments for presentation at the public hearing is separate from the request for written comments.
The Bureau of Industry and Security does not maintain a separate public inspection facility. Requesters should first view the Bureau's Web page, which can be found at
Consistent with the interest of the U.S. Department of Commerce in soliciting public comments on issues affecting U.S. industry and national security, the Department is holding a public hearing as part of the investigation. The hearing will assist the Department in determining whether imports of aluminum threaten to impair the national security and in recommending remedies if such a threat is found to exist. Public comments at the hearing should address the criteria listed in § 705.4 of the NSIBR as they affect national security described above. The hearing will be held on June 22, 2017, at the U.S. Department of Commerce auditorium, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230. The hearing will begin at 10:00 a.m. local time and conclude at 1:00 p.m. local time.
The Department encourages interested public participants to present their views orally at the hearing. Any person wishing to make an oral presentation at the hearing must submit a written request to the Department of Commerce at the address indicated in the
Please note that the submission of comments for presentation at the public hearing is separate from the request for written comments. Since it may be necessary to limit the number of persons making presentations, the written request to participate in the public hearing should describe the individual's interest in the hearing and, where appropriate, explain why the individual is a proper representative of a group or class of persons that has such an interest. If all interested parties cannot be accommodated at the hearing, the summaries of the oral presentations will be used to allocate speaking time and to ensure that a full range of comments is heard.
Each person selected to make a presentation will be notified by the Department of Commerce no later than 8:00 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time on Friday, June 16, 2017. The Department will arrange the presentation times for the speakers. Persons selected to be heard are requested to bring 20 copies of their oral presentation and of all exhibits to the hearing site on the day of the hearing. All such material must be of a size consistent with ease of handling, transportation, and filing. While large exhibits may be used during a hearing, copies of such exhibits in reduced size must be provided to the panel. Written submissions by persons not selected to make presentations will be made part of the public record of the proceeding. Any person, whether presenting or not, may submit a written statement through June 29, 2017—seven days after the hearing date. Confidential business information may not be submitted at a public hearing. In the event confidential business information is submitted, it will be handled according to the same procedures applicable to such information provided in the course of an investigation. See 15 CFR 705.6. The hearing will be recorded.
Copies of the requests to participate in the public hearing and the transcript of the hearing will be maintained on the Bureau of Industry and Security's Web page, which can be found at
The Department reserves the right to select the persons to be heard at the hearing, to schedule their respective presentations, and to establish the procedures governing the conduct of the hearing. Each speaker will be limited to 10 minutes, and comments must be directly related to the criteria listed in 15 CFR 705.4 of the regulations. Attendees will be seated on a first-come, first-served basis.
A Department official will be designated to preside at the hearing. The presiding officer shall determine all procedural matters during the hearing. Representatives from the Department, and other U.S. Government agencies as appropriate, will make up the hearing panel. This will be a fact-finding proceeding; it will not be a judicial or evidentiary-type hearing. Only members of the hearing panel may ask questions, and there will be no cross-examination of persons presenting statements. However, questions submitted to the presiding officer in writing may, at the discretion of the presiding officer, be posed to the presenter. No formal rules of evidence will apply to the hearing.
Any further procedural rules for the proper conduct of the hearing will be announced by the presiding officer.
This meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be received by the Department of Commerce no later than Monday, June 12, 2017, at the address indicated in the
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On February 13, 2017, the Department of Commerce (Department) initiated an administrative review of the countervailing duty order on welded line pipe from the Republic of Turkey (Turkey) for nineteen companies. Based on timely withdrawal of requests for review, we are now rescinding this administrative review with respect to 17 of these companies.
Effective May 9, 2017.
Andrew Medley or Whitley Herndon, AD/CVD Operations, Office II, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4987 or (202) 482-6274, respectively.
In December 2016 and January 2017, the Department received multiple timely requests to conduct an administrative review of the antidumping duty order on welded line pipe from Turkey. Based upon these requests, on February 13, 2017, in accordance with section 751(a) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), the Department published a notice of initiation of an administrative review with respect to nineteen companies for the period March 20, 2015, through December 31, 2015.
On March 2, 2017, Maverick Tube Corporation (Maverick), Stupp Corporation, a division of Stupp Bros., Inc. (Stupp Corp.) and American Cast Iron Pipe Company (ACIPCO) timely withdrew their requests for a review of all the companies with the exception of two companies, Borusan Istikbal Ticaret and Borusan Mannesmann Boru Sanayi ve Ticaret A.S.
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.213(d)(1), the Secretary will rescind an administrative review, in whole or in part, if a party who requested the review withdraws the request within 90 days of the date of publication of notice of initiation of the requested review. All the aforementioned withdrawal requests were timely submitted, and no other interested party requested an administrative review of these particular companies. Therefore, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.213(d)(1), we are rescinding this review of the countervailing duty order on welded line pipe from Turkey, in part, with respect to the seventeen companies named in the appendix.
The Department will instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to assess countervailing duties on all appropriate entries. For the seventeen companies named in Appendix I for which these reviews are rescinded, countervailing duties shall be assessed at rates equal to the cash deposit of estimated countervailing duties required at the time of entry, or withdrawal from warehouse, for consumption, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.212(c)(1)(i). The Department intends to issue appropriate assessment instructions to CBP 15 days after publication of this notice.
This notice also serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305, which continues to govern business proprietary information in this segment of the proceeding. Timely written notification of the return/destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation which is subject to sanction.
This notice is issued and published in accordance with sections 751 and 777(i)(1) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.213(d)(4).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
As a result of this sunset review, the Department of Commerce (the Department) finds that revocation of the antidumping duty (AD) order on light-walled welded rectangular carbon steel tubing from Taiwan (steel tubing) would likely lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping. Further, the magnitude of the margin of dumping that are likely to prevail is identified in the “Final Results of Review” section of this notice.
Effective May 9, 2017.
Catherine Cartsos or Minoo Hatten, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-1757 and (202) 482-1690, respectively.
On March 27, 1989, the Department published the AD order on steel tubing from Taiwan.
On January 10, 2017, the Department received a notice of intent to participate on behalf of Atlas Tube, Bull Moose Tube, and Searing Industries (collectively, the domestic interested parties) within the 15-day period specified in 19 CFR 351.218(d)(1)(i). The domestic interested parties claimed interested party status under section 771(9)(C) of the Act as manufacturers in the United States of a domestic like product.
On February 2, 2017, the Department received a complete substantive response to the
The product covered by the order is light-walled welded carbon steel pipe and tube of rectangular (including square) cross-section having a wall thickness of less than 0.156 inch. This merchandise is classified under item number 7306.61.5000 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule (HTS). It was formerly classified under item number 7306.60.5000. The HTS item numbers are provided for convenience and customs purposes only. The written product description remains dispositive.
All issues raised in this sunset review, including the likelihood of continuation or recurrence of dumping and the magnitude of the margin of dumping likely to prevail if the order is revoked, are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
Pursuant to sections 751(c)(1) and 752(c)(1) and (3) of the Act, the Department determines that revocation of the AD order on steel tubing from Taiwan would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping, and that the magnitude of the margin of dumping likely to prevail if the AD order is revoked would be up to 40.97 percent.
This notice serves as the only reminder to the parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of propriety information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation subject to sanction.
We are issuing and publishing the final results and notice in accordance with sections 751(c), 752(c), and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.221(c)(5)(ii).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (“the Department”) has received requests to conduct administrative reviews of various antidumping and countervailing duty orders and findings with March anniversary dates. In accordance with the Department's regulations, we are initiating those administrative reviews.
Effective May 9, 2017.
Brenda E. Waters, Office of AD/CVD Operations, Customs Liaison Unit, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, telephone: (202) 482-4735.
The Department has received timely requests, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.213(b), for administrative reviews of various antidumping and countervailing duty orders and findings with March anniversary dates.
All deadlines for the submission of various types of information, certifications, or comments or actions by the Department discussed below refer to the number of calendar days from the applicable starting time.
If a producer or exporter named in this notice of initiation had no exports, sales, or entries during the period of review (“POR”), it must notify the Department within 30 days of publication of this notice in the
In the event the Department limits the number of respondents for individual examination for administrative reviews initiated pursuant to requests made for the orders identified below, the Department intends to select respondents based on U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) data for U.S. imports during the period of review. We intend to place the CBP data on the record within five days of publication of the initiation notice and to make our decision regarding respondent selection within 30 days of publication of the initiation
In the event the Department decides it is necessary to limit individual examination of respondents and conduct respondent selection under section 777A(c)(2) of the Act:
In general, the Department has found that determinations concerning whether particular companies should be “collapsed” (
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.213(d)(1), a party that has requested a review may withdraw that request within 90 days of the date of publication of the notice of initiation of the requested review. The regulation provides that the Department may extend this time if it is reasonable to do so. In order to provide parties additional certainty with respect to when the Department will exercise its discretion to extend this 90-day deadline, interested parties are advised that the Department does not intend to
In proceedings involving non-market economy (“NME”) countries, the Department begins with a rebuttable presumption that all companies within the country are subject to government control and, thus, should be assigned a single antidumping duty deposit rate. It is the Department's policy to assign all exporters of merchandise subject to an administrative review in an NME country this single rate unless an exporter can demonstrate that it is sufficiently independent so as to be entitled to a separate rate.
To establish whether a firm is sufficiently independent from government control of its export activities to be entitled to a separate rate, the Department analyzes each entity exporting the subject merchandise. In accordance with the separate rates criteria, the Department assigns separate rates to companies in NME cases only if respondents can demonstrate the absence of both
All firms listed below that wish to qualify for separate rate status in the administrative reviews involving NME countries must complete, as appropriate, either a separate rate application or certification, as described below. For these administrative reviews, in order to demonstrate separate rate eligibility, the Department requires entities for whom a review was requested, that were assigned a separate rate in the most recent segment of this proceeding in which they participated, to certify that they continue to meet the criteria for obtaining a separate rate. The Separate Rate Certification form will be available on the Department's Web site at
Entities that currently do not have a separate rate from a completed segment of the proceeding
For exporters and producers who submit a separate-rate status application or certification and subsequently are selected as mandatory respondents, these exporters and producers will no longer be eligible for separate rate status unless they respond to all parts of the questionnaire as mandatory respondents.
In accordance with 19 CFR 351.221(c)(1)(i), we are initiating administrative reviews of the following antidumping and countervailing duty orders and findings. We intend to issue the final results of these reviews not later than March 31, 2018.
During any
For the first administrative review of any order, there will be no assessment of antidumping or countervailing duties on entries of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption during the relevant provisional-measures “gap” period, of the order, if such a gap period is applicable to the POR.
Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under administrative protective orders in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Department's regulations at 19 CFR 351.305. Those procedures apply to administrative reviews included in this notice of initiation. Parties wishing to participate in any of these administrative reviews should ensure that they meet the requirements of these procedures (
The Department's regulations identify five categories of factual information in 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21), which are summarized as follows: (i) Evidence submitted in response to questionnaires; (ii) evidence submitted in support of allegations; (iii) publicly available information to value factors under 19 CFR 351.408(c) or to measure the adequacy of remuneration under 19 CFR 351.511(a)(2); (iv) evidence placed on the record by the Department; and (v) evidence other than factual information described in (i)-(iv). These regulations require any party, when submitting factual information, to specify under which subsection of 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) the information is being submitted and, if the information is submitted to rebut, clarify, or correct factual information already on the record, to provide an explanation identifying the information already on the record that the factual information seeks to rebut, clarify, or correct. The regulations, at 19 CFR 351.301, also provide specific time limits for such factual submissions based on the type of factual information being submitted. Please review the final rule, available at
Any party submitting factual information in an antidumping duty or countervailing duty proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.
Parties may request an extension of time limits before a time limit established under Part 351 expires, or as otherwise specified by the Secretary.
These initiations and this notice are in accordance with section 751(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1675(a)) and 19 CFR 351.221(c)(1)(i).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Minoo Hatten at (202) 482-1690, AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement & Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230.
On April 11, 2017, the Department of Commerce (the Department) received a countervailing duty (CVD) petition concerning imports of certain tool chests and cabinets (tool chests) from the People's Republic of China (PRC), filed in proper form, on behalf of Waterloo Industries Inc. (the petitioner).
On April 13 2017, the petitioner filed an amendment to the Petition.
In accordance with section 702(b)(1) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), the petitioner alleges that the Government of the PRC (GOC) is providing countervailable subsidies, within the meaning of sections 701 and 771(5) of the Act with respect to imports of tool chests from the PRC, and that imports of tool chests are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, an industry in the United States. Also, consistent with section 702(b)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(b), for those alleged programs on which we are initiating a CVD investigation, the Petition is accompanied by information reasonably available to the petitioner supporting its allegations.
The Department finds that the petitioner filed the Petition on behalf of the domestic industry because the petitioner is an interested party as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act. The Department also finds that the petitioner demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the initiation of the CVD investigation that the petitioner is requesting.
Because the Petition was filed on April 11, 2017, pursuant to 19 CFR
The products covered by this investigation are tool chests from the PRC. For a full description of the scope of this investigation,
During our review of the Petition, we issued questions to, and received responses from, the petitioner pertaining to the proposed scope to ensure that the scope language in the Petition would be an accurate reflection of the products for which the domestic industry is seeking relief.
As discussed in the preamble to the Department's regulations,
The Department requests that any factual information the parties consider relevant to the scope of the investigation be submitted during this time period. However, if a party subsequently finds that additional factual information pertaining to the scope of the investigation may be relevant, the party may contact the Department and request permission to submit the additional information. As stated above, all such comments must be filed on the record of the concurrent AD investigations.
All submissions to the Department must be filed electronically using Enforcement & Compliance's Antidumping Duty and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS).
Pursuant to section 702(b)(4)(A) of the Act, the Department notified representatives of the GOC of the receipt of the Petition, and provided them the opportunity for consultations with respect to the CVD Petition.
Section 702(b)(1) of the Act requires that a petition be filed on behalf of the domestic industry. Section 702(c)(4)(A) of the Act provides that a petition meets this requirement if the domestic producers or workers who support the petition account for: (i) At least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product; and (ii) more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the petition. Moreover, section 702(c)(4)(D) of the Act provides that, if the petition does not establish support of domestic producers or workers accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product, the Department shall: (i) Poll the industry or rely on other information in order to determine if there is support for the petition, as required by subparagraph (A); or (ii) determine industry support using a statistically valid sampling method to poll the “industry.”
Section 771(4)(A) of the Act defines the “industry” as the producers, as a whole, of a domestic like product. Thus, to determine whether a petition has the requisite industry support, the statute directs the Department to look to producers and workers who produce the domestic like product. The International Trade Commission (ITC), which is responsible for determining whether “the domestic industry” has been injured, must also determine what constitutes a domestic like product in order to define the industry. While both the Department and the ITC must apply the same statutory definition regarding the domestic like product,
Section 771(10) of the Act defines the domestic like product as “a product which is like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the article subject to an investigation under this title.” Thus, the reference point from which the domestic like product analysis begins is “the article subject to an investigation” (
With regard to the domestic like product, the petitioner does not offer a definition of the domestic like product distinct from the scope of the investigation. Based on our analysis of the information submitted on the
In determining whether the petitioner has standing under section 702(c)(4)(A) of the Act, we considered the industry support data contained in the Petition with reference to the domestic like product as defined in the “Scope of the Investigation,” in Appendix I of this notice. To establish industry support, the petitioner provided its own production of the domestic like product in 2016.
Our review of the data provided in the Petition and other information readily available to the Department indicates that the petitioner has established industry support for the Petition.
The Department finds that the petitioner filed the Petition on behalf of the domestic industry because it is an interested party as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act, and it has demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the CVD investigation that it is requesting that the Department initiate.
Because the PRC is a “Subsidies Agreement Country” within the meaning of section 701(b) of the Act, section 701(a)(2) of the Act applies to this investigation. Accordingly, the ITC must determine whether imports of the subject merchandise from the PRC materially injure, or threaten material injury to, a U.S. industry.
The petitioner alleges that imports of the subject merchandise are benefitting from countervailable subsidies and that such imports are causing, or threaten to cause, material injury to the U.S. industry producing the domestic like product. In addition, the petitioner alleges that subject imports exceed the negligibility threshold provided for under section 771(24)(A) of the Act.
The petitioner contends that the industry's injured condition is illustrated by reduced market share; underselling and price suppression or depression; lost sales and revenues; declining production and shipments; declining net sales; and deteriorating financial performance.
Section 702(b)(1) of the Act requires the Department to initiate a CVD investigation whenever an interested party files a CVD petition on behalf of an industry that (1) alleges the elements necessary for an imposition of a duty under section 701(a) of the Act and (2) is accompanied by information reasonably available to the petitioner supporting the allegations.
The petitioner alleges that producers/exporters of tool chests in the PRC benefited from countervailable subsidies bestowed by the GOC. The Department examined the Petition and finds that it complies with the requirements of section 702(b)(1) of the Act. Therefore, in accordance with section 702(b)(1) of the Act, we are initiating a CVD investigation to determine whether manufacturers, producers, and/or exporters of tool chests from the PRC receive countervailable subsidies from the GOC.
Under the Trade Preferences Extension Act of 2015, numerous amendments to the AD and CVD laws were made.
Based on our review of the Petition, we find that there is sufficient information to initiate a CVD investigation on 17 of the 18 alleged programs. For a full discussion of the basis for our decision to initiate or not initiate on each program,
In accordance with section 703(b)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(b)(1), unless postponed, we will make our preliminary determination in this investigation no later than 65 days after the date of initiation.
The Department normally selects respondents in a CVD investigation using U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) entry data. However, for this investigation, the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) numbers the subject merchandise would enter under are basket categories containing many products unrelated to tool chests, and the HTSUS numbers allow for the reporting of differing units of quantity. Therefore, we cannot rely on CBP entry data in selecting respondents. Instead, for this investigation, the Department will request quantity and value (Q&V) information from known exporters and producers identified, with complete contact information, in the Petition. In addition, the Department will post the Q&V questionnaire along with filing instructions on the Enforcement & Compliance Web site at
Producers/exporters of tool chests from the PRC that do not receive Q&V questionnaires by mail may still submit a response to the Q&V questionnaire and can obtain a copy from the Enforcement & Compliance Web site. The Q&V response must be submitted by the relevant PRC exporters/producers no later than May 11, 2017. All Q&V responses must be filed electronically
In accordance with section 702(b)(4)(A)(i) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(f), a copy of the public version of the Petition has been provided to the GOC
We will notify the ITC of our initiation, as required by section 702(d) of the Act.
The ITC will preliminarily determine, within 45 days after the date on which the Petition was filed, whether there is a reasonable indication that imports of tool chests from the PRC are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, a U.S. industry.
Factual information is defined in 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) as: (i) Evidence submitted in response to questionnaires; (ii) evidence submitted in support of allegations; (iii) publicly available information to value factors under 19 CFR 351.408(c) or to measure the adequacy of remuneration under 19 CFR 351.511(a)(2); (iv) evidence placed on the record by the Department; and (v) evidence other than factual information described in (i) through (iv). The regulation requires any party, when submitting factual information, to specify under which subsection of 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) the information is being submitted and, if the information is submitted to rebut, clarify, or correct factual information already on the record, to provide an explanation identifying the information already on the record that the factual information seeks to rebut, clarify, or correct. Time limits for the submission of factual information are addressed in 19 CFR 351.301, which provides specific time limits based on the type of factual information being submitted. Parties should review the regulations prior to submitting factual information in this investigation.
Parties may request an extension of time limits before the expiration of a time limit established under 19 CFR 351.301, or as otherwise specified by the Secretary. In general, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after the expiration of the time limit established under 19 CFR 351.301 expires. For submissions that are due from multiple parties simultaneously, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after 10:00 a.m. on the due date. Under certain circumstances, we may elect to specify a different time limit by which extension requests will be considered untimely for submissions which are due from multiple parties simultaneously. In such a case, we will inform parties in the letter or memorandum setting forth the deadline (including a specified time) by which extension requests must be filed to be considered timely. An extension request must be made in a separate, stand-alone submission; under limited circumstances we will grant untimely-filed requests for the extension of time limits. Review
Any party submitting factual information in an AD or CVD proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.
Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under Administrative Protective Order (APO) in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. On January 22, 2008, the Department published
This notice is issued and published pursuant to sections 702 and 777(i) of the Act.
The scope of this investigation covers certain metal tool chests and tool cabinets, with drawers, (tool chests and cabinets), from the People's Republic of China (the PRC). The scope covers all metal tool chests and cabinets, including top chests, intermediate chests, tool cabinets and side cabinets, storage units, mobile work benches, and work stations and that have the following physical characteristics:
(1) A body made of carbon, alloy, or stainless steel and/or other metals;
(2) two or more drawers for storage in each individual unit;
(3) a width (side to side) exceeding 15 inches for side cabinets and exceeding 21 inches for all other individual units but not exceeding 60 inches;
(4) a drawer depth (front to back) exceeding 10 inches but not exceeding 24 inches; and
(5) prepackaged for retail sale.
For purposes of this scope, the width parameter applies to each individual unit,
Prepackaged for retail sale means the units are packaged in a cardboard box or other container suitable for retail display and sale. Subject tool chests and cabinets are covered whether imported in assembled or unassembled form. Subject merchandise includes tool chests and cabinets produced in the PRC but assembled, prepackaged for sale, or subject to other minor processing in a third country prior to importation into the United States. Similarly, it would include tool chests and cabinets produced in the PRC that are later found to be assembled, prepackaged for sale, or subject to other minor processing after importation into the United States.
Subject tool chests and cabinets may also have doors and shelves in addition to drawers, may have handles (typically mounted on the sides), and may have a work surface on the top. Subject tool chests and cabinets may be uncoated (
Subject tool chests and cabinets may be packaged as individual units or in sets. When packaged in sets, they typically include a cabinet with one or more chests that stack on top of the cabinet. Tool cabinets act as a base tool storage unit and typically have rollers, casters, or wheels to permit them to be moved more easily when loaded with tools. Work stations and work benches are tool cabinets with a work surface on the top that may be made of rubber, plastic, metal, wood, or other materials.
Top chests are designed to be used with a tool cabinet to form a tool storage unit. The top chests may be mounted on top of the base tool cabinet or onto an intermediate chest. They are often packaged as a set with tool cabinets or intermediate chests, but may also be packaged separately. They may be packaged with mounting hardware (
Side cabinets are designed to be bolted or otherwise attached to the side of the base storage cabinet to expand the storage capacity of the base tool cabinet.
Subject tool chests and cabinets also may be packaged with a tool set included. Packaging a subject tool chest and cabinet with a tool set does not remove an otherwise covered subject tool chest and cabinet from the scope. When this occurs the tools are not part of the subject merchandise.
Excluded from the scope of the investigation are tool boxes, chests and cabinets with bodies made of plastic, carbon fiber, wood, or other non-metallic substances. Also excluded from the scope of the investigation are portable metal tool boxes. Portable metal tool boxes have each of the following characteristics: (1) Fewer than three drawers; (2) a handle on the top that allows the tool box to be carried by hand; and (3) a width that is 21 inches or less; and depth (front to back) not exceeding 10 inches.
Also excluded from the scope of the investigation are industrial grade steel tool chests and cabinets. The excluded industrial grade steel tool chests and cabinets are those:
(1) Having a body that is over 60 inches wide; or
(2) having each of the following physical characteristics:
(a) A body made of steel that is 0.055″ or more in thickness;
(b) all drawers over 21″ deep;
(c) all drawer slides rated for 200 lbs. or more; and
(d) not prepackaged for retail sale.
Also excluded from the scope of the investigation are work benches with fewer than two drawers. Excluded work benches have a solid top working surface, fewer than two drawers, are supported by legs and have no solid front, side, or back panels enclosing the body of the unit.
Also excluded from the scope of the investigation are metal filing cabinets that are configured to hold hanging file folders and are classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) at subheading 9403.10.0020.
Merchandise subject to the investigation is classified under HTSUS categories 9403.20.0021, 9403.20.0026, 9403.20.0030 and 7326.90.8688, but may also be classified under HTSUS category 7326.90.3500. While HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and Customs purposes, the written description of the scope of this investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
As a result of determinations by the Department of Commerce (Department) and the International Trade Commission (ITC) that revocation of the antidumping duty (AD) orders on sulfanilic acid from the People's Republic of China (PRC) and India and the countervailing duty (CVD) order on sulfanilic acid from India would likely lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping and a countervailable subsidy and material injury to an industry in the United States, the Department is publishing this notice of continuation of these AD and CVD orders.
Effective May 9, 2017.
Mandy Mallott (India and PRC AD Orders), John Conniff (India CVD Order), AD/CVD Operations, Office III, Enforcement and Compliance International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-6430 or (202) 482-1009, respectively.
On September 1, 2016, the Department initiated the fourth sunset reviews of the AD orders on sulfanilic acid from the PRC and India and the CVD order on sulfanilic acid from India pursuant to section 751(c) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (Act).
As a result of its reviews, pursuant to sections 751(c) and 752(b) of the Act, the Department determined that revocation of the AD orders on sulfanilic acid from India and the PRC and the CVD order on sulfanilic acid from India would be likely to lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping and a countervailable subsidy, and, therefore, notified the ITC of the magnitude of the margins and net
On April 21, 2017, the ITC published its determination, pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act, that revocation of the existing AD orders on sulfanilic acid from India and the PRC and the CVD order on sulfanilic acid from India would be likely to lead to a continuation or recurrence of material injury to an industry in the United States within a reasonably foreseeable time.
The merchandise covered by the AD and CVD orders is all grades of sulfanilic acid, which include technical (or crude) sulfanilic acid, refined (or purified) sulfanilic acid and sodium salt of sulfanilic acid.
Sulfanilic acid is a synthetic organic chemical produced from the direct sulfonation of aniline with sulfuric acid. Sulfanilic acid is used as a raw material in the production of optical brighteners, food colors, specialty dyes, and concrete additives. The principal differences between the grades are the undesirable quantities of residual aniline and alkali insoluble materials present in the sulfanilic acid. All grades are available as dry, free flowing powders.
Technical sulfanilic acid, classifiable under the subheading 2921.42.22 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule (HTS), contains 96 percent minimum sulfanilic acid, 1.0 percent maximum aniline, and 1.0 percent maximum alkali insoluble materials. Refined sulfanilic acid, also classifiable under the subheading 2921.42.22 of the HTS, contains 98 percent minimum sulfanilic acid, 0.5 percent maximum aniline and 0.25 percent maximum alkali insoluble materials.
Sodium salt (sodium sulfanilate), classifiable under the HTS subheading 2921.42.90, is a powder, granular or crystalline material which contains 75 percent minimum equivalent sulfanilic acid, 0.5 percent maximum aniline based on the equivalent sulfanilic acid content, and 0.25 percent maximum alkali insoluble materials based on the equivalent sulfanilic acid content.
Although the HTS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, our written description of the scope of these orders is dispositive.
As a result of the determinations by the Department and the ITC that revocation of the AD orders on sulfanilic acid from the PRC and India and the CVD order from India would be likely to lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping and a countervailable subsidy and material injury to an industry in the United States, pursuant to section 751(d)(2) of the Act, the Department hereby orders the continuation of the AD orders on sulfanilic acid from the PRC and India, and the CVD order on sulfanilic acid from India. U.S. Customs and Border Protection will continue to collect cash deposits at the rates in effect at the time of entry for all imports of subject merchandise. The effective date of the continuation of the orders will be the date of publication in the
These five-year (sunset) reviews and this notice are in accordance with section 751(c) of the Act and published pursuant to section 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218(f)(4).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) is conducting an administrative review of the antidumping duty order on silicomanganese from Ukraine. The period of review (POR) is August 1, 2015, through July 31, 2016. The review covers two exporters of the subject merchandise, PJSC Zaporozhye Ferroalloy Plant (ZFP), and PJSC Nikopol Ferroalloy Plant (NFP). The Department preliminarily finds, based on the application of adverse facts available, that subject merchandise has been sold in the United States at prices below normal value during the POR.
Effective May 9, 2017.
Dmitry Vladimirov, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0665.
The product covered by this order is silicomanganese from Ukraine. Most silicomanganese is currently classifiable under subheading 7202.30.0000 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS). Some silicomanganese may also currently be classifiable under HTSUS subheading 7202.99.8040. While the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description is dispositive. A full description of the scope of the order is contained in the Preliminary Decision Memorandum.
The Department is conducting this review in accordance with section 751(a)(1)(B) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). For a full description of the methodology underlying our conclusions,
Because the mandatory respondents ZFP and NFP failed to provide requested information, we preliminarily determine to apply adverse facts available (AFA) to these companies, in accordance with sections 776(a) and (b) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.308. For further discussion,
We preliminary determine that the following weighted-average dumping margins exist for the respondents for the period of August 1, 2015, through July 31, 2016:
Normally, the Department discloses to interested parties the calculations performed in connection with a preliminary results of review within five days of the date of publication of the notice of preliminary results of review in the
Interested parties may submit case briefs no later than 30 days after the date of publication of this notice.
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing, must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance. Requests should contain: (1) The party's name, address and telephone number; (2) the number of participants; and (3) a list of issues to be discussed. Issues raised in the hearing will be limited to those raised in the respective case briefs.
All documents submitted to the Department must normally be filed electronically
The Department will issue the final results of this administrative review, including the results of its analysis of the issues raised in any written briefs, not later than 120 days after the date of publication of this notice, pursuant to section 751(a)(3)(A) of the Act.
Upon issuance of the final results, the Department shall determine, and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries covered by this review. For the final results, if we continue to rely on adverse facts available to establish ZFP's and NFP's weighted-average dumping margins we will instruct CBP to apply an
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the notice of final results of administrative review for all shipments of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date of the final results of this administrative review, as provided by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) The cash deposit rates for subject merchandise exported by ZFP and NFP will be equal to the weighted-average dumping margins established in the final results of this administrative review; (2) for merchandise exported by producers or exporters not covered in this administrative review but covered in a prior segment of the proceeding, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the company-specific rate published for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding; (3) if the exporter is not a firm covered in this review, a prior review, or the original investigation, but the producer is, the cash deposit rate will be the rate established for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding for the producer of the subject merchandise; and (4) the cash deposit rate for all other manufacturers or exporters will continue to be 163.00 percent, the all-others rate established in the investigation.
This notice serves as a preliminary reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this POR. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Secretary's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
The Department is issuing and publishing these preliminary results of review in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i) of the Act.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Minoo Hatten at (202) 482-1690, AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement & Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230.
On April 11, 2017, the Department of Commerce (the Department) received antidumping duty (AD) petitions concerning imports of certain tool chests and cabinets (tool chests) from the People's Republic of China (the PRC) and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam (Vietnam), filed in proper form on behalf of Waterloo Industries Inc. (the petitioner).
On April 13 2017, the petitioner filed an amendment to the Petitions.
In accordance with section 732(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), the petitioner alleges that imports of tool chests from the PRC and Vietnam are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value within the meaning of section 731 of the Act, and that such imports are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, an industry in the United States. Also, consistent with section 732(b)(1) of the Act, the Petitions are accompanied by information reasonably available to the petitioner supporting its allegations.
The Department finds that the petitioner filed these Petitions on behalf of the domestic industry because the petitioner is an interested party as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act. The Department also finds that the petitioner demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the initiation of the AD investigations that the petitioner is requesting.
Because the Petitions were filed on April 11, 2017, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.204(b)(1), the period of investigation (POI) is October 1, 2016, through March 31, 2017.
The products covered by these investigations are tool chests from the PRC and Vietnam. For a full description of the scope of these investigations,
During our review of the Petitions, the Department issued questions to and received responses from the petitioner pertaining to the proposed scope to ensure that the scope language in the Petitions would be an accurate reflection of the products for which the domestic industry is seeking relief.
As discussed in the preamble to the Department's regulations, we are setting aside a period for interested parties to raise issues regarding product coverage (scope).
The Department requests that any factual information the parties consider relevant to the scope of the investigations be submitted during this time period. However, if a party subsequently finds that additional factual information pertaining to the scope of the investigations may be relevant, the party may contact the Department and request permission to submit the additional information. All such comments must be filed on the records of each of the concurrent AD and CVD investigations.
All submissions to the Department must be filed electronically using Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS).
The Department requests comments from interested parties regarding the appropriate physical characteristics of tool chests to be reported in response to the Department's AD questionnaires. This information will be used to identify the key physical characteristics of the merchandise under consideration in order to report the relevant factors and costs of production accurately as well as to develop appropriate product-comparison criteria.
Interested parties will have the opportunity to provide any information or comments that they feel are relevant to the development of an accurate list of physical characteristics. Specifically, they may provide comments as to which characteristics are appropriate to use as: (1) General product characteristics; and (2) product-comparison criteria. We note that it is not always appropriate to use all product characteristics as product-comparison criteria. We base product-comparison criteria on meaningful commercial differences among products. In other words, although there may be some physical product characteristics used by manufacturers to describe tool chests, it may be that only a select few product characteristics take into account commercially-meaningful physical characteristics. In addition, interested parties may comment on the order in which the physical characteristics should be used in matching products. Generally, the Department attempts to list the most important physical characteristics first and the least important characteristics last.
In order to consider the suggestions of interested parties in developing and issuing the AD questionnaire, all comments must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on Tuesday, May 16, 2017. Any rebuttal comments, which may include factual information, must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on Tuesday, May 23, 2017. All comments and submissions to the Department must be filed electronically using ACCESS, as explained above, on the records of the PRC and Vietnam less-than-fair-value investigations.
Section 732(b)(1) of the Act requires that a petition be filed on behalf of the domestic industry. Section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act provides that a petition meets this requirement if the domestic producers or workers who support the petition account for: (i) At least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product; and (ii) more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the petition. Moreover, section 732(c)(4)(D) of the Act provides that, if the petition does not establish support of domestic producers or workers accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product, the Department shall: (i) Poll the industry or rely on other information in order to determine if there is support for the petition, as required by subparagraph (A); or (ii) determine industry support using a statistically valid sampling method to poll the “industry.”
Section 771(4)(A) of the Act defines the “industry” as the producers as a whole of a domestic like product. Thus, to determine whether a petition has the requisite industry support, the statute directs the Department to look to producers and workers who produce the domestic like product. The International Trade Commission (ITC), which is responsible for determining whether “the domestic industry” has been injured, must also determine what constitutes a domestic like product in order to define the industry. While both the Department and the ITC must apply the same statutory definition regarding the domestic like product,
Section 771(10) of the Act defines the domestic like product as “a product which is like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the article subject to an investigation under this title.” Thus, the reference point from which the domestic like product analysis begins is “the article subject to an investigation” (
With regard to the domestic like product, the petitioner does not offer a definition of the domestic like product distinct from the scope of the investigations. Based on our analysis of the information submitted on the record, we have determined that tool chests, as defined in the scope, constitute a single domestic like product and we have analyzed industry support in terms of that domestic like product.
In determining whether the petitioner has standing under section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act, we considered the industry support data contained in the Petitions with reference to the domestic like product as defined in the “Scope of the Investigations,” in Appendix I of this notice. To establish industry support, the petitioner provided its own production of the domestic like product in 2016.
Our review of the data provided in the Petitions and other information readily available to the Department indicates that the petitioner has established industry support for the Petitions.
The Department finds that the petitioner filed the Petitions on behalf of the domestic industry because it is an interested party as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act and it has demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the AD investigations that it is requesting that the Department initiate.
The petitioner alleges that the U.S. industry producing the domestic like product is being materially injured, or is threatened with material injury, by reason of the imports of the subject merchandise sold at less than normal value (NV). In addition, the petitioner alleges that subject imports exceed the negligibility threshold provided for under section 771(24)(A) of the Act.
The petitioner contends that the industry's injured condition is illustrated by reduced market share; underselling and price suppression or depression; lost sales and revenues; declining production and shipments; declining net sales; and deteriorating financial performance.
The following is a description of the allegations of sales at less than fair value upon which the Department based its decision to initiate AD investigations of imports of tool chests from the PRC and Vietnam. The sources of data for the deductions and adjustments relating to U.S. price and NV are discussed in greater detail in the country-specific initiation checklists.
For the PRC, the petitioner based export price (EP) on pricing information for a sale of a combination tool chest and cabinet set produced in, and exported from, the PRC and sold in the United States.
The petitioner stated that the Department has found the PRC and Vietnam to be non-market economy (NME) countries as recently as the month before the Petitions were filed with respect to the PRC,
The petitioner claims that South Africa is an appropriate surrogate country for the PRC because it is a market economy that is at a level of economic development comparable to that of the PRC, it is a significant producer of comparable merchandise, and public information from South Africa is available to value all FOPs.
Based on the information provided by the petitioner, we believe it is appropriate to use South Africa as a surrogate country for the PRC and Indonesia as a surrogate country for Vietnam for initiation purposes. Interested parties will have the opportunity to submit comments regarding surrogate country selection and, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.301(c)(3)(i), will be provided an opportunity to submit publicly available information to value FOPs no later than 30 days before the scheduled date of the preliminary determinations.
Because information regarding the volume of inputs consumed by Chinese producers/exporters is not reasonably available, the petitioner based the FOPs for materials, labor, and energy on its own production experience, adjusted for known differences.
Because information regarding the volume of inputs consumed by Vietnamese producers/exporters is not reasonably available, the petitioner based the FOPs for materials, labor, and energy on its own production experience, adjusted for known differences.
For the PRC, the petitioner valued direct materials based on publicly-available import data for South Africa obtained from the Global Trade Atlas (GTA) for the period September 2016 through February 2017 (
For Vietnam, the petitioner valued direct materials using public import data for Indonesia obtained from GTA for the period February 2016 through July 2016 (
For the PRC, the petitioner relied on 2012 data published by the International Labour Organization, inflated to 2016 using the South African Consumer Price Index.
For the PRC, the petitioner valued natural gas using the average unit value of imports of liquid natural gas into South Africa. The petitioner converted that cost to an equivalent per million British Thermal Units of natural gas, and applied that rate to its estimated usage rate.
For Vietnam, the petitioner valued natural gas using the average unit value of imports of liquid natural gas into Indonesia.
For the PRC, the petitioner determined the FOPs for packing materials based on its own experience in packing its products.
For Vietnam, the petitioner determined the FOPs for packing materials based on its own experience in packing its products.
For the PRC, the petitioner calculated ratios for factory overhead, SG&A expenses, and profit based on the 2016 consolidated financial statements of Trellidor Holdings Limited (Trellidor), a South African producer of security doors, shades, grates, and bars.
For Vietnam, the petitioner calculated ratios for factory overhead, SG&A expenses, and profit based on publicly available 2015 consolidated financial statements of PT Lion Metal Works Tbk (PT Lion), an Indonesian producer of filing cabinets, other steel office equipment, and other steel fabricated products.
Based on the data provided by the petitioner, there is reason to believe that imports of tool chests from the PRC and Vietnam are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value. Based on comparisons of EP to NV, in accordance with section 773(c) of the Act, the estimated dumping margin for tool chests from the PRC is 159.99 percent
Based upon the examination of the AD Petitions on tool chests from the PRC and Vietnam, we find that the Petitions meet the requirements of section 732 of the Act. Therefore, we are initiating AD investigations to determine whether imports of tool chests from the PRC and Vietnam are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value. In accordance with section 733(b)(1)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(b)(1), unless postponed, we will make our preliminary determinations no later than 140 days after the date of this initiation.
Under the Trade Preferences Extension Act of 2015, numerous amendments to the AD and CVD laws were made.
The petitioner named 47 companies in the PRC,
Exporters/producers of tool chests from the PRC or Vietnam that do not receive Q&V questionnaires by mail may still submit a response to the Q&V questionnaire and can obtain a copy from the Enforcement & Compliance Web site. The Q&V response must be submitted by all PRC or Vietnam exporters/producers no later than May 11, 2017, which is ten days from the signature date of this notice. All Q&V responses must be filed electronically
In order to obtain separate-rate status in an NME investigation, exporters and producers must submit a separate-rate application.
The Department will calculate combination rates for certain respondents that are eligible for a separate rate in an NME investigation. The Separate Rates and Combination Rates Bulletin states:
{w}hile continuing the practice of assigning separate rates only to exporters, all separate rates that the Department will now assign in its NME Investigation will be specific to those producers that supplied the exporter during the period of investigation. Note, however, that one rate is calculated for the exporter and all of the producers which supplied subject merchandise to it during the period of investigation. This practice applies both to mandatory respondents receiving an individually calculated separate rate as well as the pool of non-investigated firms receiving the weighted-average of the individually calculated rates. This practice is referred to as the application of “combination rates” because such rates apply to specific combinations of exporters and one or more producers. The cash-deposit rate assigned to an exporter will apply only to merchandise both exported by the firm in question
In accordance with section 732(b)(3)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(f), copies of the public version of the Petitions have been provided to the governments of the PRC and Vietnam
We will notify the ITC of our initiation, as required by section 732(d) of the Act.
The ITC will preliminarily determine, within 45 days after the date on which the Petitions were filed, whether there is a reasonable indication that imports of tool chests from the PRC and/or Vietnam are materially injuring or threatening material injury to a U.S. industry.
Factual information is defined in 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) as: (i) Evidence submitted in response to questionnaires; (ii) evidence submitted in support of allegations; (iii) publicly available information to value factors under 19 CFR 351.408(c) or to measure the adequacy of remuneration under 19 CFR 351.511(a)(2); (iv) evidence placed on the record by the Department; and (v) evidence other than factual information described in (i)-(iv). Any party, when submitting factual information, must specify under which subsection of 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) the information is being submitted
Parties may request an extension of time limits before the expiration of a time limit established under 19 CFR part 351, or as otherwise specified by the Secretary. In general, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after the expiration of the time limit established under 19 CFR part 351. For submissions that are due from multiple parties simultaneously, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after 10:00 a.m. ET on the due date. Under certain circumstances, we may elect to specify a different time limit by which extension requests will be considered untimely for submissions which are due from multiple parties simultaneously. In such a case, we will inform parties in the letter or memorandum setting forth the deadline (including a specified time) by which extension requests must be filed to be considered timely. An extension request must be made in a separate, stand-alone submission; under limited circumstances we will grant untimely-filed requests for the extension of time limits. Review
Any party submitting factual information in an AD or CVD proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.
Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. On January 22, 2008, the Department published
This notice is issued and published pursuant to section 777(i) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.203(c).
The scope of these investigations covers certain metal tool chests and tool cabinets, with drawers, (tool chests and cabinets), from the People's Republic of China (the PRC) and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam (Vietnam). The scope covers all metal tool chests and cabinets, including top chests, intermediate chests, tool cabinets and side cabinets, storage units, mobile work benches, and work stations and that have the following physical characteristics:
(1) A body made of carbon, alloy, or stainless steel and/or other metals;
(2) two or more drawers for storage in each individual unit;
(3) a width (side to side) exceeding 15 inches for side cabinets and exceeding 21 inches for all other individual units but not exceeding 60 inches;
(4) a drawer depth (front to back) exceeding 10 inches but not exceeding 24 inches; and
(5) prepackaged for retail sale.
For purposes of this scope, the width parameter applies to each individual unit,
Prepackaged for retail sale means the units are packaged in a cardboard box or other container suitable for retail display and sale. Subject tool chests and cabinets are covered whether imported in assembled or unassembled form. Subject merchandise includes tool chests and cabinets produced in the PRC or Vietnam but assembled, prepackaged for sale, or subject to other minor processing in a third country prior to importation into the United States. Similarly, it would include tool chests and cabinets produced in the PRC or Vietnam that are later found to be assembled, prepackaged for sale, or subject to other minor processing after importation into the United States.
Subject tool chests and cabinets may also have doors and shelves in addition to drawers, may have handles (typically mounted on the sides), and may have a work surface on the top. Subject tool chests and cabinets may be uncoated (
Subject tool chests and cabinets may be packaged as individual units or in sets. When packaged in sets, they typically include a cabinet with one or more chests that stack on top of the cabinet. Tool cabinets act as a base tool storage unit and typically have rollers, casters, or wheels to permit them to be moved more easily when loaded with tools. Work stations and work benches are tool cabinets with a work surface on the top that may be made of rubber, plastic, metal, wood, or other materials.
Top chests are designed to be used with a tool cabinet to form a tool storage unit. The top chests may be mounted on top of the base tool cabinet or onto an intermediate chest. They are often packaged as a set with tool cabinets or intermediate chests, but may also be packaged separately. They may be packaged with mounting hardware (
Side cabinets are designed to be bolted or otherwise attached to the side of the base storage cabinet to expand the storage capacity of the base tool cabinet.
Subject tool chests and cabinets also may be packaged with a tool set included. Packaging a subject tool chest and cabinet with a tool set does not remove an otherwise covered subject tool chest and cabinet from the scope. When this occurs the tools are not part of the subject merchandise.
Excluded from the scope of the investigations are tool boxes, chests and cabinets with bodies made of plastic, carbon fiber, wood, or other non-metallic substances. Also excluded from the scope of the investigations are portable metal tool boxes. Portable metal tool boxes have each of the following characteristics: (1) Fewer than three drawers; (2) a handle on the top that allows the tool box to be carried by hand; and (3) a width that is 21 inches or less; and depth (front to back) not exceeding 10 inches.
Also excluded from the scope of the investigations are industrial grade steel tool chests and cabinets. The excluded industrial grade steel tool chests and cabinets are those:
(1) Having a body that is over 60 inches wide; or
(2) having each of the following physical characteristics:
(a) A body made of steel that is 0.055” or more in thickness;
(b) all drawers over 21” deep;
(c) all drawer slides rated for 200 lbs. or more; and
(d) not prepackaged for retail sale.
Also excluded from the scope of the investigations are work benches with fewer than two drawers. Excluded work benches have a solid top working surface, fewer than two drawers, are supported by legs and have no solid front, side, or back panels enclosing the body of the unit.
Also excluded from the scope of the investigations are metal filing cabinets that are configured to hold hanging file folders and are classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) at subheading 9403.10.0020.
Merchandise subject to the investigations is classified under HTSUS categories 9403.20.0021, 9403.20.0026, 9403.20.0030 and 7326.90.8688, but may also be classified under HTSUS category 7326.90.3500. While HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and Customs purposes, the written description of the scope of these investigations is dispositive.
Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education.
Request for information.
The Secretary seeks information from the public regarding the major features and types of commonly assessed fees that postsecondary institutions (institutions) must disclose under 34 CFR 668.164(d)(4)(i)(B)(
We must receive your submission no later than June 8, 2017.
Submit your comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal or via postal mail, commercial delivery, or hand delivery. We will not accept comments by fax or email. To ensure that we do not receive duplicate copies, please submit your comments only once. In addition, please include the Docket ID at the top of your comments.
This is a request for information (RFI) only. This RFI is not a request for proposals (RFP) or a promise to issue an RFP or a notice inviting applications (NIA). This RFI does not commit the Department to contract for any supply or service whatsoever. Further, the Department is not seeking proposals and will not accept unsolicited proposals. The Department will not pay for any information or administrative costs that you may incur in responding to this RFI. If you do not respond to this RFI, you may still apply for future contracts and grants. The documents and information submitted in response to this RFI become the property of the U.S. Government and will not be returned.
Ashley Higgins, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 6W234, Washington, DC 20202. Telephone: (202) 453-6097 or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf or a text telephone, call the Federal Relay Service, toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
As part of the Secretary's effort to ensure that title IV recipients are informed but not misinformed about the terms of financial accounts offered to them through their institution, § 668.164(d)(4)(i)(B)(
If an institution chooses to use its own format to comply with the disclosure requirements in § 668.164(d)(4)(i)(B)(
In the preamble of the final regulations, we committed to work with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) to ensure that the disclosures required under § 668.164(d)(4)(i)(B)(
After consultation with the CFPB, the Secretary seeks feedback from the public regarding the proposed format, content, and update requirements for the disclosures. We propose that, in cases where the account provided is a prepaid account, as addressed in the CFPB's notice of final rule and official interpretations for Prepaid Accounts under the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (Regulation E) and the Truth in Lending Act (Regulation Z) (81 FR 83934), each institution's financial account provider can include, in the student choice menu described in § 668.164(d)(4)(i), the CFPB's appropriate short-form disclosure as described in 81 FR 83934. If an institution offering a prepaid card under its T1 or T2 arrangement meets the disclosure requirements established by the CFPB in 81 FR 83934, it would be in compliance with § 668.164(d)(4)(i)(
For institutions whose financial account provider either does not offer a prepaid account or chooses not to use the CFPB's short-form disclosure template, we propose the following format:
We propose that institutions choosing to use this form would be required to comply with the following instructions:
• The institution's disclosure must list the following fees: Periodic fees, per purchase fees (including point-of-sale fees), ATM withdrawal fees, cash reload fees, ATM balance inquiry fees, customer service fees, and inactivity fees. These fees are referred to as “static fees” because all institutions using the Secretary's format must list these fees on the disclosure, even if the amount of the fee is zero or the fee relates to a feature that is not offered as part of the specific account. In cases where the amount of any fee could vary, the disclosure must show the highest amount the account provider may charge for that fee, followed by a symbol, such as an asterisk, linked to a statement explaining that the fee could be lower depending on how and where the account is used. The asterisk would be included, for example, if point-of-sale fees differ depending on whether the cardholder is required to provide a PIN or signature. In cases where a static fee is not imposed, the institution may demonstrate that the fee is not applicable by placing “N/A” or an equivalent designation in the appropriate field.
• The disclosure must include the number of fee types the accountholder may be charged under the specific account program, excluding those fees that are either disclosed on the form or in close proximity as described below.
• The disclosure must also list the two additional fee types, if any, that generated the highest revenue from accountholders during the previous 24 months excluding static fees, any purchase price, any activation fees, and any fee types that generated less than five percent of the total revenue from accountholders, as well as the amounts of such additional fees. The two additional fee types would be determined for the specific financial account program or across programs with the same fee schedule. Institutions must ensure that the financial account provider reviews their fee revenue periodically and that they assist the institution in updating the disclosure if needed.
• The disclosure must include statements regarding linked overdraft credit features, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation/National Credit Union Administration insurance, and a link to the terms and conditions of the account.
• The disclosure must include a written statement that students do not have to accept the T1 or T2 account and may recommend that students ask about other ways to receive their Federal student aid.
• In close proximity to the disclosure, though not necessarily within the disclosure itself, the institution must disclose the financial account provider's name, the name of the account, for T2 accounts any purchase price for the account (such as a fee for acquiring an access device or a replacement for an access device), and any fee for activating the account. If the financial account is a T1 account, the institution must also use this space to disclose that a student accountholder may access his or her title IV, HEA program funds in part and in full up to the account balance via domestic withdrawals and transfers free
We request assistance from the community in evaluating the effectiveness of the proposed format, content, and update requirements. Specifically, the Secretary requests information on whether—
1. We have included all relevant fee information in the disclosures;
2. The disclosures would be inappropriate for a particular type of account;
3. Simply placing a “$0” or “N/A” in a place where no fee is charged would suffice to convey all of the necessary information;
4. There is a preferred start date for the requirement to include the two additional fee types that generated the highest revenue from accountholders during the previous 24 months;
5. Any conflict exists regarding other regulatory requirements, particularly with the proposal to allow institutions to use the CFPB disclosures described in 81 FR 83934 for this purpose;
6. Students may find the disclosures confusing or unhelpful and, if so, whether the commenter can suggest specific alternatives;
7. There are any other potential problems with including this format within the student choice menu to satisfy the requirements in § 668.164(d)(4)(i)(B)(
8. Opportunities exist to further streamline the format of the template to reduce administrative burden.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Office of Planning, Evaluation and Policy Development (OPEPD), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a new information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before July 10, 2017.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Carlos Martinez, 202-260-1440.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Planning, Evaluation and Policy Development (OPEPD), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a new information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before June 8, 2017.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Oliver Schak, 202-453-5643.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of Pennsylvania Grain Processing, LLC`s application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is May 23, 2017.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed
Take notice that the Commission has received the following Natural Gas Pipeline Rate and Refund Report filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and § 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission hereby gives notice that members of the Commission and/or Commission staff may attend the following meetings:
Further information regarding these meetings may be found at:
The discussions at the meetings, which are open to the public, may address matters at issue in the following Commission proceedings: Docket No. RR15-2, North American Electric Reliability Corporation.
For further information, please contact Jonathan First, 202-502-8529, or
Take notice that the following hydroelectric application has been filed with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and is available for public inspection:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j. Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, and protests is 30 days from the issuance of this notice by the Commission. The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file motions to intervene, protests, and comments using the Commission's eFiling system at
k.
l.
m. Individuals desiring to be included on the Commission's mailing list should so indicate by writing to the Secretary of the Commission.
n.
o.
Take notice that on May 1, 2017, pursuant to sections 206 and 306 of the Federal Power Act, 16 U.S.C. 824e and 825e, and Rule 206 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (Commission) Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.206, Enel Green Power North America, Inc., on behalf its subsidiary, Buffalo Dunes Wind Project, LLC, and Southern Company Services, Inc., as agent for Alabama Power Company (collectively, Complainants) filed a formal complaint against Southwest Power Pool, Inc. (Respondent) alleging that Respondent's plans to allocate congestion management rights and revenues to customers with firm transmission service subject to redispatch for the upcoming 2017-2018 allocation year is unjust and unreasonable and unduly discriminatory and preferential, all as more fully explained in the complaint.
Complainants certify that a copy of the complaint and motion has been served on the contacts for Respondent as listed on the Commission's list of Corporate Officials on its Web site.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. The Respondent's answer and all interventions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. The Respondent's answer, motions to intervene, and protests must be served on the Complainant.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following exempt wholesale generator filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric securities filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following public utility holding company filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of CPV Fairview, LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is May 23, 2017.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
Notice of revised information collection and request for comments.
In compliance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) is soliciting public comment on revisions to the information collection, FERC-725E (Mandatory Reliability Standards for the Western Electric Coordinating Council) and will be submitting FERC-725E to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review of the information collection requirements.
Comments on the collection of information are due July 10, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Docket Nos. RD17-5-000 and IC17-6-000 by either of the following methods:
•
•
Ellen Brown may be reached by email at
WECC promotes bulk electric system reliability in the Western Interconnection. WECC is the Regional Entity responsible for compliance monitoring and enforcement. In addition, WECC provides an environment for the development of Reliability Standards and the coordination of the operating and planning activities of its members as set forth in the WECC Bylaws.
There are several regional Reliability Standards in the WECC region. These regional Reliability Standards generally require entities to document compliance with substantive requirements, retain documentation, and submit reports to WECC.
BAL-002-WECC-2a (Contingency Reserve)
• BAL-004-WECC-02 (Automatic Time Error Correction) requires balancing authorities to document that time error corrections and primary inadvertent interchange payback were conducted according the requirements in the standard.
• FAC-501-WECC-1 (Transmission Maintenance) requires transmission owners with certain transmission paths to have a transmission maintenance and inspection plan and to document maintenance and inspection activities according to the plan.
• IRO-006-WECC-2 (Qualified Transfer Path Unscheduled Flow (USF) Relief)
• PRC-004-WECC-2 (Protection System and Remedial Action Scheme Misoperation)
• VAR-002-WECC-2 (Automatic Voltage Regulators (AVR))
The associated reporting and recordkeeping requirements included in the standards above are not being revised, and the Commission will be submitting a request to OMB to extend these requirements for three years. The Commission's request to OMB will also reflect the following:
• Eliminating the burden associated with regional Reliability Standard TOP-007-WECC-1a, which is being retired (addressed in Docket No. RD16-10);
• Implementing the regional Reliability Standard VAR-501-WECC-3 and the retirement of regional Reliability Standard VAR-501-WECC-2 (addressed in Docket No. RD17-5 and discussed below).
On March 10, 2017, NERC and WECC filed a joint petition in Docket No. RD17-5-000
• Manager: $89.07/hour
• Engineer: $64.91/hour
• File Clerk: $31.19/hour
The hourly cost for the reporting requirements ($76.99) is an average of the cost of a manager and engineer. The hourly cost for recordkeeping requirements uses the cost of a file clerk.
• Manager: $89.07/hour
• Engineer: $64.91/hour
• File Clerk: $31.19/hour
The hourly cost for the reporting requirements ($76.99) is an average of the cost of a manager and engineer. The hourly cost for recordkeeping requirements uses the cost of a file clerk.
• Reliability Standards in FERC-725E which continue and remain unchanged (BAL-002-WECC-2a, BAL-004-WECC-02, FAC-501-WECC-1, IRO-006-WECC-2, PRC-004-WECC-2, and VAR-002-WECC-2);
• Removal of burden due to the retirement of TOP-007-WECC-1a (discussed in Docket No. RD16-10-000)
• Additional burden due to VAR-501-WECC-3, and removal of burden due to the retirement of VAR-501-WECC-2 (detailed above and in Docket No. RD17-5-000).
(The burdens and costs related to TOP-007-WECC-1a and VAR-501-WECC-2 [the standards being retired] are omitted from the table below, which describes the new and continuing information collection requirements.)
Take notice that on April 25, 2017, Equitrans, L.P. (Equitrans), 625 Liberty Avenue, Suite 1700, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222 filed a prior notice request pursuant to sections 157.205 and 157.216(b) of the Commission's regulations under the Natural Gas Act for authorization to abandon two wells in Equitrans' Logansport Storage Field located in Marion County, West Virginia. Specifically, Equitrans seeks to plug and abandon two natural gas storage injection and withdrawal wells, Logansport 6188 and Logansport 8271, which were damaged as a result of undermining activity that took place in 2010 and are at risk for gas loss. The abandonment will have no effect on the certificated physical parameters of the field, and there will be no effect on service to any of Equitrans' customers, all as more fully set forth in the application which is on file with the Commission and open to public inspection. The filing may also be viewed on the web at
Any questions regarding this Application should be directed to Paul W. Diehl, Counsel, Midstream at Equitrans, L.P., 625 Liberty Avenue, Suite 1700, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222, by phone (412) 395-5540, or by fax (412) 553-7781, or by email at
Any person may, within 60 days after the issuance of the instant notice by the Commission, file pursuant to Rule 214 of the Commission's Procedural Rules (18 CFR 385.214) a motion to intervene or notice of intervention. Any person filing to intervene or the Commission's staff may, pursuant to section 157.205 of the Commission's Regulations under the NGA (18 CFR 157.205) file a protest to the request. If no protest is filed within the time allowed therefore, the proposed activity shall be deemed to be authorized effective the day after the time allowed for protest. If a protest is filed and not withdrawn within 30 days after the time allowed for filing a protest, the instant request shall be treated as an application for authorization pursuant to section 7 of the NGA.
Pursuant to section 157.9 of the Commission's rules, 18 CFR 157.9, within 90 days of this Notice the Commission staff will either: Complete its environmental assessment (EA) and place it into the Commission's public record (eLibrary) for this proceeding; or issue a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review. If a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review is issued, it will indicate, among other milestones, the anticipated date for the Commission staff's issuance of the final environmental impact statement (FEIS) or EA for this proposal. The filing of the EA in the Commission's public record for this proceeding or the issuance of a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review will serve to notify federal and state agencies of the timing for the completion of all necessary reviews, and the subsequent need to complete all federal authorizations within 90 days of the date of issuance of the Commission staff's FEIS or EA.
Persons who wish to comment only on the environmental review of this project should submit an original and two copies of their comments to the Secretary of the Commission. Environmental commenter's will be placed on the Commission's environmental mailing list, will receive copies of the environmental documents, and will be notified of meetings associated with the Commission's environmental review process. Environmental commenter's will not be required to serve copies of filed documents on all other parties. However, the non-party commentary, will not receive copies of all documents filed by other parties or issued by the Commission (except for the mailing of environmental documents issued by the
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings of comments, protests, and interventions via the internet in lieu of paper. See 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site (
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of a final decision on a UIC no migration petition reissuance.
Notice is hereby given that a reissuance of an exemption to the land disposal Restrictions, under the 1984 Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, has been granted to INVISTA Victoria for nine Class I hazardous waste injection wells located at their Victoria, Texas. The company has adequately demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Environmental Protection Agency by the petition reissuance application and supporting documentation that, to a reasonable degree of certainty, there will be no migration of hazardous constituents from the injection zone for as long as the waste remains hazardous. This final decision allows the underground injection by INVISTA Victoria, of the specific restricted hazardous wastes identified in this exemption reissuance, into Class I hazardous waste injection Wells WDW-004, WDW-028, WDW-029, WDW-030, WDW-105, WDW-106, WDW-142, WDW-143, and WDW-144 until December 31, 2025, unless EPA moves to terminate this exemption or other petition condition limitations are reached. Additional conditions included in this final decision may be reviewed by contacting the Region 6 Ground Water/UIC Section. A public notice was issued February 3, 2017, and the public comment period closed on March 21, 2017, and no comments were received. This decision constitutes final Agency action and there is no Administrative appeal. This decision may be reviewed/appealed in compliance with the Administrative Procedure Act.
This action is effective as of March 28, 2017.
Copies of the petition reissuance and all pertinent information relating thereto are on file at the following location: Environmental Protection Agency, Region 6, Water Division, Safe Drinking Water Branch (6WQ-S), 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75202-2733.
Philip Dellinger, Chief Ground Water/UIC Section, EPA—Region 6, telephone (214) 665-8324.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of meeting.
The United States Environmental Protection Agency is announcing the joint 2017 Spring Meeting of the Ozone Transport Commission (OTC) and the Mid-Atlantic Northeast Visibility Union (MANE-VU). The meeting agenda will include topics regarding reducing ground-level ozone precursors and matters relative to Regional Haze and visibility improvement in Federal Class I areas in a multi-pollutant context.
The meeting will be held on June 6, 2017 starting at 9:15 a.m. and ending at 4:00 p.m.
The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 contain at Section 184 provisions for the Control of Interstate Ozone Air Pollution. Section 184(a) establishes an Ozone Transport Region (OTR) comprised of the States of Connecticut, Delaware, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont, parts of Virginia and the District of Columbia. The purpose of the OTC is to deal with ground-level ozone formation, transport, and control within the OTR.
The Mid-Atlantic/Northeast Visibility Union (MANE-VU) was formed in 2001, in response to EPA's issuance of the Regional Haze rule. MANE-VU's members include: Connecticut, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont, the Penobscot Indian Nation, and the St. Regis Mohawk Tribe, along with EPA and Federal Land Managers.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice; reopening of comment period.
On December 15, 2016, EPA issued a notice in the
Comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2016-0675, must be received on or before May 24, 2017.
Follow the detailed instructions provided under
This document reopens the public comment period established in the
EPA is hereby reopening the comment period for 15 days to May 24, 2017.
To submit comments, or access the docket, please follow the detailed instructions provided under
The following is a listing of the documents that are specifically referenced in this document. The docket includes these documents and other information considered by EPA, including documents that are referenced within the documents that are included in the docket, even if the referenced document is not physically located in the docket. For assistance in locating these other documents, please consult the technical person listed under
15 U.S.C. 2607(a)(3)(C).
Based upon the foregoing, the Receiver has determined that the continued existence of the receivership will serve no useful purpose. Consequently, notice is given that the receivership shall be terminated, to be effective no sooner than thirty days after the date of this Notice. If any person wishes to comment concerning the termination of the receivership, such comment must be made in writing and sent within thirty days of the date of this Notice to: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, Attention: Receivership Oversight Department 34.6, 1601 Bryan Street, Dallas, TX 75201.
No comments concerning the termination of this receivership will be considered which are not sent within this time frame.
Federal Election Commission.
Thursday, May 11, 2017 at 10:00 a.m.
999 E Street NW., Washington, DC (ninth floor).
This meeting, open to the public, has been canceled.
Judith Ingram, Press Officer, Telephone: (202) 694-1220.
The notificants listed below have applied under the Change in Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) and § 225.41 of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR § 225.41) to acquire shares of a bank or bank holding company. The factors that are considered in acting on the notices are set forth in paragraph 7 of the Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(7)).
The notices are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The notices also will be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank
1.
Additionally, the ESOP's trustees, Paul Skorheim, and Donald John, both of Sauk Centre, Minnesota, as members of a group acting in concert with the ESOP, to retain voting shares of SCFS, and thereby indirectly retain voting shares of Minnesota National Bank, Sauk Centre, Minnesota.
1.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, May 4, 2017.
The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.
Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than June 5, 2017.
1.
Department of Defense (DOD), General Services Administration (GSA), and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
Notice.
Under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, the Regulatory Secretariat Division will be submitting to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) a request to review and approve an extension of a previously approved information collection requirement concerning preaward survey forms (Standard Forms 1403, 1404, 1405, 1406, 1407, and 1408). A notice was published in the
Submit comments on or before June 8, 2017.
Submit comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden to: Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB, Attention: Desk Officer for GSA, Room 10236, NEOB, Washington, DC 20503. Additionally submit a copy to GSA by any of the following methods:
•
•
Ms. Cecelia L. Davis, Procurement Analyst, Office of Governmentwide Acquisition Policy, GSA, 202-219-0202 or email
To protect the Government's interest and to ensure timely delivery of items of the requisite quality, contracting officers, prior to award, must make an affirmative determination that the prospective contractor is responsible,
In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention announces the following committee meeting:
In December 2000, the President delegated responsibility for funding, staffing, and operating the Advisory Board to HHS, which subsequently delegated this authority to the CDC. NIOSH implements this responsibility for CDC. The charter was issued on August 3, 2001, renewed at appropriate intervals, rechartered on March 22, 2016 pursuant to Executive Order 13708, and will expire on September 30, 2017.
In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) announces the following committee meeting.
It is the intent of NIOSH to support broad-based research endeavors in keeping with the Institute's program goals. This will lead to improved understanding and appreciation for the magnitude of the aggregate health burden associated with occupational injuries and illnesses, as well as to support more focused research projects, which will lead to improvements in the delivery of occupational safety and health services, and the prevention of work-related injury and illness. It is anticipated that research funded will promote these program goals.
These portions of the meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with provisions set forth in Section 552b(c)(4) and (6), Title 5 U.S.C., and the Determination of the Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, pursuant to Section 10(d) Public Law 92-463.
Agenda items are subject to change as priorities dictate.
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
Health Resources and Service Administration (HRSA), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice of meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, notice is hereby given that a meeting is scheduled for the National Advisory Council on Migrant Health (NACMH/Council). This meeting will be open to the public. The agenda for the NACMH meeting can be obtained by contacting the Designated Federal Officer (DFO) or accessing the Council Web site:
The meeting will be held on June 6, 2017, 8:30 a.m.to 5:00 p.m. and June 7, 2017, 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
The address for the meeting is Bethesda North Marriott Hotel & Conference Center, 5701 Marinelli Road, North Bethesda, Maryland 20852, (301) 822-9200.
All requests for information regarding the NACMH should be sent to Esther Paul, DFO, NACMH, HRSA, in one of three ways: (1) Send a request to the following address: Esther Paul, Office of Policy and Program Development, Bureau of Primary Health Care, HRSA, 5600 Fishers Lane, 16N38B, Rockville, Maryland 20857; (2) call (301) 594 4300; or (3) send an email to
The NACMH is a non-discretionary advisory body mandated by the Public Health Service (PHS) Act, Title 42 U.S.C. 218, to advise, consult with, and make recommendations to the Secretary of
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on a revision of a currently approved information collection. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice seeks comments concerning information required by FEMA to revise National Flood Insurance Program Maps.
Comments must be submitted on or before July 10, 2017.
To avoid duplicate submissions to the docket, please use only one of the following means to submit comments:
(1)
(2)
All submissions received must include the agency name and Docket ID. Regardless of the method used for submitting comments or material, all submissions will be posted, without change, to the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Brian Koper, Emergency Management Specialist, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, DHS/FEMA, 202-646-3085. You may contact the Records Management Division for copies of the proposed collection of information at facsimile number (202) 646-3347 or email address:
The National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) is authorized by the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 4001
Comments may be submitted as indicated in the
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on a revision of a currently approved information collection. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice seeks comments concerning the collection of information necessary to implement grants for the Flood Mitigation Assistance (FMA) program and the Pre-Disaster Mitigation (PDM) program.
Comments must be submitted on or before July 10, 2017.
To avoid duplicate submissions to the docket, please use only one of the following means to submit comments:
(1)
(2)
All submissions received must include the agency name and Docket ID. Regardless of the method used for submitting comments or material, all submissions will be posted, without change, to the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Jennie Orenstein, Branch Chief, HMA Division—Grants Policy, (202) 212-4071. You may contact the Records Management Division for copies of the proposed collection of information at email address:
The FMA program is authorized by Section 1366 of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 4104c. The FMA program, under 44 CFR part 79, provides funding for measures taken to reduce or eliminate the long-term risk of flood damage to buildings, manufactured homes, and other structures insured under the National Flood Insurance Program. The Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112-141) eliminated the Repetitive Flood Claims (RFC) and Severe Repetitive Loss (SRL) programs, and made significant changes to the FMA program by consolidating the former RFC and SRL programs into FMA. Cost-share requirements were changed to allow more Federal funds for properties with repetitive flood claims.
The PDM program is authorized by Section 203 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5133, as amended by Section 102 of the Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000, Public Law 106-390, 114 Stat. 1553. It provides grants for cost-effective mitigation actions prior to a disaster event to reduce overall risks to the population and structures, while also reducing reliance on funding from actual disaster declarations.
In accordance with OMB Circular A-102, FEMA requires that all parties interested in receiving FEMA mitigation grants submit an application package for grant assistance. Applications and subapplications for the PDM and FMA programs are submitted via the e-Grants system. The e-Grants system was developed and updated to meet the intent of the e-Government initiative, authorized by Public Law 106-107. This initiative required that all government agencies both streamline grant application processes and provide for the means to electronically create, review, and submit a grant application via the Internet. Title 2 CFR 200.335, promulgated in 2013, encourages Federal awarding agencies and non-Federal entities to, whenever practicable, collect, transmit, and store Federal award-related information in open and machine readable formats rather than in closed formats or on paper.
FEMA is proposing to add a new form to this collection to better provide customer-centric clarity and uniformity in the way FEMA collects information on the progress of FMA/PDM-funded hazard mitigation projects. The new “Non-Disaster Quarterly Progress Report” form will replace the obsolete SF-425. Title 2 CFR 200.328 authorizes the collection of information on the progress of activities conducted under Federal awards.
Comments may be submitted as indicated in the
Science and Technology Directorate, DHS.
Committee Management; notice of open federal advisory committee meeting.
The Homeland Security Science and Technology Advisory Committee (HSSTAC) will meet via teleconference on Thursday, June 8, 2017. The meeting will be an open session.
The HSSTAC teleconference meeting will take place Thursday, June 8, 2017 from 2:00 p.m. to 3:30 p.m. The meeting may close early if the committee has completed its business.
Members of the public may participate by teleconference but you must register. Please see the “REGISTRATION” section below.
Michel Kareis, HSSTAC Designated Federal Official, S&T IAO STOP 0205, Department of Homeland Security, 245 Murray Lane, Washington, DC 20528-0205, 202-254-8778 (Office), 202-254-6176 (Fax)
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C. appendix (Pub. L. 92-463). The committee addresses areas of interest and importance to the Under Secretary for Science and Technology (S&T), such as new developments in systems engineering, cyber-security, knowledge management and how best to leverage related technologies funded by other Federal agencies and by the private sector. It also advises the Under Secretary on policies, management processes, and organizational constructs as needed.
To pre-register for the teleconference please send an email to:
For information on services for individuals with disabilities or to request special assistance at the meeting, please contact Michel Kareis as soon as possible. Her contact information is listed above in the
At the end of the open session, there will be a period for oral statements. Please note that the comments period may end before the time indicated, following the last call for oral statements. To register as a speaker, contact the person listed in the
To facilitate public participation, we invite public comment on the issues to be considered by the committee as listed in the “Agenda” below. You are free to submit comments at any time, including orally at the meeting, but if you want committee members to review your comment before the meeting, written comments must be received by June 1, 2017. Please include the docket number (DHS-2017-0021) and submit via
•
•
•
•
A public comment period will be held at the end of the open session.
Office of Natural Resources Revenue (ONRR), Interior.
Notice.
Final regulations for valuing gas produced from Indian leases, published August 10, 1999, require the Office of Natural Resources Revenue (ONRR) to determine major portion prices and notify industry by publishing the prices in the
The due date to pay additional royalties based on the major portion prices is July 31, 2017.
Michael Curry, Manager, Denver B, Western Audit & Compliance, ONRR, at (303) 231-3741, fax to (303) 231-3455, or email to
On August 10, 1999, ONRR's predecessor, the Minerals Management Service, published a final rule titled “Amendments to Gas Valuation Regulations for Indian Leases” effective January 1, 2000 (64 FR 43506). The gas valuation regulations apply to all gas production from Indian (tribal or allotted) oil and gas leases, except leases on the Osage Indian Reservation.
The regulations require ONRR to publish major portion prices for each designated area not associated with an index zone for each production month beginning January 2000, as well as the due date for additional royalty payments.
For information on how to report additional royalties due to major portion prices, please refer to our Dear Payor letter dated December 1, 1999, on the ONRR Web site at
United States International Trade Commission.
Cancellation of hearing.
The public hearing in this investigation scheduled for May 11, 2017, has been cancelled. The two interested parties that filed requests to appear at the hearing have withdrawn their requests to appear.
All Commission offices, including the Commission's hearing rooms, are located in the United States International Trade Commission Building, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC. All written submissions should be addressed to the Secretary, United States International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. The public file for this investigation may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at
Project Leader Justino De La Cruz (202-
(A) The actual effect, during the period covered by the report, of [CBERA] on the United States economy generally, as well as on those specific domestic industries which produce articles that are like, or directly competitive with, articles being imported into the United States from beneficiary countries; and
(B) the probable future effect which this Act will have on the United States economy generally, as well as on such domestic industries, before the provisions of this Act terminate.
By order of the Commission.
The Legal Services Corporation's Board of Directors will meet telephonically on Tuesday, May 23, 2017. Immediately following the Board of Directors telephonic meeting, the Operations and Regulations Committee will hold a telephonic meeting. The Board meeting will commence at 2:00 p.m., EDT, and the meetings will continue until the conclusion of the Committee's agenda.
John N. Erlenborn Conference Room, Legal Services Corporation Headquarters, 3333 K Street NW., Washington DC 20007.
Members of the public who are unable to attend in person but wish to listen to the public proceedings may do so by following the telephone call-in directions provided below.
• Call toll-free number: 1-866-451-4981;
• When prompted, enter the following numeric pass code: 5907707348
• When connected to the call, please immediately “MUTE” your telephone.
Open.
1. Approval of agenda.
2. Consider and act on the Board of Directors' transmittal to accompany the Inspector General's Semiannual Report to Congress for the period of October 1, 2016 through March 30, 2017.
3. Public comment.
4. Consider and act on other business.
5. Consider and act on adjournment of meeting.
Operations and Regulations Committee—
1. Approval of agenda.
2. Consider Rulemaking for 45 CFR part 1630 and 1631—Costs and Property.
• Ron Flagg, General Counsel and Vice President for Legal Affairs.
• Stefanie Davis, Assistant General Counsel.
3. Public comment.
4. Consider and act on other business.
5. Consider and act on adjournment of meeting.
Katherine Ward, Executive Assistant to the Vice President & General Counsel, at (202) 295-1500. Questions may be sent by electronic mail to
LSC complies with the Americans with Disabilities Act and Section 504 of the 1973 Rehabilitation Act. Upon request, meeting notices and materials will be made available in alternative formats to accommodate individuals with disabilities. Individuals needing other accommodations due to disability in order to attend the meeting in person or telephonically should contact Katherine Ward, at (202) 295-1500 or
U.S. Copyright Office, Library of Congress.
Public notice.
The U.S. Copyright Office is announcing a pilot program that will allow for the bulk submission of claims to copyright in certain limited types of literary works. Specifically, at this time, the pilot program is limited to claims to single literary works that have a single author, where all content that appears in the work was created and is owned solely by that single author. Applicants that participate in the pilot will be required to provide author, title, and
Entities interested in participating in the pilot program should contact the Copyright Office by submitting their contact information, as well as a description of the type of works sought to be registered and anticipated volume, in the form located at
Sarang V. Damle, General Counsel and Associate Register of Copyrights, by email at
In 2013, the U.S. Copyright Office began to identify and evaluate potential improvements and technical enhancements to the information technology platforms that support its electronic registration system. As part of this effort, the Office sought public comment on how stakeholders use the Office's online system, known as “eCO,” and whether the system meets or fails to meet user expectations. The Office also sought input on the types of online services that stakeholders would like to see in the future.
The Office received input from various stakeholders, including copyright owners, users of copyright records, technical experts, public interest organizations, professional associations, and small businesses. One recommendation that the Office frequently heard was the need for bulk data transfer between interested parties and the Office. Stakeholders predicted that “system-to-system” or “business-to-business” transfers would allow applicants to submit large quantities of electronic material and associated application data to the Office. They encouraged the Office to take an active role in facilitating this type of data exchange by adopting standards-based protocols, such as ebMS, SOAP, and AS4. 78 FR at 17722, 17723.
In February 2015, the Chief Information Officer for the Copyright Office issued a report that offered several recommendations for creating a better user interface and a better public record.
The pilot program described in this Notice of Inquiry represents a first step in implementing this recommendation. It also represents a step towards the Office's ultimate goal of developing “a robust and flexible technology enterprise that is dedicated to the current and future needs of a modern copyright agency.” U.S. Copyright Office, Strategic Plan 2016-2020: Positioning the United States Copyright Office for the Future, at 35 (Dec. 1, 2015),
This pilot program will be very limited in scope. It will be available only for claims to single literary works that have a single author, where all content that appears in the work was created and is owned solely by that single author.
Applicants can register most types of works through the eCO system.
Applicants that have been accepted into the pilot program will be able to bypass the Office's Web site and the eCO interface. Instead, they will transmit their claims directly into the electronic registration system through a separate portal. And they will be able to submit multiple batches of claims, instead of filing them one by one.
The pilot is intended for applicants that routinely submit large numbers of claims, either on their own behalf or on behalf of other parties. As with any other claim, applicants will be required to provide the information called for in the application, including the author, title, and other pertinent details about each work. But they will be able to send this information in a single transmission instead of preparing separate submissions for each work. Applicants will be required to pay the appropriate filing fee for each claim, but they will be able to pay these fees with a single deduction from their deposit account instead of making separate payments. Finally, applicants will be required to upload a complete electronic copy of each work. But they will be able to bundle these copies together and send them in a single package, instead of uploading each copy individually. Once these materials have been received, the electronic registration system will match each electronic copy with the corresponding application information for that work.
To be clear, the Office is not creating a new group registration option. The pilot is simply intended to facilitate the submission of large numbers of individual claims that would otherwise be submitted one by one. When the Office receives a bulk submission it will examine each work on an individual basis to determine if it meets the eligibility requirements established for the pilot, and if the other formal and legal requirements have been met. If so, the Office will issue a separate certificate of registration for each work.
As noted above, applicants may be eligible for the bulk submission option only if their claims satisfy certain requirements. Specifically, each claim must be limited to one literary work. Each work must be created by one
If the Office determines that a particular work does not satisfy these eligibility requirements, it will refuse to register the claim. In particular, works made for hire will not be eligible for the pilot. A work created by two or more individuals will not be eligible. A work will not be eligible if the deposit contains material created by two or more authors (even if the applicant only intends to register material created by one of those individuals). For the same reason, a derivative work will not be eligible if it is based on a preexisting work by a different author. A work created by one individual will not be eligible if the author transferred his or her rights to another party or if the work is co-owned by two or more parties. Claims involving collective works, an unpublished collection, a unit or publication, a Web site, a database, or other multiple works also will not be eligible for the pilot.
The Office is limiting the pilot to literary works at this time, because they account for the largest number of claims submitted through the eCO system in any given year. For example, in Fiscal Year 2016, the Office received more than 180,000 literary claims, which represent roughly 36% of the electronic claims submitted during that period. At the same time, the Office must balance the administrative burden that bulk submission may impose on the Office. The Office decided to limit the pilot to works that satisfy the eligibility requirements for the Single Application in part because these claims tend to be less complex than claims involving multiple works, multiple authors, and/or multiple owners. If the pilot is successful, the Office may consider expanding this option to include other types of works.
This Notice provides a general overview of how the pilot program is expected to work. Participants will be allowed to join the pilot only if they cooperate with and obtain approval from the Office's technology staff during each phase. The Office may also limit the total number of participants based on its available resources and the volume of claims that each party plans to submit.
Briefly stated, the Office will create a separate portal into the eCO system for each participant. In addition, the Office will provide participants with an XML (extensive markup language) schema that identifies the type of data that must be included in each submission. The schema will call for a unique tracking number that will be assigned to each claim. It will contain a field for the deposit account that will be used to pay the filing fee for each claim. And it will contain data fields that match the corresponding fields in the Single Application for literary works. These fields include the type of work; title of work; completion date; publication status; name of author, claimant, and correspondent; and the name of the person who certified the application.
Each participant will develop its own internal systems for collecting this data. In addition, each participant will create a secure gateway—in close consultation with the Office's technology staff—that will be used to transmit this data to the Office. Participants will be required to conduct extensive testing to confirm that their gateway is compatible with the eCO system before they will be allowed to use the bulk submission option.
Once it has been tested and approved, the gateway will be attached to the portal and will interact directly with the eCO system. Briefly stated, participants will transmit streams of data through the gateway in an XML format using the HTTPS secure transport protocol. Participants will use the HTTP “POST” method to submit an electronic copy of each work in a PDF format. The Office does not plan to limit the number of claims that may be included within each submission, but each batch must include a header that identifies the total number of claims contained therein.
Once the XML stream and the electronic copies have been sent through the gateway, the participant will receive an email notification acknowledging the receipt of the transmission. Before the transmission is entered into the eCO system, the Office will scan it for potential security issues, such as the presence of malicious code. Next, the transmission will be scanned to determine if (i) there is a sufficient amount of money in the participant's deposit account to cover the filing fees, (ii) a copy of each work has been submitted, and (iii) the electronic copies can be linked to the corresponding data file for each work. If not, the system will reject the entire batch and send an email notification to the participant. Finally, the system will scan each transmission to determine if any information appears to be missing from the claims, such as the author or title of a particular work. If so, the system will send an email notification to the participant regarding that claim. In such cases, the participant will need to correct the issue and resubmit the claim in another bulk submission.
If the transmission is accepted, the XML streams will auto-populate the corresponding fields within the electronic registration system. The tracking number for each work will be used to connect the electronic copies with the corresponding data file for that work. The eCO system will assign a service request number to each claim, and eventually they will be distributed to an examiner—just like any other claim that is submitted through the Office's Web site. If the claims are approved, the Office will send a certificate of registration to the person named in the correspondent field.
Parties that are interested in participating in this pilot program should contact the Copyright Office using the contact information in the
The National Endowment for the Arts, on behalf of the Federal Council on the Arts and the Humanities, will submit the following public information collection request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35): Application for International Indemnification. Copies of this ICR, with applicable supporting
Comments should be sent to Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for the National Endowment for the Arts, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503 (202/395-4718). Copies of any comments should be provided to Patricia Loiko (National Endowment for the Arts, 400 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20506). To be assured of consideration, comments should be submitted to OMB within thirty days of this publication in the
The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) is particularly interested in comments which:
The National Endowment for the Arts (NEA) requests the review of its application guidelines. This entry is issued by the NEA and contains the following information: (1) The title of the form; (2) how often the required information must be reported; (3) who will be required or asked to report; (4) what the form will be used for; (5) an estimate of the number of responses; (6) the average burden hours per response; (7) an estimate of the total number of hours needed to prepare the form. This entry is not subject to 44 U.S.C. 3504(h).
The ACRS Subcommittee on APR1400 will hold a meeting May 18-19, 2017, at 11545 Rockville Pike, Room T-2B1, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
The meeting will be open to public attendance. The agenda for the subject meeting shall be as follows:
The Subcommittee will review the APR1400 DCD Review—Chapter 9, “Auxiliary Systems” and Chapter 15, “Transient and Accident Analyses.” The Subcommittee will hear presentations by and hold discussions with the NRC staff and Korea Hydro & Nuclear Power Company regarding this matter. The Subcommittee will gather information, analyze relevant issues and facts, and formulate proposed positions and actions, as appropriate, for deliberation by the Full Committee.
Members of the public desiring to provide oral statements and/or written comments should notify the Designated Federal Official (DFO), Christopher Brown (Telephone 301-415-7111 or Email:
Detailed meeting agendas and meeting transcripts are available on the NRC Web site at
If attending this meeting, please enter through the One White Flint North building, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852. After registering with Security, please contact Mr. Theron Brown (Telephone 240-888-9835) to be escorted to the meeting room.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Biweekly notice.
Pursuant to Section 189a. (2) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is publishing this regular biweekly notice. The Act requires the Commission to publish notice of any amendments issued, or proposed to be issued, and grants the Commission the authority to issue and make immediately effective any amendment to an operating license or combined license, as applicable, upon a determination by the Commission that such amendment involves no significant hazards consideration, notwithstanding the pendency before the Commission of a request for a hearing from any person.
This biweekly notice includes all notices of amendments issued, or proposed to be issued, from April 11 to April 24, 2017. The last biweekly notice was published on April 25, 2017.
Comments must be filed by June 8, 2017. A request for a hearing must be filed by July 10, 2017.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Janet Burkhardt, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-1384, email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2017-0112, facility name, unit number(s), plant docket number, application date, and subject when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2017-0112, facility name, unit number(s), plant docket number, application date, and subject in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC posts all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment submissions into ADAMS.
The Commission has made a proposed determination that the following amendment requests involve no significant hazards consideration. Under the Commission's regulations in § 50.92 of title 10 of the
The Commission is seeking public comments on this proposed determination. Any comments received within 30 days after the date of publication of this notice will be considered in making any final determination.
Normally, the Commission will not issue the amendment until the expiration of 60 days after the date of publication of this notice. The Commission may issue the license amendment before expiration of the 60-day period provided that its final determination is that the amendment involves no significant hazards consideration. In addition, the Commission may issue the amendment prior to the expiration of the 30-day comment period if circumstances change during the 30-day comment period such that failure to act in a timely way would result, for example in derating or shutdown of the facility. If the Commission takes action prior to the expiration of either the comment period or the notice period, it will publish in the
Within 60 days after the date of publication of this notice, any persons (petitioner) whose interest may be
As required by 10 CFR 2.309(d) the petition should specifically explain the reasons why intervention should be permitted with particular reference to the following general requirements for standing: (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner; (2) the nature of the petitioner's right under the Act to be made a party to the proceeding; (3) the nature and extent of the petitioner's property, financial, or other interest in the proceeding; and (4) the possible effect of any decision or order which may be entered in the proceeding on the petitioner's interest.
In accordance with 10 CFR 2.309(f), the petition must also set forth the specific contentions which the petitioner seeks to have litigated in the proceeding. Each contention must consist of a specific statement of the issue of law or fact to be raised or controverted. In addition, the petitioner must provide a brief explanation of the bases for the contention and a concise statement of the alleged facts or expert opinion which support the contention and on which the petitioner intends to rely in proving the contention at the hearing. The petitioner must also provide references to the specific sources and documents on which the petitioner intends to rely to support its position on the issue. The petition must include sufficient information to show that a genuine dispute exists with the applicant or licensee on a material issue of law or fact. Contentions must be limited to matters within the scope of the proceeding. The contention must be one which, if proven, would entitle the petitioner to relief. A petitioner who fails to satisfy the requirements at 10 CFR 2.309(f) with respect to at least one contention will not be permitted to participate as a party.
Those permitted to intervene become parties to the proceeding, subject to any limitations in the order granting leave to intervene. Parties have the opportunity to participate fully in the conduct of the hearing with respect to resolution of that party's admitted contentions, including the opportunity to present evidence, consistent with the NRC's regulations, policies, and procedures.
Petitions must be filed no later than 60 days from the date of publication of this notice. Petitions and motions for leave to file new or amended contentions that are filed after the deadline will not be entertained absent a determination by the presiding officer that the filing demonstrates good cause by satisfying the three factors in 10 CFR 2.309(c)(1)(i) through (iii). The petition must be filed in accordance with the filing instructions in the “Electronic Submissions (E-Filing)” section of this document.
If a hearing is requested, and the Commission has not made a final determination on the issue of no significant hazards consideration, the Commission will make a final determination on the issue of no significant hazards consideration. The final determination will serve to establish when the hearing is held. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration, the Commission may issue the amendment and make it immediately effective, notwithstanding the request for a hearing. Any hearing would take place after issuance of the amendment. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves a significant hazards consideration, then any hearing held would take place before the issuance of the amendment unless the Commission finds an imminent danger to the health or safety of the public, in which case it will issue an appropriate order or rule under 10 CFR part 2.
A State, local governmental body, Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof, may submit a petition to the Commission to participate as a party under 10 CFR 2.309(h)(1). The petition should state the nature and extent of the petitioner's interest in the proceeding. The petition should be submitted to the Commission by July 10, 2017. The petition must be filed in accordance with the filing instructions in the “Electronic Submissions (E-Filing)” section of this document, and should meet the requirements for petitions set forth in this section, except that under 10 CFR 2.309(h)(2) a State, local governmental body, or federally recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof does not need to address the standing requirements in 10 CFR 2.309(d) if the facility is located within its boundaries. Alternatively, a State, local governmental body, Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof may participate as a non-party under 10 CFR 2.315(c).
If a hearing is granted, any person who is not a party to the proceeding and is not affiliated with or represented by a party may, at the discretion of the presiding officer, be permitted to make a limited appearance pursuant to the provisions of 10 CFR 2.315(a). A person making a limited appearance may make an oral or written statement of his or her position on the issues but may not otherwise participate in the proceeding. A limited appearance may be made at any session of the hearing or at any prehearing conference, subject to the limits and conditions as may be imposed by the presiding officer. Details regarding the opportunity to make a limited appearance will be provided by the presiding officer if such sessions are scheduled.
All documents filed in NRC adjudicatory proceedings, including a request for hearing and petition for leave to intervene (petition), any motion or other document filed in the proceeding prior to the submission of a request for hearing or petition to intervene, and documents filed by interested governmental entities that request to participate under 10 CFR 2.315(c), must be filed in accordance with the NRC's E-Filing rule (72 FR 49139; August 28, 2007, as amended at 77 FR 46562, August 3, 2012). The E-Filing process requires participants to submit and serve all adjudicatory documents over the internet, or in some cases to mail copies on electronic storage media. Detailed guidance on making electronic submissions may be found in the Guidance for Electronic Submissions to the NRC and on the NRC Web site at
To comply with the procedural requirements of E-Filing, at least 10 days prior to the filing deadline, the participant should contact the Office of the Secretary by email at
Information about applying for a digital ID certificate is available on the NRC's public Web site at
A person filing electronically using the NRC's adjudicatory E-Filing system may seek assistance by contacting the NRC's Electronic Filing Help Desk through the “Contact Us” link located on the NRC's public Web site at
Participants who believe that they have a good cause for not submitting documents electronically must file an exemption request, in accordance with 10 CFR 2.302(g), with their initial paper filing stating why there is good cause for not filing electronically and requesting authorization to continue to submit documents in paper format. Such filings must be submitted by: (1) First class mail addressed to the Office of the Secretary of the Commission, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff; or (2) courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service to the Office of the Secretary, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff. Participants filing adjudicatory documents in this manner are responsible for serving the document on all other participants. Filing is considered complete by first-class mail as of the time of deposit in the mail, or by courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service upon depositing the document with the provider of the service. A presiding officer, having granted an exemption request from using E-Filing, may require a participant or party to use E-Filing if the presiding officer subsequently determines that the reason for granting the exemption from use of E-Filing no longer exists.
Documents submitted in adjudicatory proceedings will appear in the NRC's electronic hearing docket which is available to the public at
For further details with respect to these license amendment applications, see the application for amendment which is available for public inspection in ADAMS and at the NRC's PDR. For additional direction on obtaining information related to this document, see the “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” section of this document.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment to the Technical Specifications (TS) involves the extension of the McGuire Nuclear Station (MNS) Type A containment integrated leak rate test interval to 15 years and the extension of the Type C test interval to 75 months for selected components. The current Type A test interval of 120 months (10 years) would be extended on a permanent basis to no longer than 15 years from the last Type A test. The current Type C test interval of 60 months for selected components would be extended on a
The proposed extension does not involve either a physical change to the plant or a change in the manner in which the plant is operated or controlled. The containment is designed to provide an essentially leak tight barrier against the uncontrolled release of radioactivity to the environment for postulated accidents. The containment and the testing requirements invoked to periodically demonstrate the integrity of the containment exist to ensure the plant's ability to mitigate the consequences of an accident, and do not involve the prevention or identification of any precursors of an accident. The change in dose risk for changing the Type A test frequency from three-per-ten years to once-per-fifteen years, measured, as an increase to the total integrated plant risk for those accident sequences influenced by Type A testing, is 0.032 person-rem/year. [Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI)] Report No. 1009325, Revision 2-A states that a very small population dose is defined as an increase of ≤ 1.0 person-rem per year, or ≤1% of the total population dose, whichever is less restrictive for the risk impact assessment of the extended ILRT intervals.
Therefore, this proposed extension does not involve a significant increase in the probability of an accident previously evaluated.
As documented in NUREG-1493, Type Band C tests have identified a very large percentage of containment leakage paths, and the percentage of containment leakage paths that are detected only by Type A testing is very small. The MNS Type A test history supports this conclusion.
The integrity of the containment is subject to, two types of failure mechanisms that can be categorized as: (1) Activity based, and; (2) time based. Activity based failure mechanisms are defined as degradation due to system and/or component modifications or maintenance. Local leak rate test requirements and administrative controls such as configuration management and procedural requirements for system restoration ensure that containment integrity is not degraded by plant modifications or maintenance activities. The design and construction requirements of the containment combined with the containment inspections performed in accordance with [American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,] Section XI, the Maintenance Rule, and TS requirements serve to provide a high degree of assurance that the containment would not degrade in a manner that is detectable only by a Type A test.
Based on the above, the proposed extensions do not significantly increase the consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
The proposed amendment also deletes an exception previously granted to allow one-time extensions of the Unit 1 and Unit 2 ILRT test frequency for MNS. This exception was for activities that have already taken place; therefore, their deletion is solely an administrative action that has no effect on any component and no impact on how the units are operated.
Therefore, the proposed change does not result in a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment to the TS involves the extension of the MNS Type A containment integrated leak rate test interval to 15 years and the extension of the Type C test interval to 75 months for selected components. The current Type A test interval of 120 months (10 years) would be extended on a permanent basis to no longer than 15 years from the last Type A test. The current Type C test interval of 60 months for selected components would be extended on a performance basis to no longer than 75 months. The containment and the testing requirements to periodically demonstrate the integrity of the containment exist to ensure the plant's ability to mitigate the consequences of an accident do not involve any accident precursors or initiators. The proposed change does not involve a physical change to the plant (
The proposed amendment also deletes an exception previously granted to allow one-time extensions of the Unit 1 and Unit 2 ILRT test frequency for MNS. This exception was for activities that will be superseded by this activity; therefore, their deletion is solely an administrative action that does not result in any change in how the units are operated.
Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in the margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment to TS 5.5.2 involves the extension of the MNS Type A containment integrated leak rate test interval to 15 years and the extension of the Type C test interval to 75 months for selected components. The current Type A test interval of 120 months (10 years) would be extended on a permanent basis to no longer than 15 years from the last Type A test. The current Type C test interval of 60 months for selected components would be extended on a performance basis to no longer than 75 months. This amendment does not alter the manner in which safety limits, limiting safety system set points, or limiting conditions for operation are determined. The specific requirements and conditions of the TS Containment Leak Rate Testing Program exist to ensure that the degree of containment structural integrity and leak tightness that is considered in the plant safety analysis is maintained. The overall containment leak rate limit specified by TS is maintained.
The proposed change involves only the extension of the interval between Type A containment leak rate tests, and Type C tests for MNS. The proposed surveillance interval extension is bounded by the 15-year ILRT interval, and the 75-month Type C test interval currently authorized within NEI 94-01, Revision 3-A. Industry experience supports the conclusion that Type B and C testing detects a large percentage of containment leakage paths and that the percentage of containment leakage paths that are detected only by Type A testing is small. The containment inspections performed in accordance with [American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,] Section XI, TS and the Maintenance Rule serve to provide a high degree of assurance that the containment would not degrade in a manner that is detectable only by Type A testing. The combination of these factors ensures that the margin of safety in the plant safety analysis is maintained. The design, operation, testing methods and acceptance criteria for Type A, B, and C containment leakage tests specified in applicable codes and standards would continue to be met, with the acceptance of this proposed change, since these are not affected by changes to the Type A, and Type C test intervals.
The proposed amendment also deletes an exception previously granted to allow one-time extensions of the Unit 1 and Unit 2 ILRT test frequency for MNS. This exception was for activities that have already taken place; therefore, their deletion is solely an administrative action and does not change how the units are operated and maintained. Thus, there is no reduction in any margin of safety.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
550 South Tryon Street—DEC45A, Charlotte, NC 28202-1802.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed changes to [TS] Section 1.3 and LCO 3.0.4 have no effect on the requirement for systems to be Operable and have no effect on the application of TS actions. The proposed change to SR 3.0.3 (or equivalent) states that the allowance may only be used when there is a reasonable expectation the surveillance will be met when performed. Since the proposed changes do not significantly affect system Operability, the proposed changes will have no significant effect on the initiating events for accidents previously evaluated and will have no significant effect on the ability of the systems to mitigate accidents previously evaluated.
Therefore, it is concluded that these changes do not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed changes to the TS usage rules do not affect the design or function of any plant systems. The proposed changes do not change the Operability requirements for plant systems or the actions taken when plant systems are not operable.
Therefore, it is concluded that the changes do not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed changes clarify the application of [TS] Section 1.3 and LCO 3.0.4 and do not result in changes in plant operation. SR 3.0.3 (or equivalent) is revised to allow application of SR 3.0.3 when an SR has not been previously performed if there is reasonable expectation that the SR will be met when performed. This expands the use of SR 3.0.3 while ensuring the affected system is capable of performing its safety function. As a result, plant safety is either improved or unaffected.
Therefore, it is concluded that the changes do not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the requested amendments involve no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed increase in staff augmentation times has no effect on normal plant operation or on any accident initiator or precursors and does not impact the function of plant structures, systems, or components (SSCs).
The proposed change does not alter or prevent the ability of the on-shift ERO to perform their intended functions to mitigate the consequences of an accident or event.
The ability of the ERO to respond adequately to radiological emergencies has been demonstrated as acceptable through a staffing analysis as required by 10 CFR 50, Appendix E, Section IV.A.9.
Therefore, the proposed E-Plan changes do not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change does not impact any accident analysis. The proposed change does not involve a physical alteration of the plant (
Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
Margin of safety is associated with confidence in the ability of the fission product barriers (
A staffing analysis and a functional analysis were performed for the proposed change focusing on the timeliness of performing major tasks for the functional areas of E-Plan. The analysis concluded that an extension in staff augmentation times would not significantly affect the ability to perform the required E-Plan tasks. Therefore, the proposed change is determined to not adversely affect the ability to meet 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2), the requirements of 10 CFR 50 Appendix E, and the emergency planning standards as described in 10 CFR 50.47 (b).
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change revises the definition of SDM. SDM is not an initiator of any accident previously evaluated. Accordingly, the proposed change to the definition of SDM has no effect on the probability of any accident previously evaluated. SDM is an assumption in the analysis of some previously evaluated accidents and inadequate SDM could lead to an increase in consequences of those accidents. However, the proposed change revises the SDM definition to ensure that the correct SDM is determined for all fuel types at all times during the fuel cycle. As a result, the proposed change does not adversely affect the consequences of any accident previously evaluated.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change revises the definition of SDM. The change does not involve a physical alteration of the plant (
Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed change revises the definition of SDM. The proposed change does not alter the manner in which safety limits, limiting safety system settings or limiting conditions for operation are determined. The proposed change ensures that the SDM assumed in determining safety limits, limiting safety system settings or limiting conditions for operation is correct for all BWR [boiling-water reactor] fuel types at all times during the fuel cycle.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The changes to COL Appendix C (and plant-specific Tier 1) Table 3.3-3 and UFSAR Appendix 9A do not involve any accidents which are previously evaluated. The interdivisional cables provide signals associated with some safe shutdown functions in accordance with UFSAR Subsection 7.4.1.1, which describes safe shutdown functions using safety-related systems. Therefore, these cables are required for safe shutdown. Accident analyses as described in UFSAR Ch. 15 are not changed as fire-related events in the Auxiliary Building are evaluated separately in UFSAR Appendix 9A for plant safe shutdown. A concurrent single active component failure independent of a fire is not assumed in this evaluation. Voting logic for PMS control functions is not adversely affected as the fiber-optic cables associated with these PMS cabinets in the specified fire areas function using two-out-of-four (2oo4), 2oo3, or 1oo2 logic. Redundant cable divisions which support PMS functions are routed separately in other fire areas and will not be affected in
Changes to the safe shutdown evaluation account for interdivisional fiber-optic cables inside of divisional fire areas; however, safe shutdown functions are not changed. Loss of interdivisional fiber-optic cabling is not a reduction in the safety of the plant as the PMS is designed to operate despite the loss of an entire division. Furthermore, fire protection analyses as described in UFSAR Appendix 9A are not adversely affected by this activity as fire protection requirements and equipment are not changed. Conclusions of the associated safe shutdown evaluations are not changed. No safety-related structure, system, component (SSC) or function is adversely affected by this change. The change does not involve an interface with any SSC accident initiator or initiating sequence of events, and thus, the probabilities of the accidents evaluated in the plant-specific UFSAR are not affected. The proposed changes do not involve a change to the predicted radiological releases due to postulated accident conditions, thus, the consequences of the accidents evaluated in the UFSAR are not affected.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed changes to COL Appendix C (and plant-specific Tier 1) Table 3.3-3 and UFSAR Appendix 9A do not affect any safety-related equipment, and do not add any new interfaces to safety-related SSCs. No system or design function or equipment qualification is affected by these changes as the changes do not modify any SSCs. The existing interdivisional fiber-optic Class 1E cable routing is acceptable because redundant PMS divisions are routed in separate fire areas and can perform safe shutdown functions as required. Redundant cable divisions will not be affected in the event of a fire in one of the identified fire areas. PMS is designed to operate with the loss of a single division. PMS control functions continue being performed using reduced coincidence logic in the event of a fire when a single division is lost.
The changes do not introduce a new failure mode, malfunction or sequence of events that could affect safety or safety-related equipment. Safe shutdown functions are not changed as a result of this activity as the loss of an entire divisional room does not disable safe shutdown functions. Separation of cables in the designated Auxiliary Building fire areas is not adversely impacted. A concurrent single active component failure independent of a fire is not assumed in this evaluation as described in UFSAR Appendix 9A. There is no adverse impact to any other fire areas or safe shutdown functions listed in COL Appendix C (and plant-specific Tier 1) Table 3.3-3 and UFSAR Appendix 9A. Changes to the identified cables in the specified fire areas do not affect the operator's ability to safely shut down the plant in the event of a fire. Safe shutdown conclusions identified for each fire area is not changed by these activities as safe shutdown functions are not affected.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The changes to COL Appendix C (and plant-specific Tier 1) Table 3.3-3 and UFSAR Appendix 9A design information, including fire areas 1201 AF 02, 1201 AF 03, 1202 AF 03, and 1202 AF 04, do not adversely affect the safety-related functions of the safe shutdown Class 1E divisions or any function associated with safe shutdown. Interdivisional fiber-optic cabling is not adversely affected and plant control functions are not changed as PMS is designed to operate with a loss of a single division. This activity does not reduce the margin of safety regarding fire protection within the plant. The changes do not affect any other safety-related equipment or fission product barriers. The requested changes will not affect any design code, function, design analysis, safety analysis input or result, or design/safety margin. No safety analysis or design basis acceptance limit/criterion is challenged or exceeded by the requested changes. Redundant cables are terminated in other fire areas. Voting logic for actuation of PMS control functions is not changed and plant responses to potential spurious actuation are not adversely affected by these activities.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant reduction in the margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The changes to COL Appendix C (and plant-specific Tier 1) Table 3.3-3 and UFSAR Appendix 9A do not involve any accidents which are previously evaluated. The interdivisional cables provide signals associated with some safe shutdown functions in accordance with UFSAR Subsection 7.4.1.1, which describes safe shutdown functions using safety-related systems. Therefore, these cables are required for safe shutdown. Accident analyses as described in UFSAR Ch. 15 are not changed as fire-related events in the Auxiliary Building are evaluated separately in UFSAR Appendix 9A for plant safe shutdown. A concurrent single active component failure independent of a fire is not assumed in this evaluation. Voting logic for PMS control functions is not adversely affected as the fiber-optic cables associated with these PMS cabinets in the specified fire areas function using two-out-of-four (2oo4), two-out-of-three (2oo3), or one-out-of-two (1oo2) logic. Redundant cable divisions which support PMS functions are routed separately in other fire areas and will not be affected in the event of a fire in one of the identified fire areas. PMS setpoints for reactor trip functions and engineered safeguards features (ESF) functions as described in UFSAR Table 15.0-
Changes to the safe shutdown evaluation account for interdivisional fiber-optic cables inside of divisional fire areas; however, safe shutdown functions are not changed. Loss of interdivisional fiber-optic cabling is not a reduction in the safety of the plant as the PMS is designed to operate despite the loss of an entire division. Furthermore, fire protection analyses as described in UFSAR Appendix 9A are not adversely affected by this activity as fire protection requirements and equipment are not changed. Conclusions of the associated safe shutdown evaluations are not changed. No safety-related structure, system, component (SSC) or function is adversely affected by this change. The change does not involve an interface with any SSC accident initiator or initiating sequence of events, and thus, the probabilities of the accidents evaluated in the UFSAR are not affected. The proposed changes do not involve a change to the predicted radiological releases due to postulated accident conditions, thus, the consequences of the accidents evaluated in the UFSAR are not affected.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed changes to COL Appendix C (and plant-specific Tier 1) Table 3.3-3 and UFSAR Appendix 9A do not affect any safety-related equipment, and do not add any new interfaces to safety-related SSCs. No system or design function or equipment qualification is affected by these changes as the changes do not modify any SSCs. The existing interdivisional fiber-optic Class 1E cable routing is acceptable because redundant PMS divisions are routed in separate fire areas and can perform safe shutdown functions as required. Redundant cable divisions will not be affected in the event of a fire in one of the identified fire areas. PMS is designed to operate with the loss of a single division. PMS control functions continue being performed using reduced coincidence logic in the event of a fire when a single division is lost.
The changes do not introduce a new failure mode, malfunction or sequence of events that could affect safety or safety-related equipment. Safe shutdown functions are not changed as a result of this activity as the loss of an entire divisional room does not disable safe shutdown functions. Separation of cables in the designated Auxiliary Building fire areas is not adversely impacted. A concurrent single active component failure independent of a fire is not assumed in this evaluation as described in UFSAR Appendix 9A. There is no adverse impact to any other fire areas or safe shutdown functions listed in COL Appendix C (and plant-specific Tier 1) Table 3.3-3 and UFSAR Appendix 9A. Changes to the identified cables in the specified fire areas do not affect the operator's ability to safely shut down the plant in the event of a fire. Safe shutdown conclusions identified for each fire area are not changed by these activities as safe shutdown functions are not affected.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The changes to COL Appendix C (and plant-specific Tier 1) Table 3.3-3 and UFSAR Appendix 9A design information, including fire areas 1201 AF 02, 1201 AF 03, 1202 AF 03, and 1202 AF 04, do not adversely affect the safety-related functions of the safe shutdown Class 1E divisions or any function associated with safe shutdown. Interdivisional fiber-optic cabling is not adversely affected and plant control functions are not changed as PMS is designed to operate with a loss of a single division. This activity does not reduce the margin of safety regarding fire protection within the plant. The changes do not affect any other safety-related equipment or fission product barriers. The requested changes will not affect any design code, function, design analysis, safety analysis input or result, or design/safety margin. No safety analysis or design basis acceptance limit/criterion is challenged or exceeded by the requested changes. Redundant cables are terminated in other fire areas. Voting logic for actuation of PMS control functions is not changed and plant responses to potential spurious actuation are not adversely affected by these activities.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change revises the TS for the purpose of correcting a non-conservative value. The proposed TS change does not introduce new equipment or new equipment operating modes, nor does the proposed change alter existing system relationships. The proposed change does not affect normal plant operation. Further, the proposed change does not increase the likelihood of the malfunction of any system, structure, or component, or negatively impact any analyzed accident. This change corrects the TS to ensure all associated accident analyses are adequately considered. The probability of an accident previously evaluated is not affected and there is no significant increase in the consequences of any accident previously evaluated.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change revises the TS for the purpose of correcting a non-conservative value. The change does not involve a physical alteration of the plant (
Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed change revises the TS for the purpose of correcting a non-conservative value. The proposed change does not alter the manner in which safety limits, limiting safety system settings, or limiting conditions for operation are determined. The safety analysis assumptions and acceptance criteria are not affected by this change.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment does not affect accident initiators or precursors nor adversely alter the design assumptions, conditions, and configuration of the facility. The proposed amendment does not alter any plant equipment or operating practices with respect to such initiators or precursors in a manner that the probability of an accident is increased.
The proposed amendment extends the time one NSCW basin transfer pump is allowed to be inoperable and provides remedial action requirements when two NSCW basin transfer pumps are inoperable. The proposed amendment does not involve a physical change to the NSCW system, nor does it change the safety function of the NSCW system or the equipment supported by the NSCW system. The UHS will remain capable of responding to a design basis event during the period of time both NSCW basin transfer pumps are unavailable. Additionally, an alternate method of NSCW cooling tower basin transfer will be implemented prior to the need for the transfer function during an accident when one or both NSCW basin transfer pumps are inoperable. As a result, the proposed amendment does not alter assumptions relative to the mitigation of an accident or transient event.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or difference accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
With respect to a new or different kind of accident, there are o [no] proposed design changes to the NSCW system, cooling tower basin transfer system, or UHS; nor are there any changes in the method by which safety related plant structures, systems, and components perform their specified safety functions. The proposed amendment will not affect the normal method of plant operation or revise any operating parameters. No new accident scenarios, transient precursor, failure mechanisms, or limiting single failures will be introduced as a result of this proposed change.
The proposed amendment does not alter the design or performance of the NSCW system, cooling towers, basin transfer system, or UHS. The proposed amendment extends the time one NSCW basin transfer pump is allowed to be inoperable ad provides remedial actions when two NSCW basin transfer pumps are inoperable. The compensatory measures when two NSCW basin transfer pumps are inoperable are consistent with the compensatory measures allowed when one NSCW basin transfer pump is inoperable.
No changes are being proposed to the procedures that operate the plant equipment and the change does not have a detrimental impact on the manner in which plant equipment operates or response to an actuation signal.
Therefore, the proposed change will not create the possibility of a new or different accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in the margin of safety?
Response: No.
The margin of safety is related to the ability of the fission product barriers to perform their design functions during and following an accident. These barriers include the fuel cladding, the reactor coolant system, and the containment. The performance of these fission product barriers will not be affected by the proposed change.
The proposed amendment extends the time one NSCW basin transfer pump is allowed to be inoperable and provides remedial action requirements when two NSCW basin transfer pumps are inoperable. The UHS will remain capable of responding to a design basis event during the extended time one inoperable NSCW basin transfer pump is unavailable and the brief period of time the NSCW basin transfer function is unavailable. An alternate method of NSCW cooling tower basin transfer will be implemented prior to the need for the transfer function during an accident. For these reasons, the NSCW system and the UHS will continue to be capable of transferring the combined heat load of structures, systems, and components important to safety under normal and accident conditions.
Therefore, the margin to the onsite and offsite radiological dose limits are not impacted by the proposed amendment and, thus the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
During the period since publication of the last biweekly notice, the Commission has issued the following amendments. The Commission has determined for each of these amendments that the application complies with the standards and requirements of the Act, and the Commission's rules and regulations. The Commission has made appropriate findings as required by the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations in 10 CFR chapter I, which are set forth in the license amendment.
A notice of consideration of issuance of amendment to facility operating license or combined license, as applicable, proposed no significant hazards consideration determination, and opportunity for a hearing in connection with these actions, was published in the
Unless otherwise indicated, the Commission has determined that these amendments satisfy the criteria for categorical exclusion in accordance with 10 CFR 51.22. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared for these amendments. If the Commission has prepared an environmental assessment under the special circumstances provision in 10 CFR 51.22(b) and has made a determination based on that assessment, it is so indicated.
For further details with respect to the action see (1) the applications for amendment, (2) the amendment, and (3) the Commission's related letter, Safety Evaluation and/or Environmental
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendment and final no significant hazards determination is contained in a Safety Evaluation dated April 14, 2017.
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendments is contained in a Safety Evaluation dated April 11, 2017.
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendment is contained in a Safety Evaluation dated April 12, 2017.
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendments is contained in a Safety Evaluation dated April 13, 2017.
During the period since publication of the last biweekly notice, the Commission has issued the following amendments. The Commission has determined for each of these amendments that the application for the amendment complies with the standards and requirements of the Act, and the Commission's rules and regulations. The Commission has made appropriate findings as required by the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations in 10 CFR chapter I, which are set forth in the license amendment.
Because of exigent or emergency circumstances associated with the date the amendment was needed, there was not time for the Commission to publish, for public comment before issuance, its usual notice of consideration of issuance of amendment, proposed no significant hazards consideration determination, and opportunity for a hearing.
For exigent circumstances, the Commission has either issued a
In circumstances where failure to act in a timely way would have resulted, for example, in derating or shutdown of a nuclear power plant or in prevention of either resumption of operation or of increase in power output up to the plant's licensed power level, the Commission may not have had an opportunity to provide for public comment on its no significant hazards consideration determination. In such case, the license amendment has been issued without opportunity for comment. If there has been some time for public comment but less than 30 days, the Commission may provide an opportunity for public comment. If comments have been requested, it is so stated. In either event, the State has been consulted by telephone whenever possible.
Under its regulations, the Commission may issue and make an amendment immediately effective, notwithstanding the pendency before it of a request for a hearing from any person, in advance of the holding and completion of any required hearing, where it has determined that no significant hazards consideration is involved.
The Commission has applied the standards of 10 CFR 50.92 and has made a final determination that the amendment involves no significant hazards consideration. The basis for this determination is contained in the documents related to this action. Accordingly, the amendments have been issued and made effective as indicated.
Unless otherwise indicated, the Commission has determined that these amendments satisfy the criteria for categorical exclusion in accordance with 10 CFR 51.22. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared for these amendments. If the Commission has prepared an environmental assessment under the special circumstances provision in 10 CFR 51.12(b) and has made a determination based on that assessment, it is so indicated.
For further details with respect to the action see (1) the application for amendment, (2) the amendment to Facility Operating License or Combined License, as applicable, and (3) the Commission's related letter, Safety Evaluation and/or Environmental Assessment, as indicated. All of these items can be accessed as described in the “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” section of this document.
Within 60 days after the date of publication of this notice, any persons (petitioner) whose interest may be affected by this action may file a request for a hearing and petition for leave to intervene (petition) with respect to the action. Petitions shall be filed in accordance with the Commission's “Agency Rules of Practice and Procedure” in 10 CFR part 2. Interested persons should consult a current copy of 10 CFR 2.309. The NRC's regulations are accessible electronically from the NRC Library on the NRC's Web site at
As required by 10 CFR 2.309(d) the petition should specifically explain the reasons why intervention should be permitted with particular reference to the following general requirements for standing: (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner; (2) the nature of the petitioner's right under the Act to be made a party to the proceeding; (3) the nature and extent of the petitioner's property, financial, or other interest in the proceeding; and (4) the possible effect of any decision or order which may be entered in the proceeding on the petitioner's interest.
In accordance with 10 CFR 2.309(f), the petition must also set forth the specific contentions which the petitioner seeks to have litigated in the proceeding. Each contention must consist of a specific statement of the issue of law or fact to be raised or controverted. In addition, the petitioner must provide a brief explanation of the bases for the contention and a concise statement of the alleged facts or expert opinion which support the contention and on which the petitioner intends to rely in proving the contention at the hearing. The petitioner must also provide references to the specific sources and documents on which the petitioner intends to rely to support its position on the issue. The petition must include sufficient information to show that a genuine dispute exists with the applicant or licensee on a material issue of law or fact. Contentions must be limited to matters within the scope of the proceeding. The contention must be one which, if proven, would entitle the petitioner to relief. A petitioner who fails to satisfy the requirements at 10 CFR 2.309(f) with respect to at least one contention will not be permitted to participate as a party.
Those permitted to intervene become parties to the proceeding, subject to any limitations in the order granting leave to intervene. Parties have the opportunity to participate fully in the conduct of the hearing with respect to resolution of that party's admitted contentions, including the opportunity to present
Petitions must be filed no later than 60 days from the date of publication of this notice. Petitions and motions for leave to file new or amended contentions that are filed after the deadline will not be entertained absent a determination by the presiding officer that the filing demonstrates good cause by satisfying the three factors in 10 CFR 2.309(c)(1)(i) through (iii). The petition must be filed in accordance with the filing instructions in the “Electronic Submissions (E-Filing)” section of this document.
If a hearing is requested, and the Commission has not made a final determination on the issue of no significant hazards consideration, the Commission will make a final determination on the issue of no significant hazards consideration. The final determination will serve to establish when the hearing is held. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration, the Commission may issue the amendment and make it immediately effective, notwithstanding the request for a hearing. Any hearing would take place after issuance of the amendment. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves a significant hazards consideration, then any hearing held would take place before the issuance of the amendment unless the Commission finds an imminent danger to the health or safety of the public, in which case it will issue an appropriate order or rule under 10 CFR part 2.
A State, local governmental body, Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof, may submit a petition to the Commission to participate as a party under 10 CFR 2.309(h)(1). The petition should state the nature and extent of the petitioner's interest in the proceeding. The petition should be submitted to the Commission by July 10, 2017. The petition must be filed in accordance with the filing instructions in the “Electronic Submissions (E-Filing)” section of this document, and should meet the requirements for petitions set forth in this section, except that under 10 CFR 2.309(h)(2) a State, local governmental body, or federally recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof does not need to address the standing requirements in 10 CFR 2.309(d) if the facility is located within its boundaries. Alternatively, a State, local governmental body, Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof may participate as a non-party under 10 CFR 2.315(c).
If a hearing is granted, any person who is not a party to the proceeding and is not affiliated with or represented by a party may, at the discretion of the presiding officer, be permitted to make a limited appearance pursuant to the provisions of 10 CFR 2.315(a). A person making a limited appearance may make an oral or written statement of his or her position on the issues but may not otherwise participate in the proceeding. A limited appearance may be made at any session of the hearing or at any prehearing conference, subject to the limits and conditions as may be imposed by the presiding officer. Details regarding the opportunity to make a limited appearance will be provided by the presiding officer if such sessions are scheduled.
All documents filed in NRC adjudicatory proceedings, including a request for hearing and petition for leave to intervene (petition), any motion or other document filed in the proceeding prior to the submission of a request for hearing or petition to intervene, and documents filed by interested governmental entities that request to participate under 10 CFR 2.315(c), must be filed in accordance with the NRC's E-Filing rule (72 FR 49139; August 28, 2007, as amended at 77 FR 46562, August 3, 2012). The E-Filing process requires participants to submit and serve all adjudicatory documents over the internet, or in some cases to mail copies on electronic storage media. Detailed guidance on making electronic submissions may be found in the Guidance for Electronic Submissions to the NRC and on the NRC Web site at
To comply with the procedural requirements of E-Filing, at least 10 days prior to the filing deadline, the participant should contact the Office of the Secretary by email at
Information about applying for a digital ID certificate is available on the NRC's public Web site at
A person filing electronically using the NRC's adjudicatory E-Filing system may seek assistance by contacting the NRC's Electronic Filing Help Desk through the “Contact Us” link located on the NRC's public Web site at
Participants who believe that they have a good cause for not submitting documents electronically must file an exemption request, in accordance with 10 CFR 2.302(g), with their initial paper filing stating why there is good cause for not filing electronically and requesting authorization to continue to submit documents in paper format. Such filings must be submitted by: (1) First class
Documents submitted in adjudicatory proceedings will appear in the NRC's electronic hearing docket which is available to the public at
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendment, finding of exigent circumstances, state consultation, and final NSHC determination are contained in a Safety Evaluation dated April 13, 2017.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Biweekly notice; correction.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is correcting a notice that was published in the
The correction is effective May 9, 2017.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2017-0104 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
V. Sreenivas, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-2597, email:
In the FR on April 25, 2017 (82 FR 19095), FR Doc. 2017-08115, on page 19108, under Exelon Generation Company, LLC, Docket No. 50-353, Limerick Generating Station, Unit 2, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania, in the third column, paragraph 4, line 11, “Amendment No.: 186” is corrected to read “Amendment No.: 187.”
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Environmental assessment and finding of no significant impact; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing an environmental assessment (EA) prepared under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) and NRC's regulations. This EA summarizes the results of the NRC staff's environmental review, which evaluates the potential environmental impacts of granting exemptions from NRC regulations in response to a request from STP Nuclear Operating Company (STPNOC, the licensee) for Facility Operating License Nos. NPF-76 and NPF-80, for South Texas Project (STP), Units 1 and 2, respectively, located in Matagorda County, Texas. The regulatory exemptions, if granted, allow STPNOC to change the licensing basis loss-of-coolant accident analysis identified in the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report to use a risk-informed approach to address safety issues discussed in Generic Safety Issue (GSI)-191 and to close Generic Letter (GL) 2004-02.
May 9, 2017.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0092 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Lisa Regner, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-1906, email:
The NRC is considering a request to grant certain regulatory exemptions for Facility Operating License Nos. NPF-76 and NPF-80, issued to STPNOC for operation of STP, Units 1 and 2, located in Matagorda County, Texas, in accordance with section 50.12, “Specific exemptions,” of title 10 of the
Pursuant to 10 CFR 51.21, “Criteria for and identification of licensing and regulatory actions requiring environmental assessments,” the NRC has prepared an EA summarizing the findings of its NEPA review of the proposed action. The NRC concluded that the proposed action will have no significant environmental impact.
The NRC published a draft EA on the proposed action for public comment in the
The NRC established GSI-191 to determine whether the transport and accumulation of debris from a loss-of-coolant accident in the PWR containment structure would impede the operation of the emergency core cooling system (ECCS) or containment spray system (CSS). A loss-of-coolant accident within the containment structure is assumed to be caused by a break in the primary coolant loop piping. Water discharged from the pipe break would collect on the containment structure floor and within the containment emergency sump. During this type of accident, the ECCS and CSS would initially draw cooling water from the refueling water storage tank. However, realigning the ECCS pumps to the containment structure emergency sump would provide long-term cooling of the reactor core. Therefore, successful long-term cooling depends on the ability of the containment structure emergency sump to provide adequate flow to the residual heat removal recirculation pumps for extended periods of time.
One of the concerns addressed by the implementation of GSI-191 is that debris, such as insulation installed on piping and components, within the containment structure could be dislodged by a jet of water and steam from a loss-of-coolant accident. Water, along with debris, would accumulate at the bottom of the containment structure and flow towards the emergency sump pumps. Insulation and other fibrous material could block the emergency sump screens and suction strainers, which in turn could prevent the ability of the containment emergency sump to provide adequate flow to the residual heat removal recirculation pumps (for more information, see NUREG-0897, “Containment Emergency Sump Performance”).
The NRC issued GL 2004-02 to address this safety concern by requesting PWR licensees, pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(f), to use an NRC-approved methodology to perform a “mechanistic evaluation of the potential for the adverse effects of post-accident
Subsequent to the issuance of GL 2004-02, the NRC staff identified another related concern with the potential for debris to bypass the sump strainers (even the new strainers) and enter the reactor core. This safety issue could result in the build-up of material on fuel assemblies and at the core inlet, inhibit heat transfer, and prevent adequate cooling of the reactor core. Since 2004, the NRC and industry have conducted tests to gain more information on this concern. In 2012, the NRC staff developed three options for resolution of GSI-191, which are discussed in SECY-12-0093, “Closure Options for Generic Safety Issue 191, Assessment of Debris Accumulation on Pressurized-Water Reactor Sump Performance,” dated July 9, 2012.
The three options for demonstrating compliance with 10 CFR 50.46, “Acceptance criteria for emergency core cooling systems for light-water nuclear power reactors,” and considering the impact of debris on ECCS and CSS recirculation, are summarized as follows.
1. Option 1 allows the use of approved models and test methods.
2. Option 2 allows the industry to implement additional mitigating measures until resolution is completed and take additional time to resolve issues through further industry testing or use of a risk-informed approach. Use of this option has two alternative methods, including Option 2B, chosen by STPNOC, which allows development of a risk-informed approach to quantify the risk associated with this generic issue and submit a request to the NRC for a license amendment.
3. Option 3 allows the industry to separate the regulatory treatment of the sump strainer and in-vessel effects. The ECCS strainers will be evaluated using currently approved models, while in-vessel effects will be addressed using a risk-informed approach.
The STPNOC proposed to use Option 2 to demonstrate compliance with 10 CFR 50.46, and 10 CFR part 50, appendix A, General Design Criterion (GDC) 35, “Emergency core cooling,” GDC 38, “Containment heat removal,” and GDC 41, “Containment atmosphere cleanup,” and to resolve GSI-191 for STP. The licensee proposed to use both a deterministic method, with plant-specific testing, and a risk-informed approach. Because, historically, the NRC staff has not allowed licensees to use a risk-informed approach to show compliance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.46, and GDCs 35, 38, and 41, STPNOC requested exemptions from 10 CFR 50.46(a)(1) and the aforementioned GDCs, to allow the use of a risk-informed approach to resolve GSI-191. If approved, the proposed action would not authorize any modifications within the containment structure, physical changes to the ECCS, or other modifications to the plant. Rather, the proposed action would only allow the use of an alternate methodology to show compliance with the regulations that require ECCS and CSS function during certain loss-of-coolant accident events.
The proposed action is to amend Facility Operating License Nos. NPF-76 and NPF-80 for STP, Units 1 and 2, and to grant regulatory exemptions requested by STPNOC. The regulatory exemptions would allow STPNOC to change the licensing basis loss-of-coolant accident analysis identified in the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report to use a risk-informed approach to address safety issues discussed in GSI-191 and to close GL 2004-02. If approved, no physical modifications to the nuclear plant or changes to reactor operations involving the ECCS would be required. The proposed action is in response to the licensee's application dated June 19, 2013, and supplemented by letters dated August 20, 2015, and April 13, 2016.
As the holder of Facility Operating License Nos. NPF-76 and NPF-80, STPNOC is expected to address the safety issues discussed in GSI-191 and to close GL 2004-02 with respect to STP, Units 1 and 2. Consistent with SECY-12-0093, STPNOC chose an approach to use a risk-informed methodology. Since the NRC staff's position has long held that only deterministic or bounding calculations be used to show compliance with 10 CFR 50.46, and GDCs 35, 38, and 41, the STPNOC has requested that the NRC grant certain regulatory exemptions for STP, Units 1 and 2.
The NRC staff determined that special circumstances under 10 CFR 51.21 exist to prepare an EA for the proposed action because STP is the pilot plant to propose a risk-informed approach to resolve GSI-191 as recognized in Staff Requirement Memorandum SECY 12-0093, “Closure Options for Generic Safety Issue—191, Assessment of Debris Accumulation on Pressurized-Water Reactor Sump Performance,” dated December 14, 2012. Because this is the first NRC review of the use of a risk-informed, instead of a deterministic, approach to determine that the ECCS and CSS structures, systems, and components will provide adequate cooling for the reactor core and containment during design-basis accidents in accordance with 10 CFR 50.46 and GDCs 35, 38, and 41, the NRC staff considered the issuance of an EA to be a prudent course of action that would further the purposes of NEPA.
The STP is located on approximately 12,220 acres (4,945 hectares) in rural and sparsely populated Matagorda County, Texas, approximately 70 miles (mi) [110 kilometers (km)] south-southwest of Houston. Nearby communities include Matagorda, approximately 8 mi (13 km) south of the site; the City of Palacios, 11 mi (18 km) west of the site; and Bay City, 13 mi (21 km) north of the site.
The STP power plant consists of two four-loop Westinghouse PWR units. The reactor core of each unit heats water, which is pumped to four steam generators, where the heated water is converted to steam. The steam is then used to turn turbines, which are connected to electrical generators that produce electricity. A simplified drawing of a PWR can be viewed at
The reactor, steam generators, and other components are housed in a concrete and steel containment structure (building). The containment structure is a reinforced concrete cylinder with a concrete slab base and hemispherical dome. A welded steel liner is attached to the inside face of the concrete shell to ensure a high degree of leak tightness. In addition, the 4-foot (1.2-meter)-thick concrete walls of the containment structure serve as a radiation shield. Additional information on the plant structures and systems, as well as the environmental impact statement for license renewal, can be found in NUREG-1437, Supplement 48, “Generic Environmental Impact Statement for License Renewal of Nuclear Plants: Supplement 48 Regarding South Texas Project, Units 1 and 2.”
Radiological and non-radiological impacts on the environment that may
The STP uses waste treatment systems to collect, process, recycle, and dispose of gaseous, liquid, and solid wastes that contain radioactive material in a safe and controlled manner within NRC and Environmental Protection Agency radiation safety standards. Granting the regulatory exemptions will not result in any physical changes to the nuclear plant or reactor operations that would affect the types and quantities of radioactive material generated during plant operations; therefore, there will be no changes to the plant radioactive waste treatment systems. A detailed description of the STP radioactive waste handling and disposal activities is contained in Chapter 2.1.2 of Supplement 48 to NUREG-1437.
The objectives of the STP gaseous waste management system (GWMS) are to process and control the release of radioactive gaseous effluents into the environment to be within the requirements of 10 CFR 20.1301, “Dose limits for individual members of the public,” and to be consistent with the as low as is reasonably achievable (ALARA) dose objectives set forth in appendix I to 10 CFR part 50. The GWMS is designed so that radiation exposure to plant workers is within the dose limits in 10 CFR 20.1201, “Occupational dose limits for adults.”
Granting the regulatory exemptions will not result in any physical changes to the nuclear plant or reactor operations; therefore, there will be no changes to the GWMS. The existing equipment and plant procedures that control radioactive releases to the environment will continue to be used to maintain radioactive gaseous releases within the dose limits of 10 CFR 20.1301 and the ALARA dose objectives in appendix I to 10 CFR part 50.
The function of the STP liquid waste processing system (LWPS) is to collect and process radioactive liquid wastes to reduce radioactivity and chemical concentrations to levels acceptable for discharge to the environment or to recycle the liquids for use in plant systems. The principal objectives of the LWPS are to collect liquid wastes that may contain radioactive material and to maintain sufficient processing capability so that liquid waste may be discharged to the environment below the regulatory limits of 10 CFR 20.1301 and consistent with the ALARA dose objectives in appendix I to 10 CFR part 50. The waste is routed through a monitor that measures the radioactivity and can automatically terminate the release in the event radioactivity exceeds predetermined levels. The liquid waste is discharged into the main cooling reservoir. The entire main cooling reservoir is within the STP site boundary and the public is prohibited from access to the area.
Granting the regulatory exemptions will not result in any physical changes to the nuclear plant or reactor operations; therefore, there will be no changes to the LWPS. The existing equipment and plant procedures that control radioactive releases to the environment will continue to be used to maintain radioactive liquid releases within the dose limits of 10 CFR 20.1301 and the ALARA dose objectives in appendix I to 10 CFR part 50.
The function of the STP solid waste processing system (SWPS) is to process, package, and store the solid radioactive wastes generated by nuclear plant operations until they are shipped off site to a vendor for further processing or for permanent disposal at a licensed burial facility, or both. The storage areas have restricted access and shielding to reduce radiation rates to plant workers. The principal objectives of the SWPS are to package and transport the waste in compliance with NRC regulations in 10 CFR part 61, “Licensing Requirements for Land Disposal of Radioactive Waste,” and 10 CFR part 71, “Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Material,” and the U.S. Department of Transportation regulations in 49 CFR parts 170 through 179; and to maintain the dose limits of 10 CFR 20.1201, 10 CFR 20.1301, and appendix I to 10 CFR part 50.
Granting the regulatory exemptions will not result in any physical changes to the nuclear plant or reactor operations; therefore, the waste can be handled by the SWPS without modification. The existing equipment and plant procedures that control radioactive solid waste handling will continue to be used to maintain exposures within the dose limits of 10 CFR 20.1201, 10 CFR 20.1301, and 10 CFR part 50, appendix I.
The proposed action of granting the regulatory exemptions will not result in any physical changes being made to the nuclear plant or reactor operations; therefore, there will be no change to any in-plant radiation sources. The licensee's radiation protection program monitors radiation levels throughout the nuclear plant to establish appropriate work controls, training, temporary shielding, and protective equipment requirements so that worker doses will remain within the dose limits of 10 CFR part 20, subpart C, “Occupational Dose Limits.” Granting the regulatory exemptions will not change radiation levels within the nuclear plant and, therefore, will have no increased radiological impact to the workers.
The primary sources of offsite dose to members of the public from the STP are radioactive gaseous and liquid effluents. As discussed previously, there will be no change to the operation of the STP radioactive gaseous and liquid waste management systems or the ability to perform their intended functions. Also, there will be no change to the STP radiation monitoring system and procedures used to control the release of radioactive effluents in accordance with radiation protection standards in 10 CFR 20.1301, 40 CFR 190, “Environmental Radiation Protection Standards for Nuclear Power Operations,” and the ALARA dose objectives in appendix I to 10 CFR part 50.
Based on the previous statements, the offsite radiation dose to members of the public would not change and would continue to be within regulatory limits, and, therefore, granting the regulatory exemptions will not change offsite dose levels and, consequently, the health effects of the proposed action will not be significant.
Design-basis accidents at STP, Units 1 and 2, are evaluated by both the licensee and the NRC to ensure that the units can withstand the spectrum of postulated accidents without undue hazard to the public health and safety and the protection of the environment.
Separate from its environmental review in this EA, the NRC staff is evaluating the licensee's technical and safety analyses provided in support of the proposed action of granting the exemption requests to ensure that, following the proposed action, the licensee will continue to meet the NRC regulatory requirements for safe operation. The results and conclusion of the NRC staff's safety review will be documented in a publicly available safety evaluation. If the NRC staff concludes in this safety evaluation that taking the proposed action will (1)
The radiological dose limits for protection of the public and plant workers have been developed by the NRC and the Environmental Protection Agency to address the cumulative impact of acute and long-term exposure to radiation and radioactive material. These dose limits are codified in 10 CFR part 20, “Standards for Protection Against Radiation,” and 40 CFR part 190.
Cumulative radiation doses are required to be within the limits set forth in the regulations cited in the previous paragraph. Granting the exemptions will not require any physical changes to the plant or plant activities, there will not be changes to in-plant radiation sources, and offsite radiation dose to members of the public will not change. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that there would not be a significant cumulative radiological impact from the proposed action.
Based on these radiological evaluations, the proposed action of granting the exemptions would not result in any significant radiological impacts. Therefore, if the NRC staff concludes in its separate safety evaluation that taking the proposed action will (1) provide reasonable assurance that the health and safety of the public will not be endangered by operation in the proposed manner, (2) provide reasonable assurance that such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commission's regulations, and (3) not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public, then the proposed action will not have a significant radiological impact.
No physical modifications to the nuclear plant or changes to reactor operations involving the ECCS would be required if the NRC were to grant the regulatory exemptions. Also, no physical changes would be made to other structures or land use within the STP site. Non-radiological liquid effluents or gaseous emissions would not change and therefore environmental conditions at the STP site also would not change. In addition, granting the regulatory exemptions would not result in changes to the use of resources (
Therefore, there would be no non-radiological environmental impacts to any resource or any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources.
Since granting the regulatory exemptions would not result in environmental effects, there would be no cumulative impact.
As discussed earlier, licensees have options in responding to GL 2004-02 and demonstrating compliance with 10 CFR 50.46 considering the impacts of debris on the emergency core cooling system. Consistent with these options and as an alternative to the proposed action, the licensee could choose to not pursue exemptions (Options 1 and 3). Depending on the results of its analysis, the licensee would instead remove fibrous insulation to reduce the debris loading and the potential for clogging the containment sumps, and would replace insulation within the reactor containment building. This alternative would involve the physical removal and disposal of significant amounts of insulation from a radiation area within the reactor containment building and replacement with insulation less likely to impact sump performance. This would be considered the “no action alternative” in that it would not require exemptions (actions) from the NRC.
Removal of the existing insulation from the containment building would generate radiologically contaminated waste. The STPNOC estimated that 4,620 cubic feet of insulation would be removed and stored onsite until disposal. The old insulation would require special handling and packaging so that it could be safely transported from the STP site. The licensee's existing low-level radioactive and hazardous waste handling and disposal activities would likely be used to process and store this waste material. The old insulation would then be transported to a low-level radioactive or hazardous waste disposal site. Energy (fuel) would be expended to transport the insulation and land would be expended at the disposal site.
The removal of the old insulation and installation of the new insulation would expose workers to radiation. In its application, STPNOC estimates that this would result in an additional collective radiation exposure of 158-176 person-roentgen equivalent man (rem) over its baseline collective radiation exposure. The NRC staff reviewed NUREG-0713, Volume 34, “Occupational Radiation Exposure at Commercial Nuclear Power Reactors and Other Facilities 2012: Forty-Fifth Annual Report,” and determined that STPNOC's average baseline collective radiation exposure is approximately 90 person-rem. This additional 158-176 person-rem collective exposure would be shared across the entire work force involved with removing and reinstalling insulation.
In SECY-12-0093, the NRC staff attempted to develop a total occupational dose estimate for the work involved in insulation removal and replacement associated with GSI-191. Due to uncertainties in the scope of work required to remove and replace insulation at a specific nuclear plant and other site-specific factors such as source term and hazardous materials, the NRC staff was unable to estimate the total occupational dose associated with this work. However, dose estimates were provided by the Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) in a letter to the NRC dated March 30, 2012, based on information collected on occupational radiation exposures that have been, or could be, incurred during insulation removal and replacement. In the letter, NEI noted similar difficulties to those experienced by the NRC staff in estimating the potential amount of radiation exposure, but provided a “per unit” estimate of between 80 to 525 person-rem. The NRC staff ultimately concluded that the NEI estimates were reasonable given the uncertainties in the scope of work and other nuclear plant site-specific factors such as source term and hazardous materials. Therefore, since STPNOC's estimate of radiation exposure for insulation removal and replacement is within the NEI estimated range, the NRC staff considers STPNOC's estimate of an increase of 158-176 person-rem over the baseline exposure to be reasonable.
As stated in the “Occupational Radiation Doses” section of this document, STPNOC's radiation protection program monitors radiation levels throughout the nuclear plant to establish appropriate work controls,
In addition, as stated in the “Offsite Radiation Dose” section of this document, STPNOC also has a radiation monitoring system and procedures in place to control the release of radioactive effluents in accordance with radiation protection standards in 10 CFR 20.1301, 40 CFR part 190, and the ALARA dose objectives in appendix I to 10 CFR part 50. Therefore, radiation exposure to members of the public would not be significant and would be maintained within the NRC dose criteria in 10 CFR 20.1301, 40 CFR part 190, and the ALARA dose objectives of appendix I to 10 CFR part 50.
Based on this information, impacts to members of the public from removing and replacing insulation within the reactor containment building would not be significant. However, impacts to plant workers and the environment from implementing this alternative would be greater than implementing the proposed action.
The proposed action would not involve the use of any different resources (
In accordance with its stated policy, on May 1, 2017, the NRC staff consulted with the Texas State official, Mr. Robert Free, regarding the final environmental impact of the proposed action. The state official had no comments on the final EA and finding of no significant impact.
The NRC is considering STPNOC's requests to amend Facility Operating License Nos. NPF-76 and NPF-80 for STP, Units 1 and 2, and to grant exemptions for STP, Units 1 and 2, from certain requirements of 10 CFR 50.46(a)(1), and 10 CFR part 50, appendix A, GDCs 35, 38, and 41.
This proposed action would not result in changes to radioactive effluents or emissions to nuclear plant workers and members of the public or any changes to radiological and non-radiological impacts to the environment. On the basis of the EA included in Section II of this notice and incorporated by reference in this finding, the NRC staff finds that the proposed action will not have a significant effect on the quality of the human environment. The NRC staff's evaluation considered the information provided in the licensee's application as supplement, and the NRC staff's review of related environmental documents. Section IV below lists the environmental documents related to the proposed action and includes information on the availability of the documents. Accordingly, the NRC has determined not to prepare an environmental impact statement for the proposed action.
The documents identified in the following table are available for public inspection through the NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) or by using one of the methods discussed in Section I.A, “Obtaining Information,” of this document.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to list and trade shares of the IQ Municipal Insured ETF; IQ Municipal Short Duration ETF; and IQ Municipal Intermediate ETF (each a “Fund” and, collectively, the “Funds”) under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600 (“Managed Fund Shares”). The proposed change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to list and trade shares (“Shares”) of each Fund under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600,
The investment adviser to each Fund will be IndexIQ Advisors LLC (the “Adviser”). MacKay Shields LLC will be each Fund's sub-adviser (Subadviser). ALPS Distributors, Inc. Inc. [sic] will serve as the distributor (the “Distributor”) of each Fund's Shares on an agency basis. The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY Mellon”) will serve as each Fund's Administrator, Custodian, Transfer Agent and Securities Lending Agent.
Commentary .06 to Rule 8.600 provides that, if the investment adviser to the investment company issuing Managed Fund Shares is affiliated with a broker-dealer, such investment adviser shall erect a “fire wall” between the investment adviser and the broker-dealer with respect to access to information concerning the composition and/or changes to such investment company portfolio.
According to the Registration Statement, the Fund will seek current income exempt from federal income tax. The Fund, under normal market conditions,
For [sic] Fund, as well as the IQ Municipal Short Duration ETF and IQ Intermediate ETF which are discussed below, the Subadviser's investment process will begin with an assessment of macro factors that may impact the municipal bond market, as well as other regulatory, tax, governmental, and technical factors that may impact the municipal bond market. Following the assessment of these factors, the Subadviser will develop an investment strategy to position a Fund among various sectors of the municipal bond market and different states. The Subadviser then will employ a fundamental, “bottom-up” credit research analysis to select individual Municipal Bonds.
For purposes of this filing, the term “Municipal Bonds” as applied to each of the Funds includes the following:
• Municipal lease obligations (and certificates of participation in such obligations);
• municipal general obligation bonds (including industrial development bonds issued pursuant to federal tax law), which are issued for either project or enterprise financings in which the bond issuer pledges to the bondholders the revenues generated by the operating projects financed from the proceeds of the bond issuance;
• limited obligation bonds, which are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source;
• municipal revenue bonds (which are typically secured by revenues generated by the issuer), including revenue anticipation notes;
• municipal bond anticipation notes (which are normally issued to provide interim financial assistance until long-term financing can be arranged);
• Municipal Bonds that feature credit enhancements, such as lines of credit, letters of credit, municipal bond insurance, and standby bond purchase agreements;
• discount bonds (which may be originally issued at a discount to par value or sold at market price below par value);
• premium bonds, which are sold at a premium to par value;
• zero coupon bonds, which are issued at an original issue discount, with the full value, including accrued interest, paid at maturity;
• taxable municipal bonds, including Build America Bonds;
• municipal notes;
• municipal cash equivalents;
• private activity bonds (including without limitation industrial development bonds);
• pre-refunded and escrowed to maturity bonds; and
• securities issued by entities whose underlying assets are Municipal Bonds (
The Fund may invest more than 25% of its total assets in Municipal Bonds that are related in such a way that an economic, business or political development or change affecting one such security could also affect the other securities. However, the Fund's investments will be diversified among a minimum of ten different sectors of the Municipal Bond market. The Fund's investments in Municipal Bonds will include investments in state and local (
With respect to each of the Funds, while a Fund, under normal market conditions, will invest at least 80% of its assets in Municipal Bonds, as described above, a Fund may invest its remaining assets in other assets and financial instruments, as described below.
A Fund may invest in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and money market funds,
According to the Registration Statement, the Fund will seek current income exempt from federal income tax. The Fund, under normal market conditions, will invest at least 80% of its assets in Municipal Bonds. The Fund generally will maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio duration of three years or less.
The Fund may invest more than 25% of its total assets in Municipal Bonds that are related in such a way that an economic, business or political development or change affecting one such security could also affect the other securities. However, the Fund's investments will be diversified among a minimum of ten different sectors of the municipal bond market. The Fund's investments will be diversified among at least 15 different states, with no more than 30% of the Fund's securities invested in municipal securities from a single state. Under normal market
While the Fund, under normal market conditions, will invest at least 80% of its assets in Municipal Bonds, the Fund may invest its remaining assets in Other Investments.
According to the Registration Statement, the Fund will seek current income exempt from federal income tax. The Fund, under normal market conditions, will invest at least 80% of its assets in Municipal Bonds. The Fund generally will maintain a dollar-weighted average duration within plus or minus two years of the dollar-weighted average duration of the S&P Municipal Bond Intermediate Index.
The Fund may invest more than 25% of its total assets in Municipal Bonds that are related in such a way that an economic, business or political development or change affecting one such security could also affect the other securities. However, the Fund's investments will be diversified among a minimum of ten different sectors of the municipal bond market. The Fund's investments will be diversified among at least 15 different states, with no more than 30% of the Fund's securities invested in municipal securities from a single state. Under normal market conditions, no security (excluding Treasury securities) will represent more than 25% of the weight of the portfolio, and the five highest weighed securities will not, in the aggregate, account for more than 50% of the weight of the Fund. No Municipal Bond held by the Fund will exceed 5% of the weight of the Fund's portfolio and no single Municipal Bond issuer will account for more than 8% of the weight of the Fund's portfolio. The Fund will hold Municipal Bonds of a minimum of 25 non-affiliated issuers.
While the Fund, under normal market conditions, will invest at least 80% of its assets in Municipal Bonds, the Fund may invest its remaining assets in Other Investments.
According to the Registration Statement, the NAV of the Shares for a Fund will be equal to a Fund's total assets minus the Fund's total liabilities divided by the total number of Shares outstanding. Interest and investment income on the Trust's assets accrue daily and are included in a Fund's total assets. Expenses and fees (including investment advisory, management, administration and distribution fees, if any) accrue daily and are included in the Fund's total liabilities. The NAV is calculated by the Administrator and Custodian and determined each business day as of the close of the NYSE Arca Core Trading Session (ordinarily 4:00 p.m. Eastern time).
A Fund typically will value fixed-income portfolio securities, including Municipal Bonds, using last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by a Fund's approved independent third-party pricing services. Pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values. An amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with sixty days or less remaining to maturity unless the Adviser determines in good faith that such method does not represent fair value.
Generally, trading in U.S. Government Securities, money market funds, and certain fixed-income securities is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of business on the NYSE. The values of such securities used in computing the NAV of the Fund will be determined as of such times.
The value of any ETFs held by the Fund is based on such securities' closing price on local markets, when available. The value of a money market fund held by a Fund will be based on the NAV of the money market fund.
When market quotations or prices are not readily available or are deemed unreliable or not representative of an investment's fair value, investments are valued using fair value pricing as determined in good faith by the Adviser under procedures established by and under the general supervision and responsibility of the Trust's Board of Trustees.
The approximate value of each Fund's investments on a per-Share basis, the Indicative Intra-Day Value (“IIV”) will be disseminated by the Exchange or one or more major market data vendors every 15 seconds during the Exchange's Core Trading Session (ordinarily 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time). The IIV should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of NAV because the IIV may not be calculated in the same manner as NAV, which is computed once per day.
An independent third party calculator will calculate the IIV for each Fund during the Exchange's Core Trading Session by dividing the “Estimated Fund Value” as of the time of the calculation by the total number of outstanding Shares of that Fund. “Estimated Fund Value” is the sum of the estimated amount of cash held in a Fund's portfolio, the estimated amount of accrued interest owed to the Fund and the estimated value of the securities held in the Fund's portfolio, minus the estimated amount of the Fund's liabilities. The IIV will be calculated based on the same portfolio holdings disclosed on the Trust's Web site.
According to the Registration Statement, the Trust will issue and sell Shares of a Fund only in Creation Units of at least 50,000 Shares on a continuous basis through the Distributor, at their NAV next determined after receipt, on any business day (that is, any day on which the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business.), for an order received in proper form.
The consideration for purchase of a Creation Unit of a Fund generally will consist of an in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities—the Deposit Securities—per each Creation Unit constituting a substantial replication, or a representation, of the securities included in a Fund's portfolio and an amount of cash—the “Cash Component.” Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of a Fund. The Cash Component is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the Shares (per Creation Unit) and the market value of the Deposit Securities.
The Administrator, through the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”), will make available on each business day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern Time), the list of the names and the required number of shares of each Deposit Security to be included in the current
In addition to the list of names and numbers of securities constituting the current Deposit Securities of a Fund Deposit, the Administrator, through the NSCC, also will make available on each business day, the estimated Cash Component, effective through and including the previous business day, per outstanding Creation Unit of a Fund.
To be eligible to place orders to create a Creation Unit of a Fund, an entity must be (i) a “Participating Party”,
All orders to create Creation Units must be placed for one or more Creation Unit size aggregations of at least 50,000 Shares. All orders to create Creation Units, whether through the Clearing Process (through a Participating Party) or outside the Clearing Process (through a DTC Participant), must be received by the Distributor no later than 3:00 p.m. Eastern Time, in each case on the date such order is placed in order for the creation of Creation Units to be effected based on the NAV of Shares of a Fund as next determined on such date after receipt of the order in proper form.
Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Distributor and the Fund through the Administrator and only on a business day. Orders to redeem Creation Units must be received by the Administrator not later than 3:00 Eastern Time.
With respect to each Fund, the Administrator, through the NSCC, will make available immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern Time) on each business day, the designated portfolio of securities (“Fund Securities”) per each Creation Unit that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day. Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities which are applicable to creations of Creation Units.
Unless cash redemptions are available or specified for a Fund, the redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit generally will consist of Fund Securities—as announced by the Administrator on the business day of the request for redemption received in proper form—plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the Shares being redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Fund Securities (the “Cash Redemption Amount”), less a redemption transaction fee. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the Shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the differential is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder.
The redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit of a Fund will consist solely of cash in an amount equal to the NAV of the Shares being redeemed, as next determined after receipt of a request in proper form less a redemption transaction fee.
If it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities, the Trust may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such Shares in cash, and the redeeming Beneficial Owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash which a Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its Shares based on the NAV of Shares of a Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form. A Fund may also, in its sole discretion, upon request of a shareholder, provide such redeemer a portfolio of securities which differs from the exact composition of a Fund Securities but does not differ in NAV.
Each Fund will disclose on the Funds' Web site (
The Web site for the Funds will contain the following information, on a per-Share basis, for each Fund: (1) The prior business day's NAV; (2) the reported midpoint of the bid-ask spread at the time of NAV calculation (the “Bid-Ask Price”); (3) a calculation of the premium or discount of the Bid-Ask Price against such NAV; and (4) data in chart format displaying the frequency distribution of discounts and premiums of the Bid-Ask Price against the NAV, within appropriate ranges, for each of the four previous calendar quarters (or for the life of a Fund if, shorter). In addition, on each business day, before the commencement of trading in Shares on the NYSE Arca, each Fund will disclose on its Web site the identities and quantities of the portfolio securities and other assets held by each Fund that will form the basis for the calculation of NAV at the end of the business day.
On a daily basis, the Funds will disclose the information required under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600 (c)(2) to the extent applicable.
Each Fund's portfolio holdings will be disclosed on the Funds' Web site daily after the close of trading on the Exchange and prior to the opening of trading on the Exchange the following day.
Information regarding the extent and frequency with which market prices of Shares have tracked the relevant Fund's NAV for the most recently completed calendar year and the quarters since that year will be available without charge on the Funds' Web site.
The approximate value of a Fund's investments on a per-Share basis, the IIV, will be disseminated every 15 seconds during the Exchange Core Trading Session (ordinarily 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time).
Investors can also obtain each Fund's Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), shareholder reports, Form N-CSR and Form N-SAR, filed twice a year. The Funds' SAI and shareholder reports will be available free upon request from the Trust, and those documents and the Form N-CSR and Form N-SAR may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the Commission's Web site at
Quotation and last sale information for the Shares and will be available via the Consolidated Tape Association
Quotation information from brokers and dealers or pricing services will be available for Municipal Bonds and Other Investments. Price information for money market funds will be available from the applicable investment company's Web site and from market data vendors. Pricing information regarding Municipal Bonds and Other Investments will generally be available through nationally recognized data service providers through subscription agreements. In addition, the IIV (which is the Portfolio Indicative Value, as defined in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600(c)(3)), will be widely disseminated at least every 15 seconds during the Core Trading Session by one or more major market data vendors or other information providers.
Each Fund may hold up to an aggregate amount of 15% of its net assets in illiquid assets (calculated at the time of investment) deemed illiquid by the Adviser, consistent with Commission guidance. Each Fund will monitor its portfolio liquidity on an ongoing basis to determine whether, in light of current circumstances, an adequate level of liquidity is being maintained, and will consider taking appropriate steps in order to maintain adequate liquidity if, through a change in values, net assets, or other circumstances, more than 15% of a Fund's net assets are held in illiquid assets. Illiquid assets include securities subject to contractual or other restrictions on resale and other instruments that lack readily available markets as determined in accordance with Commission staff guidance.
Each Fund's investments will be consistent with its investment goal and will not be used to provide multiple returns of a benchmark or to produce leveraged returns.
Each Fund may invest more than 25% of its total assets in municipal bonds that are related in such a way that an economic, business or political development or change affecting one such security could also affect the other securities. However, a Fund's investments will be diversified among a minimum of ten different sectors of the municipal bond market. A Fund's investments will be diversified among at least 15 different states, with no more than 30% of a Fund's securities invested in municipal securities from a single state. Under normal market conditions, no security (excluding Treasury securities) will represent more than 25% of the weight of the portfolio, and the five highest weighed securities will not, in the aggregate, account for more than 50% of the weight of the Fund. No Municipal Bond held by the Fund will exceed 5% of the weight of the Fund's portfolio and no single Municipal Bond issuer will account for more than 8% of the weight of the Fund's portfolio. The Fund will hold Municipal Bonds of a minimum of 25 non-affiliated issuers.
The Exchange is submitting this proposed rule change because the portfolios for the Funds will not meet all of the “generic” listing requirements of Commentary .01 to NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600 applicable to the listing of Managed Fund Shares. Each Fund's portfolio will meet all such requirements except for those set forth in Commentary .01(b)(1).
The Exchange believes that it is appropriate and in the public interest to approve listing and trading of Shares of the Funds on the Exchange notwithstanding that the Funds would not meet the requirements of Commentary .01(b)(1) to Rule 8.600 in that the Funds' investments in municipal securities will be well-diversified.
The Exchange believes that permitting Fund Shares to be listed and traded on the Exchange notwithstanding that less than 75% of the weight of a Fund's portfolio may consist of components with less than $100 million minimum original principal amount outstanding would provide the Funds with greater ability to select from a broad range of Municipal Bonds, as described above, that would support a Fund's investment goal.
The Exchange believes that, notwithstanding that each Fund's portfolio may not satisfy Commentary .01(b)(1) to Rule 8.600, the Funds' portfolios will not be susceptible to manipulation. As noted above, the Funds' investments will be diversified among a minimum of ten different sectors of the municipal bond market. The Funds' investments will be diversified among at least 15 different states, with no more than 30% of a Fund's securities invested in municipal securities from a single state. Additionally, no Municipal Bond held by a Fund will exceed 5% of the weight of the Fund's portfolio and no single Municipal Bond issuer will account for more than 8% of the weight of a Fund's portfolio. A Fund will hold Municipal Bonds of a minimum of 25 non-affiliated issuers. The Exchange notes that, other than Commentary .01(b)(1) to Rule 8.600, each Fund's portfolio will meet all other requirements of Rule 8.600.
With respect to trading halts, the Exchange may consider all relevant factors in exercising its discretion to halt or suspend trading in the Shares of a Fund.
The Exchange deems the Shares to be equity securities, thus rendering trading in the Shares subject to the Exchange's existing rules governing the trading of equity securities. Shares will trade on the NYSE Arca Marketplace from 4 a.m. to 8 p.m., Eastern Time in accordance with NYSE Arca Equities Rule 7.34 (Early, Core, and Late Trading Sessions). The Exchange has appropriate rules to facilitate transactions in the Shares during all trading sessions. As provided in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 7.6, the minimum price variation (“MPV”) for quoting and entry of orders in equity securities traded on the NYSE Arca Marketplace is $0.01, with the exception of securities that are priced less than $1.00 for which the MPV for order entry is $0.0001.
The Shares of each Fund will conform to the initial and continued listing criteria under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600. Consistent with NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600(d)(2)(B)(ii), the Adviser will implement and maintain, or be subject to, procedures designed to prevent the use and dissemination of material non-public information regarding the actual components of a Fund's portfolio. The Exchange represents that, for initial and/or continued listing, a Fund will be in compliance with Rule 10A-3
The Exchange represents that trading in the Shares will be subject to the existing trading surveillances, administered by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) on behalf of the Exchange, or by regulatory staff of the Exchange, which are designed to detect violations of Exchange rules and applicable federal securities laws. The Exchange represents that these procedures are adequate to properly monitor Exchange trading of the Shares in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules and federal securities laws applicable to trading on the Exchange.
The surveillances referred to above generally focus on detecting securities trading outside their normal patterns, which could be indicative of manipulative or other violative activity. When such situations are detected, surveillance analysis follows and investigations are opened, where appropriate, to review the behavior of all relevant parties for all relevant trading violations.
The Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or both, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares and ETFs with other markets and other entities that are members of the ISG, and the Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or both, may obtain trading information regarding trading in the Shares and ETFs from such markets and other entities. In addition, the Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares and ETFs from markets and other entities that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. In addition, FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, is able to access, as needed, trade information for certain fixed income securities held by a Fund reported to FINRA's Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine (“TRACE”). FINRA also can access data obtained from the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (“MSRB”) relating to municipal bond trading activity for surveillance purposes in connection with trading in the Shares.
In addition, the Exchange also has a general policy prohibiting the distribution of material, non-public information by its employees.
All statements and representations made in this filing regarding (a) the description of the portfolio, (b) limitations on portfolio holdings or reference assets, or (c) or (c) [sic] the applicability of Exchange listing rules specified in this rule filing shall constitute continued listing requirements for listing the Shares of a Fund on the Exchange.
The issuer has represented to the Exchange that it will advise the Exchange of any failure by a Fund to comply with the continued listing requirements, and, pursuant to its obligations under Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, the Exchange will monitor for compliance with the continued listing requirements. If a Fund is not in compliance with the applicable listing requirements, the Exchange will commence delisting procedures under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.5(m).
Prior to the commencement of trading, the Exchange will inform its Equity Trading Permit Holders in an Information Bulletin (“Bulletin”) of the special characteristics and risks associated with trading the Shares. Specifically, the Bulletin will discuss the following: (1) The procedures for purchases and redemptions of Shares in Creation Unit aggregations (and that Shares are not individually redeemable); (2) NYSE Arca Equities Rule 9.2(a), which imposes a duty of due diligence on its Equity Trading Permit Holders to learn the essential facts relating to every customer prior to trading the Shares; (3) the risks involved in trading the Shares during the Opening and Late Trading Sessions when an updated IIV will not be calculated or publicly disseminated; (4) how information regarding the IIV and the Disclosed Portfolio is disseminated; (5) the requirement that Equity Trading Permit Holders deliver a prospectus to investors purchasing newly issued Shares prior to or concurrently with the confirmation of a transaction; and (6) trading information.
In addition, the Bulletin will reference that each Fund is subject to various fees and expenses described in the Registration Statement. The Bulletin will discuss any exemptive, no-action, and interpretive relief granted by the Commission from any rules under the Act. The Bulletin will also disclose that the NAV for the Shares will be calculated after 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time each trading day.
The basis under the Act for this proposed rule change is the requirement under Section 6(b)(5)
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in that the Shares will be listed and traded on the Exchange pursuant to the initial and continued listing criteria in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600. The Exchange has in place surveillance procedures that are adequate to properly monitor trading in the Shares in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules and applicable federal securities laws. The Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or both, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares with other markets and other entities that are members of the ISG, and the Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or both, may obtain trading information regarding trading in the Shares from such markets and other entities. In addition, the Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares from markets and other entities that are members of ISG or with which the
The Exchange believes that it is appropriate and in the public interest to approve listing and trading of Shares of the Funds on the Exchange notwithstanding that the Funds would not meet the requirements of Commentary .01(b)(1) to Rule 8.600 in that the Funds' investments in municipal securities will be well-diversified. As noted above, the Funds' investments will be diversified among a minimum of ten different sectors of the municipal bond market. The Funds' investments will be diversified among at least 15 different states, with no more than 30% of a Fund's securities invested in municipal securities from a single state. Additionally, no Municipal Bond held by a Fund will exceed 5% of the weight of the Fund's portfolio and no single Municipal Bond issuer will account for more than 8% of the weight of a Fund's portfolio. A Fund will hold Municipal Bonds of a minimum of 25 non-affiliated issuers. The Exchange notes that, other than Commentary .01(b)(1) to Rule 8.600, each Fund's portfolio will meet all other requirements of Rule 8.600.
The Exchange believes that permitting Fund Shares to be listed and traded on the Exchange notwithstanding that less than 75% of the weight of a Fund's portfolio may consist of components with less than $100 million minimum original principal amount outstanding would provide the Funds with greater ability to select from a broad range of municipal securities, as described above, that would support a Fund's investment goal.
The proposed rule change is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and to protect investors and the public interest in that the Exchange will obtain a representation from the issuer of the Shares that the NAV per Share will be calculated daily and that the NAV and the Disclosed Portfolio will be made available to all market participants at the same time. In addition, a large amount of information is publicly available regarding each Fund and the Shares, thereby promoting market transparency. Quotation and last sale information for the Shares and ETFs will be available via the CTA high-speed line, and from the national securities exchange [sic] on which they are listed. Prior to the commencement of trading, the Exchange will inform its Equity Trading Permit Holders in an Information Bulletin of the special characteristics and risks associated with trading the Shares. Trading in Shares of the Funds will be halted if the circuit breaker parameters in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 7.12 have been reached or because of market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in the Shares inadvisable. Trading in the Shares will be subject to NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600(d)(2)(D), which sets forth circumstances under which Shares of the Funds may be halted. In addition, as noted above, investors will have ready access to information regarding the Funds' holdings, the IIV, the Disclosed Portfolio, and quotation and last sale information for the Shares.
The proposed rule change is designed to perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest in that it will facilitate the listing and trading of additional types of actively-managed exchange-traded products that principally hold municipal bonds and that will enhance competition among market participants, to the benefit of investors and the marketplace. As noted above, the Exchange has in place surveillance procedures relating to trading in the Shares and may obtain information via ISG from other exchanges that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has entered into a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. In addition, as noted above, investors will have ready access to information regarding each Fund's holdings, IIV, Disclosed Portfolio, and quotation and last sale information for the Shares.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purpose of the Act. The Exchange notes that the proposed rule change will facilitate the listing and trading of additional types of actively-managed exchange-traded products that principally hold municipal bonds and that will enhance competition among market participants, to the benefit of investors and the marketplace.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
(A) by order approve or disapprove such proposed rule change; or
(B) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend the Exchange's fees at Rule 7047 to clarify the application of Nasdaq fees to Derived Data in light of changing industry practices. Specifically, the proposed changes will: (i) Limit application of the Derived Data Distributor Fee for Nasdaq Basic in Rule 7047(c)(2) only to those Distributors that both create and distribute Derived Data; (ii) clarify that the Nasdaq Basic per Subscriber user fees in Rules 7047(b)(1) and (b)(2), and the distributor fee in Rule 7047(c)(1), cover both Nasdaq data feeds and Derived Data therefrom; and (iii) clarify that the enterprise licenses for Professional and Non-Professional Subscribers in Rules 7047(b)(4) and (b)(5) cover the distribution of Derived Data from Nasdaq Basic. The proposal is described in further detail below.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The purpose of the proposed rule change is to clarify the application of Nasdaq fees to Derived Data in light of changing industry practices. Specifically, the proposed changes will: (i) Limit application of the Derived Data Distributor Fee for Nasdaq Basic in Rule 7047(c)(2) only to those Distributors that both create and distribute Derived Data; (ii) clarify that the Nasdaq Basic per Subscriber user fees in Rules 7047(b)(1) and (b)(2), and the distributor fee in Rule 7047(c)(1), cover both Nasdaq data feeds and Derived Data therefrom; and (iii) clarify that the enterprise licenses for Professional and Non-Professional Subscribers in Rules 7047(b)(4) and (b)(5) cover the distribution of Derived Data from Nasdaq Basic.
Nasdaq Basic provides best bid and offer information from the Nasdaq Market Center, as well as last sale transaction reports from both the Nasdaq Market Center and the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility (“TRF”). This is a subset of the “core” quotation and last sale data provided by securities information processors under the CQ/CT Plan and the UTP Plan. The three components of Nasdaq Basic, which may be purchased individually or in combination, are: (i) Nasdaq Basic for Nasdaq, which contains the best bid and offer on the Nasdaq Market Center and last sale transaction reports for Nasdaq and the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF for Nasdaq-listed stocks; (ii) Nasdaq Basic for NYSE, which covers NYSE-listed stocks, and (iii) Nasdaq Basic for NYSE MKT, which provides data on stocks listed on NYSE MKT and other listing venues whose quotes and trade reports are disseminated on Tape B.
A Distributor
The Exchange has recently become aware that certain Distributors create Derived Data (“Primary Distributors”), and send it to other Distributors, which transmit the Derived Data in the same form that it was received to Subscribers (“Secondary Distributors”). The Exchange, in its initial filing for the Derived Data Distributor Fee in 2011, stated that the fee applied only to firms that “derive data from Nasdaq Basic”
In light of changing industry practice, the Exchange proposes to clarify the Rule to state that only Distributors that “create and distribute Derived Data from Nasdaq Basic” pay the fee, thereby excluding Secondary Distributors from application of Rule 7047(c)(2). This is a codification of Nasdaq's intent as set forth in the initial filing and Nasdaq's interpretation of Rule 7047(c)(2) based on that rule and related filings, and will not change customer fees.
Professional Subscribers
When the Derived Data Distributor Fee, currently set forth in Rule 7047(c)(2) was introduced in 2011, the Exchange explained in the accompanying filing that the fee “would be in lieu of non-professional subscriber fees,”
The Exchange has recently become aware, however, that certain Subscribers purchase Derived Data without a Nasdaq Basic data feed. The Exchange proposes to clarify Rule 7047(b)(2), and the parallel rule for Professional Subscribers at Rule 7047(b)(1), to state that the per Subscriber monthly charges allow the transmission of both Nasdaq Basic feeds and/or any Derived Data therefrom.
Similarly, the distributor fee for Nasdaq Basic in Rule 7047(c)(1) did not separately reference Derived Data because such data was not distributed without a Nasdaq Basic data feed. Because industry practice has changed, the Exchange proposes to clarify that the distributor fee in Rule 7047(c)(1) covers Derived Data, as well as the Nasdaq Basic data feed.
These proposed changes will not change prices, but rather are a codification of the Exchange's original intent and its interpretation of these Rules based on the text of the Rules and their related filings, in light of changes in industry practice.
Broker-dealers may purchase two enterprise licenses for Nasdaq Basic in lieu of per Subscriber user fees: (i) An enterprise license for Professional and Non-Professional Subscribers with whom the broker-dealer has a brokerage relationship under Rule 7047(b)(5); or (ii) an enterprise license for internal Professional Subscribers under Rule 7047(b)(4). The enterprise license for Subscribers in a brokerage relationship was introduced in 2011,
The enterprise license for internal Professional Subscribers was introduced as an alternative to the Nasdaq Basic user fees set forth in Rule 7047(b)(1), and the enterprise license for Subscribers with whom the broker-dealer has a brokerage relationship was designed as an alternative to the user fees set forth in Rule 7047(b)(1) and (b)(2). For the reasons set forth above, the fees set forth at Rules 7047(b)(1) and (b)(2) were intended to cover the distribution of Derived Data. Because these enterprise licenses were introduced as alternatives to Rules 7047(b)(1) and (b)(2), these licenses were intended to cover Derived Data as well. In light of a change in industry practice in which Derived Data is sometimes distributed without a proprietary data feed, the Exchange proposes to codify the original intent of the Exchange, and its interpretation of the Rules and related filings, and explicitly state that the enterprise licenses at Rules 7047(b)(4) and (b)(5) cover the distribution of Derived Data from Nasdaq Basic.
In summary, the proposed changes clarify how Nasdaq Basic fees set forth in Rule 7047 apply to Derived Data. The first change clarifies that the Derived Data Distributor Fee does not apply to Secondary Distributors,
The fees for all Nasdaq Basic products—including Derived Data from Nasdaq Basic—are entirely optional, in that they apply only to Distributors or Subscribers that opt to purchase Nasdaq Basic or Derived Data therefrom. The proposed changes do not impact the cost of any Nasdaq product, including Nasdaq Basic and any Derived Data from Nasdaq Basic.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Commission and the courts have repeatedly expressed their preference for competition over regulatory
Likewise, in
Further, “[n]o one disputes that competition for order flow is `fierce.' . . . As the SEC explained, `[i]n the U.S. national market system, buyers and sellers of securities, and the broker-dealers that act as their order-routing agents, have a wide range of choices of where to route orders for execution'; [and] `no exchange can afford to take its market share percentages for granted' because `no exchange possesses a monopoly, regulatory or otherwise, in the execution of order flow from broker dealers' . . . .”
The Exchange believes that the current proposals—(i) to limit application of the Derived Data Distributor Fee, (ii) clarify the application of Nasdaq Basic per Subscriber user fees and a distributor fee to Derived Data, and (iii) establish that Derived Data is included in the Professional and Non-Professional enterprise licenses—are fair and equitable in accordance with Section 6(b)(4) of the Act, and not unreasonably discriminatory in accordance with Section 6(b)(5) of the Act. The proposed changes do not change any fee, but rather codify and clarify Nasdaq's interpretation of its rules. Moreover, fees for Nasdaq Basic and its associated Derived Data, like all market data fees, are constrained by the Exchange's need to compete for order flow, and are subject to competition from other exchanges and among broker-dealers for customers. If Nasdaq is incorrect in its assessment, there is no barrier to block a competitor from entering the market with substantially similar products.
The Exchange believes that the proposed changes are an equitable allocation and not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange will apply the same fees to all similarly-situated Distributors.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. In terms of inter-market competition, the Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive, or rebate opportunities available at other venues to be more favorable. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and with alternative trading systems that have been exempted from compliance with the statutory standards applicable to exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited.
Nasdaq Basic—and all data derived from Nasdaq Basic—is subject to competition from the NYSE, BATS, and other exchanges that offer similar products. If Nasdaq Basic were to prove unattractive to market participants, it is likely that the Exchange would lose market share as a result.
As noted above, the proposed changes do not affect any existing fees, which are, in any event, constrained by market forces in three distinct respects. First, all fees related to Nasdaq Basic are constrained by the competition among exchanges and other entities in attracting order flow. Firms make decisions regarding this and other proprietary data products based on the total cost of interacting with the Exchange, and, because the supracompetitive pricing of any proprietary data product increases the total cost of interacting with the Exchange, such pricing would harm order flow. Second, the price of Nasdaq Basic is constrained by the existence of multiple substitutes that are offered, or may be offered, by entities that offer proprietary or non-proprietary data. Third, the proposed fee will be constrained by competition among Distributors for Subscribers.
All fees related to Nasdaq Basic are constrained by competition among exchanges and other entities seeking to attract order flow. Order flow is the “life blood” of the exchanges. Broker-dealers currently have numerous alternative venues for their order flow, including thirteen self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) markets, as well as internalizing broker-dealers (“BDs”) and various forms of alternative trading systems (“ATSs”), including dark pools and electronic communication networks (“ECNs”). Each SRO market competes to produce transaction reports via trade executions, and two FINRA-regulated TRFs compete to attract internalized transaction reports. The existence of fierce competition for order flow implies a high degree of price sensitivity on the part of BDs, which may readily reduce costs by directing orders toward the lowest-cost trading venues.
The level of competition and contestability in the market for order flow is demonstrated by the numerous examples of entrants that swiftly grew into some of the largest electronic trading platforms and proprietary data producers: Archipelago, Bloomberg Tradebook, Island, RediBook, Attain, and TracECN. A proliferation of dark pools and other ATSs operate profitably with fragmentary shares of consolidated market volume. For a variety of reasons, competition from new entrants, especially for order execution, has increased dramatically over the last decade.
Each SRO, TRF, ATS, and BD that competes for order flow is permitted to produce proprietary data products. Many currently do or have announced plans to do so, including NYSE, NYSE Amex, NYSE Arca, and the BATS exchanges. This is because Regulation NMS deregulated the market for proprietary data. While BDs had previously published their proprietary data individually, Regulation NMS encourages market data vendors and BDs to produce proprietary products cooperatively in a manner never before possible. Order routers and market data vendors can facilitate production of proprietary data products for single or multiple BDs. The potential sources of
The markets for order flow and proprietary data are inextricably linked: A trading platform cannot generate market information unless it receives trade orders. Firms make decisions on how much and what types of data to consume based on the total cost of interacting with an exchange, and data fees are a factor in the total platform analysis. A supracompetitive increase in the fees charged for proprietary data has the potential to impair revenue for the exchange as a result. The competition for order flow will therefore constrain prices for proprietary data products, including charges relating to Nasdaq Basic.
The price of data derived from Nasdaq Basic is also constrained by the existence of multiple substitutes offered by numerous entities, including both proprietary data offered by other SROs or other entities, and non-proprietary data disseminated by Nasdaq in its capacity as a Securities Information Processor (“SIP”) for the national market system plan governing securities listed on Nasdaq as a national securities exchange (“Nasdaq UTP Plan”).
The information provided through Nasdaq Basic is a subset of the best bid and offer and last sale data provided by the SIP. The “core” data disseminated by the SIP consists of best-price quotations and last sale information from all markets in U.S.-listed equities; Nasdaq Basic provides best bid and offer and last sale information for all U.S. exchange-listed stocks based on trade reports from the Nasdaq Market Center and the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility. Many customers that purchase SIP data do not also purchase Nasdaq Basic. Where customers buy both products, they may shift the extent to which they purchase one or the other based on relative price changes. The SIP constrains the price of Nasdaq Basic because no purchaser would pay an excessive price for Nasdaq Basic when similar data is available from the SIP.
Proprietary data sold by other exchanges also constrain the price of Nasdaq Basic because other exchanges, such as NYSE and BATS, also sell proprietary non-core data that include best bid and offer and last sale data. Customers would not pay an excessive price for Nasdaq Basic when substitute data is available from other proprietary sources, and customers would not typically purchase proprietary best bid and offer and last sale data from multiple exchanges.
Distributors that disseminate data derived from Nasdaq Basic are in competition for Subscribers. If the price of such data were set above competitive levels, Distributors would be at a competitive disadvantage relative to their competitors, and may lower their costs by substituting Nasdaq data with other products, in whole or in part. Competition for Subscribers therefore provides another constraint on the cost of Derived Data.
In summary, market forces constrain the price of Nasdaq Basic through competition for order flow, competition from substitute data products, and in the competition among Distributors for Subscribers. For these reasons, the Exchange has provided a substantial basis demonstrating that the fee is equitable, fair, reasonable, and not unreasonably discriminatory, and therefore consistent with and in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend Rule 11.22, Data Products, to adopt a new market data product known as the ETF Implied Liquidity feed.
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 11.22, Data Products, to adopt a new market data product known as the ETF Implied Liquidity feed. The ETF Implied Liquidity feed would be an optional data feed that would provide the Exchange's proprietary calculation of the implied liquidity and the aggregate best bid and offer (“BBO”) of all displayed orders on the Exchange and its affiliated exchanges
The ETF Implied Liquidity feed would provide market participants with an additional price discovery tool that would assist in trading of standard, non-leveraged U.S. equity ETFs and their underlying securities. The Exchange's calculation of the ETF's implied liquidity via the ETF Implied Liquidity feed would provide a more granular measure of an ETF's intraday indicative value (“IIV”, also commonly referred to as intraday net asset value (“iNAV”)) by incorporating the NBBO and its size along with other data elements described above. This enhanced measure of implied liquidity can provide market participants with a more complete picture of the liquidity available for an ETF based on its underlying securities.
As ETFs trade similar to stocks throughout the day, the IIV of the ETF can fluctuate with the prices of the underlying securities intraday. For this reason, ETF issuers are required to publish an IIV for the ETF during the trading day which provides a snapshot estimate of the value of the ETF based on the last sale for the underlying securities. The IIV is generally calculated and disseminated periodically intraday by summing the last sale of all of the ETF's underlying securities divided by the number of shares outstanding.
The Exchange believes providing the implied bid and the implied offer based on the ETF's underlying basket of securities can provide investors with even more insight into the true value of the ETF than the current calculation of IIV (or iNAV). The Exchange also notes that many market participants today calculate and provide to their customers
The Exchange intends to file a separate rule change with the Commission proposing fees to be charged for the ETF Implied Liquidity feed. The Exchange anticipates offering the ETF Implied Liquidity feed on the date of effectiveness of the rule filing to establish those fees.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange also believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 11(A) of the Act
In adopting Regulation NMS, the Commission granted self-regulatory organizations and broker-dealers increased authority and flexibility to offer new and unique market data to consumers of such data. It was believed that this authority would expand the amount of data available to users and consumers of such data and also spur innovation and competition for the provision of market data. The Exchange believes that the data products proposed herein are precisely the sort of market data products that the Commission envisioned when it adopted Regulation NMS. The Commission concluded that Regulation NMS—by lessening regulation of the market in proprietary data—would itself further the Act's goals of facilitating efficiency and competition:
[E]fficiency is promoted when broker-dealers who do not need the data beyond the prices, sizes, market center identifications of the NBBO and consolidated last sale information are not required to receive (and pay for) such data. The Commission also believes that efficiency is promoted when broker-dealers may choose to receive (and pay for) additional market data based on their own internal analysis of the need for such data.
In addition, the proposed ETF Implied Liquidity feed promotes just and equitable principles of trade by providing market participants with an additional price discovery tool that would assist in trading of standard, non-leveraged U.S. equity ETFs and their underlying securities. As stated above, the proposed feed would provide investors with even more insight into the true value of the ETF than the current calculations of IIV (or iNAV) by incorporating the NBBO and its size along with other data elements described above. The proposed calculation of an ETF's implied liquidity via the proposed ETF Implied Liquidity feed can provide market participants with a more complete picture of the liquidity available for an ETF based on its underlying securities. The proposed ETF Implied Liquidity feed could also serve to assist market participants in their own IIV (or iNAV) calculations that they provide to customers for ETFs in which they make markets. Therefore, the Exchange believes the proposed feed promotes just and equitable principles of trade, removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system.
Lastly, the ETF Implied Liquidity feed removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system by providing investors with alternative market data and competing with similar market data products currently offered by the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”).
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (A) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (B) impose any significant burden on competition; and (C) by its terms, become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed or such shorter time as the Commission may designate it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (1) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (2) for the protection of investors; or (3) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On January 18, 2017, NASDAQ PHLX LLC (“Phlx” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Commission is publishing this notice and order to solicit comments on the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, from interested persons and to institute proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act
The Exchange is proposing to amend its rules to permit the listing and trading, on a pilot basis, of NASDAQ-100 options with third-Friday-of-the-month expiration dates, whose exercise settlement value will be based on the closing index value, symbol XQC, of the NASDAQ-100 on the expiration day (“P.M.-settled”).
The Exchange represents that the conditions for listing the proposed contract (“NDXPM”) on Phlx will be similar to those for Full Value Nasdaq 100 Options (“NDX”), which are already listed and trading on Phlx, except that NDXPM will be P.M.-settled.
As proposed, the proposal would become effective on a pilot basis for a period of twelve months (“Pilot Program”). If the Exchange were to propose an extension of the Pilot Program or should the Exchange propose to make the Pilot Program permanent, then the Exchange would submit a filing proposing such amendments to the Pilot Program. The Exchange notes that any positions established under the pilot would not be impacted by the expiration of the pilot. For example, a position in a P.M.-settled series that expires beyond the conclusion of the pilot period could be established during the 12-month pilot. If the Pilot Program were not extended, then the position could continue to exist. However, the Exchange notes that any further trading in the series would be restricted to transactions where at least one side of the trade is a closing transaction.
The Exchange proposes to submit a Pilot Program report to the Commission at least two months prior to the expiration date of the Pilot Program (the “annual report”). The annual report would contain an analysis of volume, open interest, and trading patterns. The analysis would examine trading in the proposed option product as well as trading in the securities that comprise the NASDAQ-100. In addition, for series that exceed certain minimum open interest parameters, the annual report would provide analysis of index price volatility and share trading activity. In addition to the annual report, the Exchange would provide the Commission with periodic interim reports while the pilot is in effect that would contain some, but not all, of the information contained in the annual report. The annual report would be provided to the Commission on a confidential basis. The annual report would contain the following volume and open interest data:
(1) Monthly volume aggregated for all trades;
(2) monthly volume aggregated by expiration date;
(3) monthly volume for each individual series;
(4) month-end open interest aggregated for all series;
(5) month-end open interest for all series aggregated by expiration date; and
(6) month-end open interest for each individual series.
In addition to the annual report, the Exchange would provide the Commission with interim reports of the information listed in Items (1) through (6) above periodically as required by the Commission while the Pilot Program is in effect. These interim reports would also be provided on a confidential basis. The annual report would also contain the information noted in Items (1) through (6) above for Expiration Friday, A.M.-settled NASDAQ-100 options traded on Phlx.
In addition, the annual report would contain the following analysis of trading patterns in Expiration Friday, P.M.-settled NASDAQ-100 option series in the Pilot Program: (1) A time series analysis of open interest; and (2) an analysis of the distribution of trade sizes. Also, for series that exceed certain minimum parameters, the annual report would contain the following analysis related to index price changes and underlying share trading volume at the close on Expiration Fridays: A comparison of index price changes at the close of trading on a given Expiration Friday with comparable price changes from a control sample. The data would include a calculation of percentage price changes for various time intervals and compare that information to the respective control sample. Raw percentage price change data as well as percentage price change data normalized for prevailing market volatility, as measured by an appropriate index as agreed by the Commission and the Exchange, would be provided. The Exchange would provide a calculation of share volume for a sample set of the component securities representing an upper limit on share trading that could be attributable to expiring in-the-money series. The data would include a comparison of the calculated share volume for securities in the sample set to the average daily trading volumes of those securities over a sample period. The minimum open interest parameters, control sample, time intervals, method for randomly selecting the component securities, and sample periods would be determined by the Exchange and the Commission.
The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act,
The Commission has had concerns about the potential adverse effects and impact of P.M. settlement upon market volatility and the operation of fair and orderly markets on the underlying cash market at or near the close of trading, including for cash-settled derivatives contracts based on a broad-based index.
Accordingly, the Commission solicits comment, analysis, and data concerning whether the Exchange's proposal is consistent with the Act. The Commission is asking commenters to address the merits of Phlx's statements in support of its proposal, in addition to any other comments they may wish to submit about the proposed rule change or any data or analysis that commenters think may be relevant to the Commission's consideration of the proposal. Specifically, the Commission seeks input from commenters to inform its evaluation of whether P.M. settlement for Phlx's proposed options on the NASDAQ-100 could impact volume and volatility on the underlying cash equities markets at the close of the trading day, and the potential consequences this might have for investors and the overall stability of the markets.
In addition, the Commission seeks input from commenters with respect to the operation and structure of the markets today in comparison to their operation and structure at the time of the shift to A.M. settlement of cash-settled index options, and whether the current operation and structure of the markets support, or do not support, allowing NASDAQ-100 options on Phlx to be P.M.-settled.
More generally, the Commission seeks commenters' views on whether there are differences between Phlx's proposed product and other P.M.-settled, cash-settled options that raise novel issues and, if so, whether commenters believe such differences warrant different treatment or a different pilot design.
As noted above, the Exchange's proposal seeks to allow the listing and trading of NDXPM options on a pilot basis, and the Pilot Program, including its associated data and reports, are key in assisting the Commission and its staff to analyze the impact of the proposal, including with respect to the concerns described above. Thus, the Commission is considering and requesting comment on whether commenters believe the proposed Pilot Program is appropriate. As noted above, the proposed Pilot Program is similar to the pilot program for the listing and trading of SPXPM options.
Finally, the Commission requests any comment, data, or analysis that commenters think may be relevant to the Commission's consideration of the Exchange's proposal for P.M.-settled options on the NASDAQ-100.
The Commission requests that interested persons provide written submissions of their views, data, and arguments with respect to the issues identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have with the proposal. In particular, the Commission invites the written views of interested persons concerning whether the proposal, as modified by Amendment No. 1, is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) or any other provision of the Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder. Although there do not appear to be any issues relevant to approval or disapproval that would be facilitated by an oral presentation of views, data, and arguments, the Commission will consider, pursuant to Rule 19b-4, any request for an opportunity to make an oral presentation.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments regarding whether the proposal, as modified by Amendment No. 1, should be approved or disapproved by May 30, 2017. Any person who wishes to file a rebuttal to any other person's submission must file that rebuttal by June 13, 2017.
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Amendment 1.
This is an amendment of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for Public Assistance Only for the State of CALIFORNIA (FEMA-4305-DR), dated 03/16/2017.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing And Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.
The notice of the President's major disaster declaration for Private Non-Profit organizations in the State of CALIFORNIA, dated 03/16/2017, is hereby amended to include the following areas as adversely affected by the disaster.
All other information in the original declaration remains unchanged.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a Notice of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for Public Assistance Only for the Resighini Rancheria (FEMA-4312-DR), dated 05/02/2017.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing And Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the President's major disaster declaration on 05/02/2017, Private Non-Profit organizations that provide essential services of governmental nature may file disaster loan applications at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.
The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 151256 and for economic injury is 151266.
By virtue of the authority vested in the Secretary of State by the laws of the United States, including 22 U.S.C. 2651a and 5 U.S.C. 3111 (“Section 3111”), and delegated pursuant to Delegation of Authority 372, dated April 4, 2014, to the extent authorized by law and pursuant to subsection (b) of Section 3111, I hereby delegate the
• All Chiefs of Mission and their designees.
Any official actions within the scope of this delegation taken prior to the effective date of this delegation, by officers in the positions named above, are hereby ratified and continued in effect, according to their terms, until modified, revoked, or superseded by authorized action.
Notwithstanding this delegation of authority, the Secretary, a Deputy Secretary, the Under Secretary of State for Management, and the Director General of the Foreign Service may at any time exercise the authority herein delegated.
This delegation of authority will be published in the
For further information, including a list of the imported objects, contact the Office of Public Diplomacy and Public Affairs in the Office of the Legal Adviser, U.S. Department of State (telephone: 202-632-6471; email:
The TVA Board of Directors will hold a public meeting on May 11, 2017, at the Tucker Theatre, 615 Champion Way, Murfreesboro, Tennessee. The public may comment on any agenda item or subject at a
Open
For more information: Please call TVA Media Relations at (865) 632-6000, Knoxville, Tennessee. People who plan to attend the meeting and have special needs should call (865) 632-6000. Anyone who wishes to comment on any of the agenda in writing may send their comments to: TVA Board of Directors, Board Agenda Comments, 400 West Summit Hill Drive, Knoxville, Tennessee 37902.
Office of Nuclear Energy, Department of Energy.
Notice.
On April 26, 2017, the Secretary of Energy issued a determination (“Secretarial Determination”) covering continued transfers of uranium for cleanup services at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant. The Secretarial Determination covers transfers of up to the equivalent of 200 metric tons of natural uranium (“MTU”) in the second quarter and up to 300 MTU per quarter in the third and fourth quarters of 2017 and up to the equivalent of 1,200 MTU in 2018 and each year thereafter. For the reasons set forth in the Department's “Analysis of Potential Impacts of Uranium Transfers on the Domestic Uranium Mining, Conversion, and Enrichment Industries,” which is incorporated into the determination, the Secretary determined that these transfers will not have an adverse material impact on the domestic uranium mining, conversion, or enrichment industry.
Effective April 26, 2017.
The 2017 Secretarial Determination and supporting documents are available on the Department's Web site at:
Ms. Cheryl Moss Herman, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Nuclear Energy, Mailstop NE-32, 19901 Germantown Rd., Germantown, MD 20874-1290. Phone: (301) 903-1788. Email:
The Department of Energy (DOE) holds inventories of uranium in various forms and quantities—including natural uranium—that have been declared as excess and are not dedicated to U.S. national security missions. Within DOE, the Office of Nuclear Energy (NE), the Office of Environmental Management (EM), and the National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA) coordinate the management of these excess uranium inventories. Much of this excess uranium has substantial economic value on the open market. One tool that DOE has used to manage its excess uranium inventory has been to enter into transactions in which DOE exchanges excess uranium for services. This notice involves uranium transfers by the Office of Environmental Management (EM) in exchange for cleanup services at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant.
These transfers are conducted in accordance with the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 2011
On April 26, 2017, the Secretary of Energy determined that continued uranium transfers for cleanup services at Portsmouth will not have an adverse material impact on the domestic uranium mining, conversion, or enrichment industry (“2017 Secretarial Determination”). This determination covers transfers of up to the equivalent of 200 metric tons of natural uranium (“MTU”) in the second quarter and up to 300 MTU per quarter in the third and fourth quarters of 2017 and up to the equivalent of 1,200 MTU in 2018 and each year thereafter. The Secretary based his conclusion on the Department's “Analysis of Potential Impacts of Uranium Transfers on the Domestic Uranium Mining, Conversion, and Enrichment Industries,” which is incorporated into the determination. The Secretary considered,
The full text of the 2017 Secretarial Determination is set forth below.
Since May 1, 2015, the Department of Energy (“Department,” “DOE”) has transferred natural uranium and low-enriched uranium in specified amounts and transactions, subject to a determination made on that date pursuant to § 3112(d)(2) of the USEC Privatization Act, 42 U.S.C. 2297h-10(d).
After reviewing the 2017 “Analysis of Potential Impacts of Uranium Transfers on the Domestic Uranium Mining, Conversion, and Enrichment Industries,” prepared by DOE, considering responses to the Department's solicitations for public input, noting the Department's goals regarding the projects being partly supported by uranium transactions, and recognizing the Department's interest in maintaining healthy domestic nuclear industries, I have concluded that the lower rates of uranium transfers described herein are appropriate. I have therefore determined to permit transfers only at the lower rates described below.
Accordingly, I determine that the following uranium transfers will not have an adverse material impact on the domestic mining, conversion, or enrichment industry:
For the remainder of calendar year 2017, up to an additional 800 MTU contained in natural uranium hexafluoride, transferred to contractors for cleanup services at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant, in transfers of up to 200 MTU in the second quarter and up to 300 MTU per quarter in the third and fourth quarters.
For calendar year 2018 and thereafter, up to 1,200 MTU per calendar year contained in natural uranium hexafluoride, transferred to contractors for cleanup services at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant, in transfers of up to 300 MTU per quarter.
I base my conclusions on the Department's 2017 “Analysis of Potential Impacts of Uranium Transfers on the Domestic Uranium Mining, Conversion, and Enrichment Industries,” which is incorporated herein. As explained in that document, I have considered,
Dated: April 26, 2017.
The Department of Energy (“Department” or “DOE”) currently is transferring excess uranium at a rate of 1,600 metric tons (MTU) per year in exchange for cleanup services at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant. A prerequisite to continuation of these transfers after May 1, 2017, pursuant to the USEC Privatization Act, is a determination by the Secretary of Energy that the planned transfers will not have an adverse material impact on the domestic mining, conversion, or enrichment industry. In support of a 2017 determination the analysis below assesses the potential impact of planned transfers going forward.
This analysis considers two different scenarios for planned transfers of natural uranium (NU) for cleanup services at Portsmouth—transfers of up to the equivalent of 1,600 MTU of NU for calendar years 2017 and thereafter (“Base Scenario”), and transfers at a rate of up to 1,200 MTU per year beginning in May 2017 until the current stockpile of natural uranium is exhausted. The Department concludes that transfers at either rate will not have an adverse material impact on the domestic mining, conversion, or enrichment industry. The Department further notes that transfers at the lower rate of 1,200 MTU per year will have lesser impacts than the Base Scenario.
In sum, for purposes of the Secretarial Determination, transfers are deemed to have an “adverse material impact” if a reasonable forecast predicts that an industry will experience “material” harm that is reasonably attributable to the transfers. This analysis compares the expected state of each industry in light of the planned transfers to the expected state of each industry without the planned transfers and examines to what degree the effects of DOE's future planned transfers would impact the industries. In this case, the Department regards an “adverse material impact” as a harm of real import and great consequence, beyond the scale of what normal market fluctuations would cause.
This analysis evaluates six factors for each industry: Changes to prices; changes in production levels at existing facilities; changes to employment in the industry; changes in capital improvement plans; the long-term viability of the industry; and, as required by statute, sales under certain agreements permitting the import of Russian-origin uranium. The analysis relies on various inputs, including a report prepared for the Department by consultant Energy Resources International, Inc., market data and forecasts from several sources, reports by other market consultants, and submissions in response to the Department's requests for public comment.
The uranium mining industry serves the market for uranium concentrates. DOE's transfers under the Base Scenario constitute 4% of global demand and 13% of U.S. demand for uranium concentrates in the near-term, 2017-2019. The Department forecasts, on the basis of results from multiple economic models that transfers will tend to suppress prices in the next decade by approximately $1.40 per pound, and in the near-term (2017-2019) by approximately $1.60 per pound. These impacts are about 6 or 7% of current spot market price. Transfers at the lower rate of 1,200 MTU per year are expected to have a smaller effect. The level of price suppression under either scenario is within the range of recent market price fluctuations. The impact on production and employment under either scenario in the industry will also be limited. In the long-term, the Department concludes that the effect of its transfers under either scenario would delay decisions to expand or increase production capacity but would not change the eventual outcomes in this regard.
The uranium conversion industry processes uranium concentrates into uranium hexafluoride suitable for enrichment. DOE's transfers, under the Base Scenario, constitute 4% of global demand and 14% of U.S. demand for conversion services in 2017-2019. Most conversion is sold on long-term contracts, and the sole domestic converter makes essentially all of its sales that way. The Department concludes that the term price will be relatively stable despite DOE's transfers. Although DOE transfers are projected to cause a suppression of the global spot price by about $0.30 per kgU in the next decade, about 5% of current spot prices, the domestic industry has little exposure to the spot price. As with uranium concentrates, transfers at the lower rate of 1,200 MTU per year are expected to have lesser impacts. As a result the Department concludes that its transfers under either scenario will have, at most, limited impact on employment and plans for capital improvement and expansion.
The enrichment industry provides enriched uranium, which has higher levels of U
The Department has made its projections in recognition of current conditions in the market, and acknowledges that these conditions have been challenging for all three industries. Answering the analytical question posed by section 3112(d)(2) of the USEC Privatization Act requires a forecast of only the additional harm industry would suffer that can reasonably be attributed to its future planned transfers of uranium. The Department concludes that the potential effects to the domestic uranium mining, conversion, and enrichment industries from future transfers under either the Base Scenario or at the lower rate of 1,200 MTU per year will not constitute adverse material impacts.
The Secretary has periodically determined whether certain transfers of natural and low-enriched uranium will have an adverse material impact on the domestic uranium industries. DOE issued the most recent Secretarial Determination under Section 3112(d) covering transfers for cleanup at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant and down-blending of highly-enriched uranium (HEU) to low-enriched (LEU) on May 1, 2015.
In preparation for this Secretarial Determination, DOE sought information from the public through a Request for Information (RFI) published in the
In addition, DOE tasked Energy Resources International, Inc., (ERI) to assess the potential effects on the domestic uranium mining, conversion, and enrichment industries of the introduction of DOE excess uranium inventory in various forms and quantities through sale or transfer during calendar years 2017 through 2026 (“2017 ERI Report”).
On March 9, 2017, DOE published a Notice of Issues for Public Comment (NIPC) in the
DOE manages its excess uranium inventory in accordance with the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 2011
Section 3112(e) of the USEC Privatization Act (42 U.S.C. 2297h-10(e)), however, provides for certain transfers of uranium without the limitations of Subsection 3112(d)(2). For example, under Subsection 3112(e)(2), the Secretary may transfer or sell enriched uranium to any person for national security purposes. Nevertheless, this analysis considers the impact of transfers made pursuant to Section 3112(e) along with other DOE transfers in any determination made to assess the adverse impacts of the Department's transfers under Section 3112(d).
DOE has detailed its transfers up to 2014 in the 2015 Secretarial Determination and Analysis.
Table 1 provides an overview of DOE's inventory of excess uranium as of December 31, 2016.
This section provides an overview of the various uranium transactions considered in this analysis. The first category are transfers that DOE plans to undertake during the next two years pursuant to today's determination under section 3112(d). The second category includes other transfers that have been made or may be made that are not subject to section 3112(d), but which may be relevant to DOE's analysis of the possible impacts of transfers in the first category. The third category includes transfers that may be subject to section 3112(d) but do not impact the commercial domestic uranium markets, and are included for completeness without further consideration. The fourth category are transfers made under the Russian HEU Agreement and Suspension Agreement, which do not directly involve DOE, but are considered as required under section 3112(d).
Today's determination concludes that transfers of natural uranium for cleanup services at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant at the rate of 1,200 MTU per year will not cause an adverse material impact on the domestic uranium industries.
Through its Office of Environmental Management (EM), DOE contracts with Fluor- BWXT Portsmouth for cleanup services at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant. This work involves decontamination and decommissioning of approximately 415 facilities (including buildings, utilities, systems, ponds, and infrastructure units) that make up the former uranium enrichment facility. In recent years, work under this contract has been funded through both appropriated dollars and uranium transfers. As the value of transferred uranium changes depending on market prices and on the Department's decisions regarding how much uranium to transfer, uranium can constitute a greater or lesser proportion of the total funding.
This analysis considers planned transfers of natural uranium hexafluoride for cleanup services at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant under two scenarios. The first scenario consists of continued transfers at the current rate of 1,600 MTU per year until the Department's natural uranium supplies are exhausted in 2020. The second scenario consists of transfers for the remainder of calendar year 2017 and thereafter, at a rate of 1,200 MTU per year, until the Department's uranium supplies are exhausted in 2021. This scenario accounts for transfers that have already occurred in 2017 at the higher rate of 1,600 per year and initiates the lower rate of 1,200 MTU per year beginning May 2017.
In addition to transfers described above, this analysis considers several transfers that are not covered by today's determination, for various reasons. Although some of these transfers are not subject to section 3112(d), this analysis considers the potential impacts on domestic industries and the expected impacts of those yet to be carried out, to provide a complete picture of the Department's uranium transfers.
As discussed in the NIPC, NNSA transfers of LEU for HEU down-blending services were determined to serve a national security purpose in supporting the Department's nonproliferation goals and are thus covered by Section 3112(e)(2). Pursuant to Section 3112(e), these transfers for down-blending purposes no longer require a Secretarial Determination under Section 3112(d). However, this analysis still considers proposed NNSA LEU transfers of 500 MTU per year from 2017 to 2019 for the purposes of assessing the impact of DOE's natural uranium transfers for EM cleanup services at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant.
This analysis considers uranium transfers made in the past that continue to displace commercial supply. In 2012 and 2013, DOE transferred 9,075 MTU of high assay depleted uranium hexafluoride (DUF
This analysis also considers certain planned and future DOE transfers which are outside of the two-year window of
Previously, in 2008, a DOE contractor issued a Request for Proposals for the sale and disposition of off-specification, non-UF
Following the July 2013 RFO, DOE entered into negotiations with GE-Hitachi Global Laser Enrichment, LLC (GLE) for the sale of the DUF
Also in connection with the July 2013 RFO, DOE announced in November 2013 that it would enter into negotiations with AREVA for the sale of off-spec uranium hexafluoride in the form of LEU.
To date, the proposed sales of off-specification LEU and off-specification non-UF
DOE also transfers LEU enriched to assays between 5 and 20 wt-% U
In general, these transfers of high-assay LEU do not contribute to any impacts that DOE uranium transfers overall have on domestic uranium industries because the transfers do not displace commercially supplied uranium, conversion, or enrichment from the market. No commercial supplier is currently capable of providing high-assay LEU, so a research reactor operator would not be able to replace DOE-sourced material by buying uranium hexafluoride and having it enriched to those levels. In general, it would also be technologically infeasible for research reactor operators to replace DOE-sourced high-assay LEU by converting the reactors to use commercial-assay LEU and retain the ability of the reactor to be used for research. Even if these reactors could use LEU (either at high or low assay) from commercial suppliers, the amounts are extremely small. Thus, DOE's supply of high-assay LEU for research applications and medical isotope production has at most a
As explained above, section 3112(d) of the USEC Privatization Act states that a Secretarial Determination must take into account the sales of uranium under two agreements relating to uranium from the Russian Federation: The Agreement Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Russian Federation Concerning the Disposition of Highly Enriched Uranium Extracted from Nuclear Weapons, Feb. 18, 1993 (“Russian HEU Agreement”), and the Agreement Suspending the Antidumping Investigation on Uranium from the Russian Federation, 57 FR 49220, at 49235 (Oct. 30, 1992) (“Suspension Agreement”).
The 2015 Secretarial Determination and Analysis detailed the history of transfers which have taken place under the Russian HEU Agreement, the last of which took place in 2013, and those which may occur in the future under the Suspension Agreement. The specific volumes of uranium, conversion, and enrichment allowed into the United States from Russia under the Suspension Agreement are discussed below. Material imported under the Suspension Agreement would not involve DOE transfers but would be accounted for in the various projections and models of the uranium markets that are considered in this analysis.
Two developments with respect to the Suspension Agreement since the 2015 Secretarial Determination bear mention. First, the Suspension Agreement requires the Department of Commerce to adjust the export limits in 2016 and 2019 to take account of changes in projected reactor demand for uranium, and Commerce proposed such adjustments in September 2016 and requested comment from interested parties. Letter from Sally C. Gannon, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce, Sept. 9, 2016. The proposed adjusted export limits are, on average, 6.6 percent above current limits over the remaining years of the agreement. Commerce has not yet issued final adjusted export limits.
Second, the Suspension Agreement requires Commerce to conduct sunset reviews in 2011 and 2016. In February 2017, the Department of Commerce initiated the fourth sunset review. 82 FR 9193 (Feb. 3, 2017). Commerce expects to issue final results of this review within 120 days of publication of the initiation. In the previous five-year review, Commerce determined that termination of the Suspension Agreement and underlying anti-dumping investigation would likely lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping and therefore declined to terminate the Agreement. 76 FR 68404, at 68407 (Nov. 4, 2011). DOE's analysis assumes that the Suspension Agreement will remain in effect through 2020.
The nuclear fuel market consists of four separate industries: Mining/milling, conversion, enrichment, and fabrication. These industries interact in complicated and sometimes counterintuitive ways. In order to analyze the effect on the various industries of introducing a given amount of uranium into the market, it is necessary to understand how uranium is processed into nuclear fuel, how the different aspects of this process interact,
In order to be useful as fuel for a reactor, uranium must be in a specific chemical form, it must have the correct isotopic concentration, and it must be fabricated into the correct physical shape and orientation.
The first step in the nuclear fuel cycle is mining. Uranium is relatively common throughout the world and is found in most rocks and soils at varying concentrations. There are two primary methods of mining uranium: Conventional and in-situ recovery. Which method is used for a particular deposit depends on the specific characteristics of the deposit and surrounding rock. Conventional mining can involve either open pit or underground removal of uranium ore. Once removed from the ground, the uranium ore must be transported to a mill for processing. Many mining operations are located close to mills; where mines are close together, one mill may process ore from several different mines. Once at the mill, the ore is crushed and chemically treated to remove the uranium from the other minerals, a process called “leaching.” The solids are then separated from the solution and dried. The final result is a powdered uranium oxide concentrate, often known as “yellowcake” and predominately made of triuranium octoxide, or U
An alternative mining process is known as in-situ recovery (ISR). In ISR mining, the uranium ore is not removed from the ground as a solid. Instead, an aqueous solution—either acid or alkali—is pumped into the ground through injection wells, through a porous ore deposit, and back out through production wells. As the solution moves through the ore deposit, the uranium in the ore dissolves or leaches into the solution. Once the uranium-laden solution is pumped out, it is pumped to a treatment plant where uranium is recovered and dried into yellowcake. In order to maintain a stable rate of production, wellfields must be continually developed and placed into production.
There are several key differences between conventional and ISR mines. ISR mining typically has lower costs, both capital and operational. ISR mines also have a shorter lead-time for development. There are other advantages compared to conventional mining such as decreased radiation exposure for workers, reduced surface disturbance, and reduced solid waste. However, ISR mining can only extract uranium located in deposits that are permeable to the liquid solution used to recover the uranium, and the permeable deposit must have an impermeable layer above and below to prevent the solution from leaching into groundwater. To the extent that uranium is located in other types of deposit, ISR mining may not be possible.
The second step in the nuclear fuel cycle is conversion. When yellowcake arrives at conversion facilities it may contain various impurities. Conversion is a chemical process that refines the uranium compounds and prepares it for the next stage.
As discussed in the next section, most nuclear reactors require uranium that is enriched in the isotope U
The third step in the nuclear fuel cycle is enrichment. As found in nature, uranium consists of a mixture of different uranium isotopes. The two most significant isotopes are U
Nuclear reactors typically require uranium that is enriched in the isotope U
There are many different enrichment processes, but only two have been used commercially: Gaseous diffusion and gas centrifugation. Currently, all commercial enrichment services use gas centrifuge technology; the last commercial-scale gaseous diffusion facility ceased operating in 2013. After UF
Just as the product stream has a higher proportion of U
Enrichment services are sold in “separative work units” (SWU). One SWU is the amount of effort it takes to enrich uranium of a given isotopic concentration to a specified enriched level with a specified tails assay for the depleted uranium.
The final step in the process is fabrication. Almost all commercial nuclear reactors require fuel to be in the form of uranium dioxide (UO
Uranium that undergoes the above-described four steps without any intermediate use is generally termed “primary supply.” However, there are other sources of uranium available in the market. Uranium from these other sources is collectively known as “secondary supply” and may include government inventories of uranium, commercial inventories (some strategic and some resulting from shutdown nuclear power plants), uranium produced by re-enriching depleted tails, and uranium resulting from enricher underfeeding. An additional source of secondary supply is from recycled uranium and plutonium either from reprocessing of commercial spent fuel or from weapons-grade plutonium disposition. The product of these processes enters the fuel cycle and is fabricated into mixed oxide (MOX) fuel.
Most secondary supply comes from utilization of excess enrichment capacity by underfeeding or re-enriching tails. Due to technical constraints, enrichers generally cannot easily decrease capacity that is already constructed and operating. If an enricher were to shut down a centrifuge that is currently spinning, it may not be possible to restart the centrifuge. Doing so would risk damaging the machine and destroying the substantial capital investment. As a result, enrichers that have unsold capacity will tend to apply the excess enrichment work in one of two ways.
First, enrichers can apply extra separative work to a given amount of uranium feed material, thus extracting more of the U
Second, enrichers can feed depleted tails back into the enrichment process and apply additional separative work to them. This is known as re-enrichment of tails. Over time, depleted tails may accumulate and an enricher may choose to feed them back into the enrichment process. These tails can be enriched up to the level of natural uranium (0.711%) or higher. The enricher may then sell the resulting natural uranium or LEU on the open market.
Uranium concentrates are generally measured in pounds U
It is worth noting that the measures of uranium concentrates and conversion services are not identical for several reasons. In addition to the fact that one is denominated according to U.S. customary units and the other is denominated under the international system of units (SI), the measure of uranium concentrates refers to the mass of U
Converting between uranium concentrates or conversion services and enrichment is more difficult because the amount of SWU necessary to produce a given amount of product depends on the desired product assay, the feed assay, and the tails assay. An example will serve to illustrate the significance of different assumptions. Assuming a tails assay of 0.30%, enriching 1,000 kgU as UF
DOE typically describes its uranium inventory in terms of MTU for natural uranium and MTU “natural uranium equivalent” for depleted and enriched uranium. These terms have a slightly different meaning depending on the form. For natural UF
Uranium concentrates, conversion services, and enrichment services are traded in separate markets, with the demand for each tied to both technical specifications and utility procurement strategies. Prices for uranium
A typical transaction may involve a single purchaser purchasing a given amount of uranium concentrate through a contract directly with the mining company. The uranium concentrate is typically delivered directly to a conversion facility rather than to the purchaser. The purchaser will also enter into a separate contract for conversion services. The terms of this contract will require the purchaser to deliver U
Although there are separate markets for each step in the process, the different steps are sometimes combined. It is possible to buy natural UF
In addition, even though the three components are traded separately, there is some interrelationship between the prices. Since optimal tails assay is a function of the relative price of uranium concentrates, conversion, and SWU, changes in one price can lead to shifts in demand and supply in the other markets. Similarly, excess enrichment capacity used for underfeeding or re-enrichment of tails increases supply of uranium concentrates and conversion services. Thus, changes in enrichment supply may contribute to changes in uranium concentrate and conversion prices.
Uranium at each stage of the fuel cycle is fungible. As long as the basic characteristics like form and assay are the same, one kilogram of material is essentially the same as any other.
A simple example illustrates the types of transaction that this fungibility enables. After U
An entity can also sell conversion services or enrichment services without actually physically converting or enriching any material. A person that owns enriched UF
Uranium, conversion, and enrichment markets are generally global in nature. Purchasers are able to buy from suppliers worldwide and vice versa. Pricing for uranium concentrates and enrichment are essentially the same worldwide. Shipping costs are relatively low compared to other components of the prices, and the fungibility of the material allows suppliers and purchasers to minimize shipping costs through book transfers.
Although conversion services also trade on a worldwide market, in recent years there has been a persistent difference between prices in North America and those in Europe. DOE believes this stems from a geographical imbalance in conversion capacity relative to enrichment capacity. There is more conversion capacity in North America than enrichment capacity, and conversely in Europe there is more enrichment than conversion capacity. Consequently, there is a regular net flow of conversion services from North America to Europe. Meanwhile, it seems likely that the cost of shipping is larger relative to the conversion price than it is relative to the price of uranium or enrichment—mainly because conversion is the least costly input among the three. DOE believes the price difference between North American conversion and European conversion reflects simply the additional cost of shipping converted material from North America to Europe, together with the fact that net flow is from North America to Europe.
The vast majority of uranium in commercial use is fuel for commercial power generation. According to the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), there are 449 commercial reactors operating worldwide, 99 of these are in the United States.
Nuclear reactors typically provide what is known as “baseload” electricity supply. This means that nuclear reactors generally operate close to their full practical capacity continuously. Thus, the amount of uranium needed for each reactor in a given year does not generally fluctuate with electricity use patterns. It depends instead on the total capacity of the reactor and the fuel reload schedule. Reload schedules vary, but reactors typically must reload a portion of the total fuel in the core every 18 to 24 months.
According to the World Nuclear Association (WNA), a typical 1,000 MW
For a given reactor operator, this predictability enables the operator to purchase uranium, conversion, and enrichment on long-term contracts. These contracts often have first delivery as much as five years in the future and can extend as long as ten or even fifteen years from the contract date. In addition, because shutting down a reactor for refueling is a complex and carefully orchestrated process that requires extensive planning, a reactor operator generally has strong incentives to ensure well in advance of each refueling that the reactor will be sufficiently supplied with fuel. Long-term contracts help meet that goal by providing a reactor operator guaranteed quantities of supply. Consequently, the vast majority of purchases of uranium concentrates, conversion, and enrichment are through term contracts.
A utility's procurement goal is to secure supply of nuclear fuel from reliable sources at competitive prices. When purchasing fuel, utilities generally seek bids for nuclear fuel products and services and assess those bids against the current portfolio of contracts and inventory, balancing a number of objective and subjective criteria related to security of supply as well as cost. To enhance reliability, U.S. utilities may seek a diversity of suppliers in uranium, conversion and enrichment. U.S. utilities are generally able to purchase from suppliers worldwide, subject to trade and export licensing constraints or trade remedies such as the Russian Suspension Agreement. Utility fuel purchase contracts must also be consistent with U.S. non-proliferation commitments such as those in 123 Agreements and export-related regulations. There is currently no U.S. policy regarding reliance on foreign suppliers providing nuclear fuel to U.S. utilities.
As noted above, the amount of fuel necessary to keep a reactor operating is relatively predictable. Although there is always the possibility of unplanned outages, reactor operators generally know how much enriched uranium they will need. The amount of uranium needed to fuel operating reactors is generally referred to as “requirements.” Small uncertainties in predictions about requirements are possible in the short run because an operator can vary its need for fuel to some degree by changing operating conditions.
Aggregate requirements are also relatively predictable. However, long-term projections of future requirements must take into account changes in requirements from short-term outages, permanent shutdowns, and new reactor construction. Unforeseen events, such as an unplanned shutdowns, can affect the accuracy of long-term projections. Various entities develop and publish projections of future uranium requirements based on different assumptions about the rates of these changes, as well as different assumptions about operating conditions like reload schedules and fuel utilization (“burnup”), and about the possibility of unplanned outages or other temporary fluctuations in nuclear fuel use. These requirements forecasts typically are based only on the nuclear fuel expected to be used in operating reactors; they do not include purchases of strategic or discretionary inventory. Other forecasts may include these strategic or discretionary purchases—these may be referred to as “demand” forecasts.
Demand for uranium, conversion, or enrichment is generally not the same as reactor requirements in a given year. Some sources of demand are either in excess of or unconnected to reactor requirements. For example, many reactor operators hold strategic inventories of uranium beyond their requirements. This material provides flexibility in the event of a supply disruption. Different operators may have different strategic inventory policies, and those policies will shift over time. Changes in the level of strategic inventories held by individual reactors can produce additional demand or remove demand. Demand from reactor operators purchasing uranium for strategic inventory is commonly referred to as “discretionary demand.”
In addition to reactor operators purchasing in excess of demand, there are a number of market participants that do not operate reactors at all. These include traders, brokers, and investment funds. These entities may purchase uranium when prices are low and resell it under future delivery contracts. Discretionary purchases are likely to be driven by spot price considerations and can constitute a large percentage of spot market purchases and thus can be a large driver of spot market price indicators. These activities mostly involve only uranium concentrates. Discretionary purchasing has a larger impact on uranium demand than demand for conversion and enrichment.
Finally, changes in optimal tails assay can affect demand in a given year. Estimates of future reactor requirements typically assume a specific tails assay for enrichment. However, if enrichment prices change relative to uranium concentrate and conversion prices, some purchasers may have flexibility to specify a different tails assay for enrichment. This changes the amount of uranium concentrates, conversion, and SWU that are necessary to produce a given amount of fuel.
Price elasticity of demand is an economic measure that shows how the quantity demanded of a good or service responds to a change in price. If purchasers are highly responsive to changes in price, demand is relatively elastic. If purchasers are weakly responsive to changes in price, demand is relatively inelastic. If purchasers demand the same amount regardless of the price, demand is perfectly inelastic.
In general, demand for uranium, conversion, and enrichment are relatively inelastic. Since requirements are largely fixed, changes in price have a weak effect on demand. However, uranium markets exhibit different degrees of elasticity on different time frames.
In the short term, DOE expects that demand is more elastic than in the medium and long terms. Some of the behaviors discussed in the previous section are responsive to short term changes in price. Traders and investment funds are more likely to make speculative purchases when prices are low. Similarly, large-scale strategic buying, as China is doing, has corresponded with a period of very low prices. It seems likely that these purchases would decrease if short term uranium prices increased substantially. Utilities may also make strategic purchases at times of low spot prices but these rising prices may incent utilities to look at security of supply and their long-term fuel procurement plans as rising prices could signal a perception that supplies will be more scarce in the future.
As mentioned above, these behaviors are much more prevalent in the uranium concentrates markets. Demand in the conversion and enrichment markets may therefore exhibit less elasticity in the short term than the uranium market.
DOE expects that demand in the medium and long term is less elastic than in the short term. A change in the relative prices of uranium versus enrichment will affect the relationships between those markets by changing the optimal tails assay, potentially affecting demand in all three markets. A change in price may affect the term and type of fuel contracts that utilities seek—longer-term contracts versus shorter-term contracts and the mix of pricing mechanisms in those contracts—market-based versus fixed price or base price-escalated contracts. However, in the longer-term, these changes are not likely to affect overall requirements significantly.
In the long-term, elasticity of demand for nuclear fuel would reflect decisions about whether to construct new reactors or shut down existing reactors in response to long-run prices for fuel. This contribution to elasticity is likely to be small because fuel costs are a small portion (~19.5 percent)
Demand for uranium is not constant. However, the changes in long-term demand are unlikely to be responses to uranium price signals. For these reasons, the analysis below will assume that medium- and long-term demand has low elasticity.
As explained above, supply of uranium concentrates, conversion, and enrichment includes both primary and secondary supply. According to ERI, global supply of uranium concentrates in 2016 was approximately 198 million pounds U
As with enrichment, conversion supply includes both primary production and secondary supplies. For conversion services, ERI expects that total supply in 2016 was approximately 60 million kgU as UF
For enrichment services, ERI expects that total supply in 2016 was approximately 63 million SWU, with secondary supply representing between 4 and 5 million SWU or about 8%. 2017 ERI Report, 17. Unlike uranium concentrates and conversion services, underfeeding and tails re-enrichment do not constitute a secondary supply of enrichment because those processes utilize enrichment capacity. Sources of secondary supply of enrichment include DOE inventory, plutonium/uranium recycle (MOX), and other commercial inventories.
Many foreign governments (other than the United States, Canada and Australia) either own or exert significant control over nuclear fuel assets. Notably, all operating enrichment plants are fully or partially owned by foreign governments. U.S. suppliers are generally able to sell their products and services globally, with the key exceptions of countries such as Russia and China. For strategic reasons, Russia and China choose to power their reactors only with their domestic resources or through carefully curated strategic partnerships.
Price elasticity of supply measures how the quantity supplied of a good or service responds to a change in price. If suppliers are highly responsive to changes in price, supply is relatively elastic. If suppliers are weakly responsive to changes in price, supply is relatively inelastic.
Enrichment services are relatively inelastic, and conversion services are complicated by pricing phenomena described below. With respect to uranium concentrates, the level of elasticity in the uranium markets varies depending on the time frame, just as demand elasticity does.
In the short term, supplies of uranium concentrates from primary producers are relatively inelastic. There is some limited capability for mines to decrease production. Conventional mines may choose to continue operation and stockpile uranium ore without milling it into yellowcake. ISR mines require constant development of new wellfields; these mines may slow production gradually by slowing wellfield development. These measures may take many months. Thus, in the short term, mines will be weakly responsive to changes in price. In contrast, secondary sources of uranium concentrates may respond more to changes in price. Underfeeding and tails re-enrichment, for example, depend on the relationship between SWU and uranium concentrate prices. In the short-term, enrichers cannot increase or decrease capacity, but they can quickly shift how much capacity is devoted to underfeeding versus primary enrichment.
Primary supply of conversion services is relatively inelastic in the short term. Conversion plants typically have high fixed production costs. Thus, there is relatively little incentive to change production in response to changes in price. (As discussed below, conversion supply has fluctuated in recent years; but those changes were not necessarily caused by price changes.) Secondary supplies of conversion, however, are more able to respond to changes in price. Underfeeding and tails re-enrichment results in natural UF
Primary supply of enrichment is also relatively inelastic in the short term. As discussed above, enrichers typically cannot remove machines from production due to technical concerns. Enrichers also cannot bring additional machines online in the short term to respond to changes in price because it takes several years to add new machines. Secondary supply of enrichment is a smaller proportion of the total supply than for uranium concentrates or conversion services. In addition, enrichers can change the amount of capacity devoted to primary enrichment as opposed to underfeeding. This small proportion of supply is more able to respond to changes in price.
In the medium and long term, primary supplies of uranium concentrates and enrichment should be more elastic than in the short term. Producers can develop and install additional capacity in response to projections that prices will increase. These decisions, however, typically involve very long time frames. It may take several years of active development before a new mine may begin production. New enrichment and conversion capacity may take on the order of ten years.
Uranium markets function in two ways, broadly speaking: Short-term deliveries, called the spot market, and longer-term commitments, called the term market.
For all three markets discussed here, there is a price for an immediate delivery, called the spot price, and a price for long-term contractual commitments, commonly called the term price. The U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) defines spot contracts as “contracts with a one-time uranium delivery (usually) for the entire contract and the delivery is to occur within one year of contract execution (signed date).” EIA, 2015 Uranium Marketing Report, 1 (2016). EIA considers long‐term contracts as “contracts with one or more uranium deliveries to occur after a year following the contract execution (signed date) and as such may reflect some agreements of short and medium terms as well as longer term.” The vast majority of purchases on these markets are through term contracts. According to data from EIA, 79% of purchases of uranium by U.S. owners and operators of nuclear power reactors in 2015 were through term contracts. In addition, EIA reports that approximately 92% of enrichment services purchased by U.S. owners and operators in 2015 were through term contracts.
Medium-term contracts have increased in importance in recent years. Such a contract entitles a buyer to delivery of material at a future date between one and a few years after contract execution. Although medium term contracts are considered “term” contracts, they differ from traditional term contracts in that they involve one-time-only deliveries and that buyers ordinarily do not use them to secure long-term fuel supplies. In that sense, these contracts form an extension of the spot market to deliveries up to a few years in the future and affect uncommitted demand in these future years.
Unlike many other commodities, most uranium contracts are not traded through a commodities exchange. Instead, a handful of entities with access to the terms of many bids, offers, and contracts develop what are called “price indicators” based on those transactions. Two private consulting firms—UxC and TradeTech, LLC (TradeTech)—publish monthly spot and term price indicators for uranium concentrates, conversion, and enrichment. Both also publish weekly spot price indicators for uranium concentrates.
There are also a number of related published prices for U
Section 3112(d) states that DOE may transfer “natural and low-enriched
Of note, DOE has described transfers as having an “adverse material impact” when a reasonable forecast predicts that an industry will experience “material” harm that is reasonably attributable to the transfers. As further explained in the 2015 Secretarial Determination and Analysis, in DOE's view the proper inquiry is to what degree the effects of DOE's transfers would make an industry weaker based on an analysis reflecting existing conditions. As a general proposition, “adverse material impact” would be a harm of real import and great consequence, beyond the scale of normal market fluctuations, such as those that threaten the viability of any industry. DOE's understanding of the term “material” was shaped by the legislative history of Section 3112 and the statute's permissiveness for transfers under the Russian HEU Agreement.
DOE has interpreted the relevant terms in this analysis in advancement of the purpose of section 3112(d) to help preserve, to the degree possible, viable mining, conversion, and enrichment capacity in the United States. DOE interprets the word “domestic” to refer to activities taking place in the United States, regardless of whether the entity undertaking those activities is itself foreign. Hence, a facility operating in the United States would be part of “domestic industry” even if the facility is owned by a foreign corporation. DOE believes that the phrase “uranium mining, conversion or enrichment industry” includes only those activities concerned with the actual physical processes of mining, converting, and/or enriching uranium. Thus, acting solely as a broker for material mined, converted, or enriched by other entities does not constitute part of the domestic “industry.” That purpose depends on the actual operation of facilities. To that end, DOE believes “domestic industry” should also include, to some extent, activities to develop and activate a facility in the United States, even if the facility has not yet entered production.
In this analysis, DOE understands transfers to have an “impact” where those impacts have a causal relationship to the specific set of DOE transfers being considered. Thus, in assessing a given transfer, DOE will essentially evaluate two forecasts: One reflecting the state of the domestic uranium industries if DOE goes forward with the transfer, and one reflecting the state of the domestic uranium industries if DOE does not go forward with the transfer. DOE will compare these two forecasts to determine the relevant and actual impacts on the domestic uranium industries.
In the NIPC, and consistent with the 2015 Secretarial Determination and Analysis, DOE has identified the six factors it will use in this analysis to arrive at a determination of adverse material impact.
As previously explained, while no single factor is dispositive of the issue, DOE believes that these factors are representative of the types of impacts that the proposed transfers might have on the domestic uranium industries. Not every factor will necessarily be relevant on a given occasion or to a particular industry; this list of factors serves only as a guide to DOE's analysis.
Throughout the public process initiated by the July 2016 RFI, several commenters have taken issue with DOE's understanding of what constitutes an adverse material impact under the USEC Privatization Act. For example, commenters have suggested that DOE reconsider its definition of “adverse material impact” to encompass scenarios where DOE transfers are not the primary cause of losses in one of the domestic uranium industries. See,
Furthermore, DOE has taken into account the qualitative and quantitative statements made by UPA and others in evaluating the current state of the uranium industries.
Finally, several commenters cited the
This section assesses the potential impacts of DOE transfers at the levels and for the purposes described above in Section I.D.1. In particular, DOE is assessing the impacts of transfers under two scenarios, which correspond to ERI's Base Scenario and Scenario 2 in the 2017 ERI Report. The Base Scenario consists of continued transfers at the current rate of 1,600 MTU per year, and Scenario 2 consists of transfers at a lower rate of 1,200 MTU per year. This analysis assesses the impact of continued EM transfers at these rates beginning in May 2017.
This assessment assumes that DOE transfers for cleanup at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant may continue at either the Base Scenario rate or 1,200 MTU; however, other rates of transfer are presented to provide comparison and context for the analysis of impacts on the state of the domestic uranium, conversion, and enrichment industries with and without the EM transfers. In particular, DOE tasked ERI with analyzing two additional scenarios, one in which DOE ceases transfers for EM beginning in 2017, and one in which DOE transfers uranium at a rate of 2,000 MTU. This assessment makes no conclusion as to whether transfers at the rates described in these other scenarios would constitute an adverse material impact on the domestic uranium industries.
The domestic uranium mining industry consists of a relatively small number of companies that either operate currently producing mines or are in the process of developing projects expected to begin production at some point in the near future. These projects are mostly concentrated in the western states—in recent years, there have been producing facilities in Nebraska, Utah, Texas, and Wyoming. Most uranium mining facilities are owned and operated by publicly traded companies based in the United States or Canada. According to EIA, the preliminary estimate of production from domestic producers in 2016 totaled approximately 2.9 million pounds U
The effect of DOE transfers on prices is one of the chief vehicles through which the transfers can cause impacts on an industry. Accordingly, DOE has considered numerous inputs to forecast how continuing transfers at the current level will affect prices. DOE analyzes both market prices and the prices that, on average, industry actually realizes for its products. The EIA average delivered price in the United States is representative of realized prices for the uranium industry on a global basis. Realized prices may be significant for assessing the impact of transfers, but they are not necessarily the same as market prices at any given time.
As discussed in Section II, market prices for uranium concentrates are described in terms of the spot price and the term price. Although there are other types of published uranium prices, these two price indicators are the ones most frequently used as the basis for pricing terms in contracts for the purchase and sale of uranium concentrates. In this section, we discuss the potential future impacts of DOE's transfers on spot and term prices for uranium. For reference, as of April 17, 2017, UxC's spot price indicator was $23.50 per pound U
DOE has reviewed several different estimates of the effect of DOE transfers on the market prices for uranium concentrates based on different economic models. These estimates appear in market analyses from different market consultants: ERI, UPA (citing TradeTech) and Fluor-BWXT Portsmouth (FBP) (citing Capital Trade, Inc.). DOE has reviewed and evaluated to the extent possible the methodology, assumptions, data sources, and conclusions of each of the market analyses.
DOE tasked ERI with estimating the effect of DOE transfers on the market prices for uranium concentrates for the period 2017 through 2026. Specifically, DOE tasked ERI with estimating the effects under four scenarios, explained below. In all four scenarios NNSA would transfer 500 MTU natural uranium equivalent of LEU from 2017 to 2019, after which NNSA would halt uranium barters. As noted above, the two scenarios assessed in this analysis correspond to ERI's Base Scenario and ERI's Scenario 2, and this assessment makes no conclusion as to whether transfers under the other scenarios would constitute an adverse material impact on the domestic uranium industries. Nevertheless, ERI's estimates of the effect of DOE transfers under these other scenarios has aided DOE's analysis.
The varying transfer rates in these scenarios refer only to the level of uranium transfers for cleanup at the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant; the amount transferred for down-blending of LEU is constant across the scenarios. For each scenario, ERI also analyzes the
In the 2017 ERI Report, as in previous analyses, ERI estimated this effect by employing two different types of models that rely on somewhat different assumptions and methods: A market clearing price model and an econometric model to establish a correlation between the spot market price for uranium concentrates and active supply and demand. For its market clearing price model, ERI constructs individual supply and demand curves and compares the clearing price with and without DOE transfers. In any particular year, the market clearing price for uranium concentrates, for example, is based on the cost of production of the last increment of uranium that must be supplied by the market in order to provide the total quantity of uranium concentrates that is demanded by the market during that year. 2017 ERI Report, 2. To develop its supply curves, ERI gathers available information on the costs facing each individual supply source. ERI then uses that information to estimate the marginal cost of supply for each source using a discounted cash flow analysis, when possible. 2017 ERI Report, 44 n.33. ERI's market clearing price methodology assumes a perfectly inelastic demand curve based on its Reference Nuclear Power Growth forecast. ERI assumes that secondary supply is utilized first, followed by primary production because in an over-supplied market, such as the current market, “the amount of primary production required to meet requirements, including normal strategic inventory building, is well below actual production.” 2017 ERI Report, 45.
Distinct from previous analyses, in the 2017 ERI Report, ERI applied its clearing price methodology on an annual and cumulative basis. The annual clearing price methodology is similar to past analyses conducted by ERI; the cumulative methodology represents a new approach by ERI to assess market price impacts. It is important to emphasize that, under either approach, the estimates do not constitute a prediction that prices will decrease by the specified amounts following DOE transfers under a new determination and, further, that the impact of prior transfers is already taken into account by the market in the current spot prices.
ERI's annual methodology assumes that the supply curve in a given year is independent of the DOE inventory releases in prior years. 2017 ERI Report, 49. The cumulative clearing price methodology takes into account inventory releases from prior years in the supply curve. While both methodologies account for past DOE transfers in current prices, they differ in approaches to estimating the supply side of the equation. 2017 ERI Report, 52. According to ERI, the cumulative methodology, when applied retroactively, takes into account that the reduction in one supply source can influence the behavior of other suppliers. Consequently, the cumulative methodology may show a more substantial effect than what is indicated by the annual methodology. ERI presents the impact of historical and scenario-based transfers of uranium under both the annual or cumulative methodologies. Note that ERI states that the price effects attributed to DOE inventory releases are already built into current market prices. This means that if no DOE inventory releases took place since 2009, then future market prices would be higher by the amount estimated as the DOE price effect for that given year. 2017 ERI Report, 50, 54. DOE has considered the 2017 ERI Report and ERI's explanation of its market clearing price methodology. Most aspects of ERI's market clearing approach are essentially the same as those used in the 2015 ERI Report except that they have been updated to include recent information. With respect to the annual clearing price approach and to ERI's general approach to developing supply curve information, DOE adopts and incorporates by reference its conclusion from the 2015 Secretarial Determination and Analysis that ERI's market clearing approach methodology is reasonable for estimating the impact of DOE transfers. For this reason, DOE continues to rely on ERI's annual market clearing price approach in this Determination.
DOE has also considered ERI's explanation of its cumulative market clearing price approach. According to ERI, this approach takes account of the fact that the reduction in one supply source affects the behavior of other suppliers. In general, DOE believes that the methodology underlying ERI's cumulative model is reasonable because it takes account of the possibility that DOE uranium transfers may not in fact displace primary production in the year of the transfer.
Using the market clearing price model, under the annual and cumulative methodologies, ERI estimates of the level of price suppression attributable to DOE transfers are listed in Tables 2 and 3, respectively. Again, these numbers do not constitute a prediction that prices
Although DOE believes that ERI's cumulative method is a reasonable approach to predicting the effect of future DOE uranium transfers, the specific figures listed in ERI's Tables 4.4, 4.5, and 4.6, do not isolate the effects of EM transfers in future years. It is possible to isolate the effects of these transfers based on the difference in market clearing price in any given year between a scenario with zero EM releases of uranium (Scenario 1) compared to the scenarios where EM uranium is released at different rates. In other words, we present the price effects on a marginal or incremental basis as this price effect reflects the state of the domestic uranium industry with the EM future transfers, and the state of the industry without the EM future transfers. This calculation is significant because the analysis for this Determination, at its core, answers the question of the effect on the uranium industry from future DOE transfers for EM cleanup work. That effect is evaluated by comparing the effects on markets with those future DOE inventory releases, and without those future DOE inventory releases. DOE believes it is reasonable to rely on this marginal price effect because it is itself derived from and based on ERI's cumulative market clearing methodology, which as explained above, provides a reasonable prediction of the effect of uranium transfers on market prices.
To determine the marginal price effect, DOE has used Scenario 1 as the point of reference because Scenario 1 includes the price effects from prior DOE uranium inventory releases plus an increment for the NNSA transfers. The price effects attributable to only the different levels of EM releases under the cumulative method can be found by calculating the difference between the price effect in Scenario 1—the No EM Transfers scenario—and the price effect in these other scenarios. For example, the marginal price effect attributable to DOE transfers under the Base Scenario in 2017 would be $1.10, the difference between the cumulative price effect under the Base Scenario ($5.50) and the cumulative price effect under Scenario 1 ($4.40). Because DOE is currently transferring at 1,600 MTU per year, the current market prices already reflect the level of price suppression predicted by ERI's Base Scenario. Thus, if DOE were to transfer 0 MTU for EM in 2017, the price in 2017 would be expected to be higher by $1.10 compared to continued transfers at 1,600 MTU. Similarly, were DOE to transfer 1,200 MTU in 2017, the price in 2017 would be expected to be higher by $0.20 compared to continued transfers at 1,600 MTU (the difference between the marginal effect under the Base Scenario and the marginal effect
Illustrating the marginal price effect under the cumulative methodology is useful in isolating the price effect of only the EM transfers. While useful, this approach does not account for the added effect of other future uranium transfers that will impact the market—the NNSA transfers for down-blending, the ENW transfers of LEU, and the depleted uranium transfers to GLE and potential transfers of off-spec uranium. The annual clearing price methodology, however, does provide the combined effect of future DOE transfers in the year they are transferred. In theory, DOE could perform the same marginal or incremental analysis to the annual clearing price effects, to isolate the effects of only the EM transfers. DOE considers both approaches, which present different but complimentary perspectives on how to estimate future price effects, to be reasonable and informative. Looking at price effects from both perspectives adds an additional dimension to the analysis, and assists DOE in understanding forecasted price impacts.
As yet another means to understand the price effect, ERI presented information on the cumulative clearing price effect relative to “No DOE” clearing prices for uranium, where the “No DOE” clearing price assumes that DOE releases from 2009 onward were zero. 2017 ERI Report, 58. Table 4.7 in the ERI Report provides an assessment of price impacts going forward, for the period 2017 to 2026, and the estimated change in the uranium clearing price attributable to the DOE inventories under the four scenarios relative to the “No DOE” market prices. As in the discussion above, understanding the price impacts of the “No DOE” cumulative clearing price analysis requires a calculation of the marginal percentage change with and without the EM releases. Using the percentages from ERI's Table 4.7, Scenario 1, and comparing those percentage in each year to the other EM release scenarios. Table 5 presents the marginal price effect expressed as a percentage of market price.
For example, as ERI notes, under Scenario 1, where EM transfers are halted starting in 2017, average uranium prices for the period 2017-2026 would be expected to be 3% higher than under the Base Scenario (the difference between 7%, the average price suppression over the ten year period under the Base Scenario and 4%, the
In addition to its market clearing price models, ERI also used an econometric model to estimate the effect of DOE transfers on spot market price.
Compared to the market clearing analysis, the econometric model deals mostly with short-term supply and demand and spot prices. Applying the correlation results in an estimated spot market price effect of $5.30 per pound U
The Uranium Producers of America (UPA) attached to its comment in response to the RFI, and re-incorporated in its comments in response to the NIPC, an analysis it commissioned from TradeTech, LLC, a uranium market consultant. RFI Comment of UPA, Attachment, “TradeTech UPA DOE Request for Information Response” (2016) (hereinafter “TradeTech Analysis”). UPA also included in its comments on the NIPC additional critique of the ERI Report.
The TradeTech Analysis provides information on spot prices for uranium since 2011, after Fukushima, indicating a decline in prices of 60 percent as of mid-July 2016. TradeTech Analysis, at 4. TradeTech presents an estimate of the cumulative impact of DOE transfers on the Exchange Value (TradeTech's monthly U
TradeTech does not explain the methodology it used to estimate the impact of DOE transfers. For the purposes of this analysis, DOE assumes that the estimate is based on the same Dynamic Pricing Model described in a 2015 TradeTech report submitted in response to the 2015 Request for Information on the 2015 Secretarial Determination. To the extent that the 2017 TradeTech Analysis is based on a similar model, DOE adopts its conclusions with respect to that model from the 2015 Secretarial Determination and Analysis. That is, the TradeTech model is similar to the methods ERI uses in its econometric approach, which may provide a reasonable estimate of the price response under short-term conditions, but it is not an accurate prediction of the effect of future DOE transfers. Although TradeTech does not forecast the effects of future transfers, UPA suggests that future transfers will have an impact equal to at least the median impact in 2015—
With respect to the “cumulative” figure presented in Figure 3 of the TradeTech Analysis, neither TradeTech nor UPA attempts to justify the economic principles behind this approach. DOE does not believe it is appropriate to simply add the median impacts in successive years to determine the “cumulative” impact for at least three reasons. First, it is unclear why the time period should be divided by year rather than, say, quarterly, monthly, or even weekly or daily. If it is appropriate to add the median impact in successive years, it follows logically that it is also appropriate to add the median impacts across other time periods. This would lead to the illogical result that the “cumulative” impact could be the sum of the average price impacts for each individual day in the study period.
Second, TradeTech's own chart does not support the assertion that DOE transfers have suppressed the market price by $16.95. Figure 3 of the TradeTech Analysis charts in linear form the actual market price versus the expected price with no DOE transfers. At the end of the study period, the difference between the lines on the figure appear to be roughly the same as the 2016 median impact—
Third, the figures cited by TradeTech and UPA do not align with recent market dynamics. Considering that DOE transfers are less than 5% of worldwide requirements, this number is unrealistically large. Applying the approach suggested by UPA and TradeTech of adding together the expected price suppression in 2015 and 2016 based on ERI's price forecast would yield a “cumulative” price effect of $10.50 per pound compared to the overall price decline in that same period reported by ERI of roughly $17 per pound. If this were correct, it would mean that DOE's transfers alone accounted for over 50% of the price decline, even though DOE's transfers in that same period made up only about 15% of the total domestic uranium requirements and 5% of worldwide requirements. Furthermore, UPA claims that the cumulative impact of DOE transfers from 2012 to 2018 will reach $49.64. These numbers are simply too large to be realistic. While DOE understands that in an oversupplied market, as has been the case in recent years, secondary supply sources may be used before primary supply sources, it is not reasonable to conclude without further support that the total cumulative effect of DOE transfers account for more than half of the market price decline, given other market factors at play,
FBP attached to its comments in response to the NIPC an analysis it commissioned from Daniel Klett, an economist and principal with Capital Trade, Inc. NIPC Comment of FBP, Attachment, “Review of ERI Price Effect Estimates for Uranium Associated with DOE Inventory Releases,” (2017) (hereinafter “Capital Trade Analysis”). As explained by FBP, ERI's use of the cumulative price clearing methodology found larger price effects by including not only inventories sold into the market by DOE each year, but also “inventory overhang” price effects associated with DOE inventories held by users. NIPC Comment of FBP, at 3. The Capital Trade Analysis commissioned by Fluor argues that this approach is flawed for numerous reasons and is without a theoretical basis in economics. Capital Trade Analysis, 5. The Capital Trade Analysis concludes that DOE should continue to rely on ERI's annual methodology for estimating the price effects of DOE inventory releases. Capital Trade Analysis, 7.
The Capital Trade Analysis makes three essential arguments. DOE believes Capital Trade has misunderstood ERI's cumulative approach. DOE continues to believe that ERI's cumulative method is reliable, and therefore, that DOE's use of ERI's cumulative market clearing price information to calculate the marginal price effect of future EM transfers is reasonable. DOE also continues to believe, and agrees with Capital Trade, that ERI's annual methodology is a reasonable approach and should be relied upon for estimating price effects.
First, Capital Trade argues that ERI's cumulative methodology “violates” the principle that price equals marginal cost. This position appears to be based on a misunderstanding of ERI's cumulative methodology. ERI's cumulative methodology, as compared to the annual methodology, involves adjusting the supply curve in each year to take account of supply and demand conditions in prior years. This accounts for the possibility that the volume a particular supplier may be able to supply at a given price is dependent on investment decisions made in prior years. In this manner, a change in supply in one year can affect the supply curve in later years to the extent that it influences the investment decisions of the suppliers that would otherwise make up the supply curve in future years. ERI's cumulative approach simply takes this elasticity of supply into account in developing estimates of future supply curves. In all cases, the market clearing price would continue to be determined by the intersection of the demand curve and the supply curve,
Second, Capital Trade argues that the “inventory overhang” effect may affect the timing of price effects but not the magnitude. As explained above, DOE believes that in referring to “inventory overhangs,” ERI is taking account of the possibility that not all DOE transfers displace primary production. Certain market actors may hold uranium inventories in excess of reactors requirements for reasons such as strategic investment or to guarantee security of supply. These strategic inventory holders decide how much to hold in reserve based at least in part on market prices. Because inventories held in excess of requirements can potentially reenter the market in future years, perceptions about the total size of such inventories may affect supplier (and purchaser) investment decisions. To the extent that DOE transfers do not displace primary production and instead add to the total volume of reserves in excess of reactor requirements that are potentially available to enter the market in future years, that addition to secondary supply could conceivably have price effects that are
Third, Capital Trade states that ERI is unclear and inconsistent with regard to when and how a particular volume has an effect on market price and that ERI does not explain how the shutdown of primary mines factor into the cumulative methodology. DOE acknowledges that ERI has declined to provide specific information regarding its estimates of supply curves in future years. ERI explains that it develops its proprietary supply curves based on available information on costs facing each individual supply source from publicly available sources, including public filings from various mining companies, and evidence of how suppliers have responded to changes in the past. DOE believes that ERI's approach to estimating production costs would yield reliable predictions of supplier behavior. To the extent that ERI predicts primary mine shutdowns, these would be accounted for in the supply curves that ERI builds for each year in order to determine market clearing price.
For these reasons, DOE believes that ERI's cumulative method is reasonable, and therefore, it is appropriate for DOE to rely on the cumulative marginal price effects of EM transfers predicted by ERI's cumulative method.
Based on the foregoing discussion of market analyses and DOE's consideration of the information, DOE concludes that pursuing the level of EM transfers under the Base Scenario will suppress the market price of uranium concentrates in the next decade by an average of either $1.30 or $1.40 per pound U
As described in Section II.a.i, both the annual and the marginal cumulative clearing price projections provide valuable and complementary insight into the future price effects of DOE transfers. As in the past, DOE relies on
The significance of price suppression at this level depends, in part, on current and forecasted market prices. Recent spot and term price indicators published by UxC for the first quarter of 2017, were $23.50 per pound U
Moreover, this price effect is within the range of market fluctuations experienced in the uranium industry in recent years. ERI's statistical model of price volatility on an annualized basis (as shown in Figures 4.34 and 4.35) illustrates the conclusion that historical price volatility is noticeably higher for the uranium and conversion markets than for the enrichment market over the long term, although enrichment term price volatility has been higher and conversion term price volatility has been lower in recent years. 2017 ERI Report, 94-96. Even in the last three years, the U
DOE believes that it is appropriate to compare the price effect in future years to forecasted market prices in those years. Using near-term projected market clearing prices from ERI's Nuclear Fuel Cycle and Price Report December 2016 Update (at 4-17) [REDACTED] DOE calculates that the average price effect of planned DOE transfers under the Base Scenario assuming a price effect of $1.40 per pound would cause an average percent decrease in the near-term of 6% per year. Looking at a 10-year average of forecasted prices from this same report yields a 4% impact from the DOE transfers' projected price effect. While ERI's market-clearing price effect is not intended to be a direct price forecasting tool, using the ERI Reference Case price forecasting data allows us to derive an approximate percentage future effect. This is also another mechanism to compare the average percentage cumulative marginal effect projected by ERI for the same time period.
A principal mechanism through which a change in market price could impact the domestic uranium mining industry is through the effect on the prices that various production companies actually receive for the uranium they sell—the “realized price.” The market price indicators published by TradeTech and UxC are based on information about recent offers, bids, and transactions. This information includes activity that does not involve the domestic uranium producers—
As previously noted, most deliveries of uranium concentrates take place under term contracts. According to data from EIA, 79% of purchases of uranium by U.S. owners and operators of nuclear power reactors in 2015 were through term contracts. EIA, 2015 Uranium Marketing Report, 1 (2016). UxC data indicates that spot contracts made up [REDACTED] of total contracting volume in 2016, and term contracts [REDACTED].
ERI assumes that 50% of the NU that EM transfers is introduced through spot markets and 50% through term market contracts. 2017 ERI Report, 38. If this assumption is not exact and more or less than 50% of DOE transfers for Portsmouth cleanup are not sold through term contracts—in that they do not affect the term price indicators published by UxC and TradeTech—such an error in ERI's assumptions would simply decrease the reliability and certainty of ERI's econometric forecast in the mid- to long-term. As described above, DOE concludes that ERI's econometric analysis is likely to be less reliable over the longer term anyway, because predictions about uncommitted supply and demand in future years are uncertain.
The actual effect experience by a primary producer would be the proportionate change in its realized prices. FBP and UPA, in comments, have provided information on realized prices. In its comment on the RFI, FBP noted that Peninsula Energy, parent of Strata Energy, signed four contracts from 2011 through 2016 for a total of 8.2 million pounds at an average price of over $54 per pound; UR Energy reported contracts with deliveries from 2016 through 2021 with average prices of $49.81 per pound, and Energy Fuels reported sales of 1.1 million pounds in 2015 at an average price of $56 per pound. NIPC Comment of FBP, at 13. Conversely, TradeTech reported that in 2015, 21 percent of uranium concentrates was purchased under spot contracts at a weighted average price of $36.80 per pound. RFI Comment of UPA, at 5. TradeTech cites EIA figures showing that 6 percent of U.S, utility purchases were of U.S.-origin in 2015, at a weighted-average price of $43.86 per pound, 5 percent below the weighted-average price for all purchases. RFI Comment of UPA, at 6. TradeTech opines that this decline is part of a
Table 6 provides data on sales and realized prices for U.S. uranium producers in 2016 from public filings. The data in Table 6 demonstrate that several of the producers obtained a realized price above the 2015 realized price cited by EIA. Although realized price data was not available for Energy Fuels, a statement from its SEC 10-K form indicates that “[t]hree of our four supply contracts contain favorable pricing above current spot prices.” Energy Fuels Inc., Management's Discussion and Analysis, Year Ending December 31, 2016, at 119 (Dec. 2016). New long-term and mid-term contracts among all U.S. uranium producers are likely to have similarly high prices relative to the spot market.
To the
EIA provides data about sales using different pricing mechanisms. EIA reports that of the approximately 19 million pounds U
Given that ERI reports that essentially all U.S. producers have at least some long-term contracts with fixed prices above the spot market price
DOE believes that primary producers consider a range of different inputs in determining whether to decrease, continue, or increase production at currently operating facilities. Market prices are certainly one element of this calculation, but producers also consider contractual obligations (and what these contracts may mean for realized prices), projections about future prices, and the various costs associated with changing production levels. In order to forecast how DOE transfers will affect production levels, DOE has considered how producers have responded to price changes in the past, and the relationship between market prices and production costs.
EIA reports data on production levels in the domestic uranium industry on a quarterly and annual basis. According to EIA, U.S. primary production in 2015 stood at 3.34 million pounds U
In 2016, Cameco halted new wellfield development at its Crow Butte and Highland/Smith Ranch centers, which resulted in a production decline of 36% from 2015 levels. Production at the Highland/Smith Ranch center is expected to further decline by more than 50% in 2017. Cameco's curtailment at its U.S. properties follows Willow Creek, Palangana, and Alta Mesa halting new wellfield installation in 2013 and
EIA reports that the same number of uranium concentrate processing facilities—seven—operated in 2016 as in 2015. In 2016, production from Hobson/Palangana ceased, while production from the Ross Central Processing Plant/Lance began. EIA Domestic Uranium Production Report Q4 2016, 4-6 (January 2016).
ERI presents a figure (Figure 4.24) showing various industry contracting and production events as compared to both the spot and term price of uranium. 2017 ERI Report, 74. That figure shows that most new U.S. production was supported by long-term contracts in the range of $55 to $70 per pound. However, one producer entered into contracts when long-term prices were in the $45 to $50 per pound range in late 2014 to early 2016, which allowed new operations to begin. ERI notes that, “At least one of these companies has stated that the project would not have been able to proceed if the initial contracts had been made at then-current price levels ($45 to $50 per pound long-term).” 2017 ERI Report, 73. In March 2017, Energy Fuels Resources received all licenses, permits and approvals permits to allow wellfield development at its Jane Dough property, an expansion of its currently-producing Nichols Ranch property. Energy Fuels opined that, “Uranium spot prices are up over 40% since early December 2016, and we are optimistic that we will continue to see positive market catalysts as the year goes on. As uranium prices continue to rise on a sustained basis, we expect to resume wellfield construction at Nichols Ranch, which is expected to include the Jane Dough wellfields in the future.” It has been reported that a company official said that Energy Fuels will consider production from Jane Dough after spot prices reach the $40/pound U
ERI's Figure 4.24 also shows the price levels at the time cutbacks were announced by various U.S. suppliers. This graphic depicts price points for cutbacks at select operations: $45 per pound in the spot market for conventional mines in Utah; $40 per pound in the spot market for an-situ-leach operations; and $35 per pound in the spot market for an additional in-situ leach operation and conventional mines, as well as a uranium mill. As prices declined to less than $30/pound in early 2016, Cameco halted all new U.S. well field development, as noted earlier in this section. 2017 ERI Report, 74.
ERI estimates average production costs for existing mines by referring to EIA's published data on production expenditures across the uranium industry. Using a three-year average to smooth out year-to-year differences, ERI notes that average production costs remained fairly constant from 2009 to 2012 at about $40 per pound. However, EIA reports that average production costs have declined since that time as U.S. producers curtailed operations at some higher cost mines. Using the EIA data, ERI calculates a three-year average production cost for $31/pound in 2015. 2017 ERI Report, 75. ERI further reports that it estimates average production costs at U.S. in-situ-leach facilities, which includes exploration and development drilling costs needed to keep the mine producing, at $37/pound in 2015, and expects that this will decline further to $35/pound in 2016. 2017 ERI Report, 76.
UxC has developed and reported upon production cost data in its Uranium Market Outlooks and a 2015 Production Cost Study. UxC Uranium Market Outlook, Q1 2016 (2016); UxC Uranium Production Cost Study (2015). UxC developed a production cost curve for operating projects that assumes a [REDACTED] return. UxC describes the forward costs estimates as “the minimum sales price a producer might accept under a new contract if recovery of sunk costs is not required.” UxC divides the various production centers into cost bands. [REDACTED] UxC, 2015 Production Cost Study, 92.
Actual production levels and costs are usually proprietary information, so DOE must generally rely on estimates. ERI's estimates and UxC's estimates are generally consistent, given what we know about efficiency improvements at some facilities and operational changes in others as wellhead development slowed or ceased. In 2015, DOE found that the production cost estimates from TradeTech, NAC, and UxC were all generally consistent with ERI's conclusions. ERI utilized the same methodology in 2017. We consider that ERI's analysis is likely in line with other market experts.
ERI also reports that while the spot uranium price averages $36.76/pound in 2015, it averaged less than $26/pound in 2016. The term and spot prices reported by UxC at the end of March 2017 are below the estimated production cost for in-situ properties as well as the U.S. average for all properties. However, the relationship between current production decisions and prices is also affected by the contract portfolios of various uranium producers and how much they are exposed to the spot market. ERI estimates that the share of U.S. production coming from companies that are effectively unhedged, with no long-term contracts at higher prices, has declined from about 25% in 2012 and 2013 to just 3% in 2015 and 2016. 2017 ERI Report, 121.
In addition to prices, production decisions are also related to company-specific production strategies such as Cameco's decision to limit its production to its three most efficient large mines in Canada and Kazakhstan. One commenter opined that even if EM's transfers are eliminated, that the level of U.S. production would not increase because U.S. uranium production is less competitive than other mines so producers would ramp up production at their most efficient mines outside the U.S. first. That commenter also noted that if the 2015 percentage of U.S. to non-U.S. supply is applied—EIA reports that 94% of the uranium delivered to U.S. utilities in 2015 was foreign origin—to replace supply displaced by DOE inventory, then the resulting increase in U.S. sales would be a very small amount. RFI Comment of FBP, at 6-8.
Based on the spot price at the end of March 2017, it does not appear that adding the estimated incremental $1.40 impact of EM transfers at the Base Scenario levels as compared to no EM transfers back to that spot price would incentivize additional U.S. production. ERI states that term prices would still be below the level required for new conventional production to move forward, but notes that some lower cost in situ production may be able to move forward at current term prices.
In addition, realized prices of U.S. producers were presented in the previous section. It does not appear that the incremental $1.40 change in spot price between no uranium transfers by EM and transfers at the current rate would cause realized prices to be below production costs at any particular facility, especially with the limited number of companies that remain unhedged. DOE recognizes that
Some NIPC commenters reported that they had to reduce production levels in response to low uranium market prices. UPA indicated that domestic production had declined from 4.9 million pounds in 2014 to 2.9 million pounds in 2016. Comment of UPA, at 13. DOE recognizes that production levels are lower but not in their entirety attributable to DOE transfers. DOE believes that it is an appropriate implementation of the analytical approach discussed above to compare the likely state of affairs with the considered transfers and without the considered DOE transfers in order to understand the impact reasonably attributable to its transfers. DOE has drawn this comparison in concluding that continuing transfers under the Base Scenario would not result in U.S. production being markedly lower than it would in the absence of DOE transfers.
DOE has considered information from EIA reports relating to employment in the domestic uranium production industry. EIA's most recent Uranium Production Report states that employment stood at 625 person-years in 2015, a 21% decrease from the 787 person-years in 2014. EIA, 2015 Uranium Production Report, 10 (May 2016). EIA notes that this is the lowest level since 2014. Exploration employment was 58 person-years, down from 86 in 2014 and 149 in 2013, a 33% and 61% drop respectively. Mining employment was 251 person years, an increase of 2% from the 246 level of 2014 but a 36% decline from the 2013 level of 392 person-years. Milling and processing employment decreased 32% from 2014. EIA further reports that reclamation employment declined 28% to 116 person-years from the 2014 level of 161 person-years, and 42% from the 199 employed in reclamation in 2014, a 12-year high. Employment for 2015 was in nine states: Arizona, Colorado, Nebraska, New Mexico, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming.
In its analysis, ERI compared EIA's employment figures with changes in uranium spot and term prices. Based on a statistical correlation, ERI infers that employment responds to changes in price, observing that mining, milling and processing employment was more closely correlated with term price and exploration employment with spot price. 2017 ERI Report, 64-65. ERI then uses this correlation to estimate that the decrease in uranium prices over the course of 2012-2015 resulted in employment lowered by an average of 30 person-years or that employment was 3.1% lower in those four years than if no releases had occurred. Using the cumulative methodology, the correlations indicate than the DOE transfers lowered employment by an average of 73 person-years during 2012-2015, or lowered by 7.2%. 2017 ERI Report, 66.
Looking forward, ERI correlates employment and price over the 10-year period 2017-2026 for the Base Scenario, which represents the current rate of EM transfers, and estimates an average loss of 19 person-years or a 2.9% reduction in employment over the ten-year period. The cumulative method yields an employment loss of 40-person-years or 6.0% over the 10-year period. Using the cumulative methodology, under Scenario 1 (halting EM transfers), employment would still be lowered by an average of 31 person years or 4.7%. Thus, the marginal employment effect based on the cumulative methodology between EM transferring uranium at current levels versus not transferring uranium is a change in average employment over the next ten years is 9 person-years, or 1.3%. It is important to note the cumulative effect of past releases is already in place and that transfers that occurred in past years will continue to have an impact in future years.
Using their employment-spot price correlation, ERI estimates that uranium industry employment is expected to decline by an additional 111 person-years from the 2015 level. ERI opines that this is consistent with announcements that have been made in the domestic industry. 2017 ERI, 65.
Some commenters stated that the uranium production industry has lost half its workforce since May 2012. RFI Comment of Energy Fuels, at 3; RFI Comment of Uranium Producers of America, at 4. EIA figures demonstrate a 48% loss in employment from 2012 to 2015. EIA Uranium Production Report (May 2016), 9. However, for predicting the effect of DOE's transfers it is important to understand what portion of recent employment decreases is reasonably attributable to past DOE transfers. No commenter attempted such an estimation. While it is difficult to infer causal connections between employment and any particular market phenomenon, DOE thinks it is likely that most of the reduction in employment in the mining industry since 2011 can reasonably be attributed to the downturn in the demand for uranium, primarily due to the Fukushima events and premature closure of nuclear plants.
DOE believes that ERI's method for attributing an employment effect to DOE transfers is reasonable. ERI's method is based on an empirical observation that prices (particularly the two-year moving average of price) have been strongly correlated with employment over the last decade. This correlation exists despite the fluctuations in market conditions that have taken place in that period. The relatively small price effects likely to result from DOE's transfers are much smaller than the price variations of the past decade. Therefore, the correlation ERI observes should hold true for these small price effects. In addition, it is reasonable to expect that prices and employment will continue to correlate in such a way, because the correlation reflects persistent market phenomena. DOE expects that a producer increases or decreases employment in order to increase or decrease production, and it does so in response to increases or decreases in the price it will receive. For any given producer the relationship between employment and price will depend on multiple factors such as the producer's cost of production and its cost structure (
Several NIPC commenters indicated that they had been forced to reduce employment levels due to continued weakness in the uranium markets. UPA in their comment at 15 noted that employment fell by 45.9% (531 jobs) from 2013 to 2015 and that in 2016 several UPA members announced they were anticipating further employment cuts. While industry did not predict the impact of future DOE transfers, as noted above, based on ERI's cumulative methodology, the marginal effect of EM transfers on employment is expected to average 9 person-years or 1.3% over the next 10 years. Given the size of recent employment fluctuations and the size of future expected changes (in the 100s of person-years), this effect is well within the range of existing fluctuations. Further, the employment effect of DOE transfers is not expected to be large enough to negatively affect the retention of intellectual experience and “know-how” in the industry.
As stated above, ERI reports that five new production centers began operation since 2009: Two in 2010, one in 2013, one in 2014, and one in 2015. 2017 ERI Report, 67. ERI explains that the new production centers may have been able to begin operations only because they were supported by fixed price term contracts that were signed when prices were substantially higher than they are currently—
EIA reports that U.S. uranium production expenditures were $119 million in 2015, down by 14% from the 2014 level. EIA reports that uranium exploration expenditures were $5 million and decreased 56% from the 2014 level. EIA, 2015 Domestic Uranium Production Report, 2 (2016). ERI looked at the average production cost plus development drilling costs, to show that ongoing costs have declined from $49/pound in 2012 to $37/pound in 2015. Production plus development costs for U.S. facilities are expected by ERI to average about $35/pound in 2016. 2017 ERI Report, 76.
Based on the above, ERI concludes, “it does not appear that removing the DOE inventory from the market and adding back the $5 per pound cumulative price effect attributed to the DOE inventory material in 2016 . . . in the Base Scenario would necessarily increase current prices enough to change the situation regarding the viability of new production centers in the U.S., that is, current spot prices would remain less than $30 per pound and current term prices would still be less than $40 per pound.” ERI goes on to suggest that higher price signals appear to be required to move forward with the development of new conventional mines in the U.S but notes that some lower cost ISL projects may still be able to move forward at current term prices (which include the DOE inventory price effect). ” 2017 ERI Report, 73-74.
In the UxC Uranium Production Cost Study (2015), UxC refers to facilities that are “planned” and that are “potential.” UxC notes that, [REDACTED]. UxC also notes that planned projects have higher risks than operating projects, which would necessitate higher rates of return. UxC Uranium Production Cost Study, 60. UxC states that there is a lower level of confidence in estimates about potential facilities. In addition, UxC states that [REDACTED]. UxC Uranium Production Cost Study, 62, (2015). As an example of some of the difficulties facing potential facilities versus planned facilities, UxC refers to a potential project in Virginia, where there is a statewide ban on uranium production.
UxC divides the planned and potential projects into cost bands. According to UxC, [REDACTED]. We believe that some of the differences between ERI and UxC may be attributable to the assumptions regarding the construction of production cost factors, such as reclamation costs, and the fact that UxC's 2015 report does not take account of efficiency improvements at some facilities in the last 18 months.
DOE's task is to assess what the state of affairs would be with and without the planned transfers. DOE believes that industry reports such as UxC's, which provide data about the expected costs of actual projects, provide an additional foundation upon which to conduct its analysis. Since uranium prices decreased in the recent past, it is not surprising that producers have reduced their activities to develop new resources, as reflected in the EIA data. However, consistent with the analytical approach described above, the relevant question is what will be the effect on these activities of DOE transfers in the future.
DOE believes that one approach is to compare the expected market price with and without DOE transfers to estimated production costs at potential new production centers. The incremental impact of $1.40 per pound under the Base Scenario as assessed by DOE does not appear to markedly change decisions whether to develop future production centers. On this basis, DOE agrees with ERI's conclusion that whether DOE makes these transfers is not likely to affect the economic viability of new U.S. production centers in development.
Furthermore, DOE believes that future capital projects and production decisions are more likely to be based on future expectations about market prices, which we believe are tied closely to an expected increase in demand and the impact of recent production cutbacks, as well as contracting trends, rather than on a straightforward comparison of current market prices to production cost. New production centers are a long-term investment, and new facilities require several years of lead-time before production can begin. Many producers are unwilling to bring a new facility into production without long-term supply contracts in place that reflects expected market conditions.
Additionally, as a long-term investment, the outlook for financing any development or expansion of uranium projects should be tied to the long-term expectations for growth in nuclear power. However, the current outlook for certain plants facing premature closure, due in part to electricity market challenges, has colored the near-term outlook of investors and may have made financing these projects more challenging. Market capitalization is representative of a company's ability to raise funds needed to move a project through licensing, which can take many years, as well as through initial project development. ERI observed that the market capitalization of the smaller mining companies is more sensitive to changes in the spot market price compared to the larger companies. 2017 ERI Report, 70.
Some NIPC commenters indicated the necessity to suspend development plans or to limit production expansion. One indicated it was deferring well-field development. Another commenter noted a drop in EIA's reported development and exploration expenditures and suggested these numbers be used as a proxy to measure corporate decisions on capital expenditures. DOE believes the overall market pricing condition is the most significant driver for capital development plans. Based upon our analysis of price effect of future transfers, DOE does not believe that its near-term future transfers will have an adverse material impact on uranium mining industry development plans.
DOE concludes that transfers at the Base Scenario level, which represent about 4% of global supplies in 2017-2019, seem unlikely to change whether a uranium project proceeds as the other market forces and expectations will have significant influence on these longer-term decisions.
ERI reports that five new production centers began operation since 2009: Two in 2010, one in 2013, one in 2014, and one in 2015. 2017 ERI Report, 67.
ERI also presents its future expectations regarding demand for uranium. ERI's most recent Reference Nuclear Power Growth forecasts project global requirements to grow to
There are a number of important market factors that have influenced the relationship between supply and demand (hence price) since DOE inventory transfers began. These other factors include: Demand losses due to the Japanese reactor shutdowns following the Fukushima Daiichi accident, demand losses due to changes in German energy policy, increased uranium production in Kazakhstan, increased secondary supply created using excess enrichment capacity (both underfeeding and upgrade of Russian enrichment tails), the planned ramp-up of Russian uranium under the Suspension Agreement, and the end of the U.S. Russian HEU Agreement in 2013. The effect of DOE inventory can be considered in the broader context of other market factors. ERI notes that DOE inventory was equivalent to about 6% of all the uranium market factors (including DOE) in 2012, rising to 9% in 2013-2014 before declining back to 7% in 2016. ERI predicts that the total of all the non-DOE uranium market factors is expected to remain fairly constant over the next decade as the slow increase in Japanese reactor restarts is offset by additional retirements in Germany. The Base Scenario DOE share remains in the 7%-8% range with the exception of 2020 and 2021 when it drops to 5% and 1%, respectively. If Scenario 1 DOE inventory is assumed, the DOE share declines to just 1% over the next decade. Scenario 2 averages 6% while Scenario 3 averages 8% in 2017-2026. 2017 ERI Report 100-101.
The TradeTech Report in the UPA RFI comments cites many of the same market factors which ERI has accounted for, including persistent oversupply in the uranium market and reduced demand as a result of premature plant closures, as well as the DOE supplied uranium.
Several commenters in response to the July 2016 RFI predict a recovery in either spot or term uranium prices. Cameco, in its comment, states that while “the long-term future of the uranium industry is strong, the market remains oversupplied due in part to the slow pace at which Japanese reactors have come back on line since the Fukushima accident and the closure of a number of U.S. reactors.” RFI Comment of Cameco, at 1.
DOE recognizes that, as with any prediction, the future course of events may differ from forecasts. However, as explained in this analysis as well as in the 2015 Secretarial Determination and Analysis, DOE believes it is possible to forecast reactor requirements with a fairly high degree of precision. The various sources DOE has consulted, including the ERI report, offer similar forecasts, and DOE concludes it is appropriate to rely on those forecasts.
Commenters note that DOE transfers have affected and will affect the industry in other ways. ConverDyn stated that uncertainty related to DOE uranium transfers adds to the difficult conditions currently facing the industry. RFI Comment of ConverDyn, Enclosure 1, at 2. Energy Fuels Resources (Energy Fuels), in its comment, hypothesizes that the value of domestic uranium mines and projects has diminished due to declining uranium prices since 2011 and an oversupplied market. RFI comment of Comment of Energy Fuels, at 2. Energy Fuels notes that “persistent oversupply from price insensitive sources and limited uncommitted demand.” RFI Comment of Energy Fuels, at 3. This view is reiterated in RFI comments by the New Mexico Mining Association, noting that “DOE's material effectively consumes any available uncommitted demand available to (potential New Mexico) producers.” RFI Comment of New Mexico Mining Association, at 1.
Additionally, a number of commenters have pointed out that excess inventory needs to be absorbed before a market recovery can occur. Commenters point to EIA data showing an increase in U.S. utility inventory. Energy Fuels and the Uranium Producers of America state that, “the excess supply is absorbed primarily by the trading community that then finances the material for forward sales. As a result, this delays the prospects for a price recovery by “stealing” future uncommitted demand that would otherwise be available in upcoming years.” RFI Comment of Energy Fuels, at 5; RFI Comment of UPA, at 7.
Energy Fuels also remarks, “[a]s more reactors go offline and higher priced long-term pre-Fukushima legacy contracts expire, along with DOE material continuing to enter the market, conditions will continue to deteriorate for the production industry.” Comment of Energy Fuels, at 5. Additional commenters shared this view. FBP commented that U.S. producers are “far less competitive than available non-U.S. supply” and that non-U.S. producers are better poised to meet any increase in demand because they can provide material at production costs that are below those of U.S. producers. RFI Comment of FBP, at 5. UxC's Uranium Production Cost Study supports the view that [REDACTED].
Regarding supply, FBP notes the increase in global production since 2007, despite falling prices and reduced reactor demand. RFI Comment of FBP, at 5. “The failure of primary supply to reduce production to match needs is encouraged by long-term contracts at higher than current spot market prices and the significant supply controlled by Sovereign governments.” Citing the NAC International Fuel-Trac data base, FBP notes that “it is estimated that around 60% of the 2016 production was controlled by Governments,” and suggests that, “[d]ue to the large excess worldwide production increases, neither spot market prices, nor U.S.
The Wyoming Mining Association suggests that the Department consider drilling as a “harbinger metric for the uranium recovery industry's maintenance and growth.” RFI Comment of Wyoming Mining Association, at 2. EIA reports that the number of holes drilled for exploration and development in the U.S. in 2015 was 1,218, down from 11,082 in 2012 and 5,244 in 2013, declines of 86% and 71%, respectively. Similarly, EIA reports 878 thousand feet drilled in 2015, down from 7,156 thousand feet in 2012 and 3, 845 thousand feet drilled in 2013, declines of 88% and 77%, respectively. EIA, 2015 Domestic Uranium Production Report (2016), at 3. UxC points out that during periods of sustained low prices, development is discouraged and higher price mines may be forced to close. [REDACTED] UxC Uranium Market Outlook, Q1 2016, 6.
Even if existing production centers continued producing uranium at their current rates, prices could be expected to increase as requirements increase. Consistent with the ordinary operation of supply and demand, higher prices would be necessary to bring additional supplies into the market. In fact, as existing production centers are depleted, the predicted replacements will have slightly higher production costs. Thus, higher prices will be necessary in the future even to maintain production at current levels. For these reasons the price of uranium is likely to increase over the coming decade.
Based on the incremental impact of DOE EM transfers on price, and the predicted future increases in price, these DOE EM transfers will not prevent new facilities from coming online, but could potentially affect the timing of such supply additions. DOE does not believe that this impact is significant enough to appreciably affect the long-term viability and health of the industry.
FBP, in its NIPC comments at 3 noted that FBP's subcontractor Traxys has sold DOE-FBP-Traxys material to a Wyoming uranium production who is using the purchased material to deliver on high-priced contracts. FBP notes that “this support was a direct result of the U.S. miners calling upon the Department and FBP to make DOE uranium available to U.S. producers that they could then deliver into their long-term contracts.” FBP notes that this offset foreign imports and that Traxys has extend this offer to other U.S. producers as well. Thus the bartered material, in some cases helps support U.S. industry. FBP NIPC comment, 3.
In addition, some NIPC commenters stated that the uranium market remains oversupplied due to a number of factors. Those factors include the slow pace of return of Japanese reactors after the Fukushima accident, early permanent shutdown of a number of existing U.S. reactors and delayed construction of new U.S. reactors. While UPA noted that this oversupply is an unhealthy situation threatening the long-term viability of the domestic market Cameco stated that they believe that the long-term future of the uranium industry is strong. NIPC Comment of UPA, at 16. DOE believes the world-wide construction of new reactors, return of many of the Japanese reactors and construction of new reactors in the United States will be positive for the uranium market and that the long term viability of the industry.
Section 3112(d) of the USEC Privatization Act requires DOE to “take into account” the sales of uranium under the Russian HEU Agreement and the Suspension Agreement. Consistent with this instruction, DOE believes this assessment should consider any sales under these two agreements that are ongoing at the time of DOE's transfers.
Under the Russian HEU Agreement, upon delivery of LEU derived from Russian HEU, the U.S. Executive Agent, USEC Inc., was to deliver to the Russian Executive Agent, Techsnabexport (Tenex), an amount of natural uranium hexafluoride equivalent to the natural uranium component of the LEU. The USEC Privatization Act limited the volume of that natural uranium hexafluoride that could be delivered to end users in the United States to no more than 20 million pounds U
The current iteration of the Suspension Agreement, described above in Section I.D.3.ii, sets an annual export limit on natural uranium from Russia. 73 FR 7705 (Feb. 11, 2008). That agreement provides for the resumption of sales of natural uranium and SWU beginning in 2011. While the HEU Agreement remained active (
Material imported from Russia in accordance with the Suspension Agreement is derived from primary production rather than from down-blended HEU. The 2017 ERI Report takes account of uranium entering the United States under the current Suspension Agreement limits as part of total worldwide primary supply. The 2017 ERI Report does not consider the effect of the additional amount that would be allowed into the United States were the Department of Commerce to adopt the adjusted limits as proposed.
DOE believes that it is still appropriate to rely on ERI's analysis without adjusting for the proposed changes to the Suspension Agreement quota limits. As an initial matter, it bears emphasis that the volume of the proposed adjustment is small relative to the current limits under the Suspension Agreement, to United States requirements, and worldwide requirements. Nominally, the adjustment adds no more than 180,000 pounds U
For these reasons, DOE's analysis takes sales of uranium under the Suspension Agreement into account as part of overall supply available in the market, and the proposed adjustments are small enough that even if they are adopted, the adjusted figures would not significantly alter DOE's analysis.
After considering the factors discussed above, DOE concludes that transfers under either the Base Scenario, which represents the current rate of EM transfers, or the lower transfer rate of 1,200 MTU per year beginning in May 2017 will not have an adverse material impact on the domestic uranium mining industry. As explained above, DOE transfers under the Base Scenario will continue to exert some downward pressure on the market price for uranium concentrates. However, the forecasted price effect of $1.40 per pound U
Because the majority of deliveries of uranium concentrates take place under long-term contracts that allow producers to realize prices based on term prices prevailing at the time the contracts were entered and because essentially all U.S. producers have at least partially hedged from the spot price, DOE concludes that the average effect on the realized price of U.S. producers under current contracts is less than that amount. For future term contracts, price suppression associated with DOE transfers would decrease the base price of future long-term contracts, potentially decreasing the average realized price over the life of each contract. However, DOE concludes that this type of effect will be minimal because the impact of the transfers under either scenario is small and within the range of normal market fluctuations.
DOE transfers are expected to have a small effect on employment in the domestic industry, but the magnitude of this effect is well within the range of employment fluctuations the industry has experienced in the past due to market conditions unrelated to DOE transfers.
Even focusing on the entities most likely to be impacted—
The domestic uranium conversion industry consists of a single facility, the Metropolis Works (MTW) in Metropolis, Illinois. This facility is owned and operated by Honeywell International Inc. MTW has a nameplate capacity of 15,000 MTU as UF
Prices in the conversion markets are generally described in terms of spot and term price, like the uranium concentrates market. The following discusses the potential impact of DOE transfers on these two prices. For reference, as of April 17, 2017, UxC spot price indicator was $5.85 per kgU as UF
In the 2017 ERI Report, like the 2015 ERI Report, ERI estimated the effect of DOE transfers on the market prices for conversion services using a market clearing price methodology. As with the uranium concentrates, ERI conducted the clearing prices analysis on both an annual and cumulative basis, constructing individual supply and demand curves for conversion services and estimating the clearing price with and without DOE transfers. 2017 ERI Report, 44. ERI's clearing price effect on conversion services represents a change in the market-clearing price for spot prices. The same DOE transfer scenarios described in Section IV.A.1 were used in the analysis.
Like the uranium concentrates analysis, we first present the estimates of the price impacts in the market clearing models using the two different supply side approaches. It is important to emphasize that, under either approach, these numbers do not constitute a prediction that prices will decrease by the specified amounts following DOE transfers under a new determination and, further, that the impact of prior transfers is already taken into account by the market in the current spot prices.
To gain additional perspective, we then assess the impact of future DOE transfers under the cumulative methodology based on the difference in market clearing price in any given year between a scenario with zero EM releases of uranium (scenario 1) compared to the scenarios where EM uranium is released at different rates.
Using the market clearing price model, on an annual and cumulative basis, ERI estimates that DOE transfers will have the price effects on the conversion services industry listed in Tables 7 and 8, respectively.
We next determine the marginal price effect under the cumulative methodology. For the same reasons described in Section IV.A.1, the impact of future DOE transfers is best understood and expressed as the marginal or incremental difference between zero EM transfers compared to scenarios with EM transfers. Scenario 1 serves as the point of reference for the analysis of price effects from the other scenarios of DOE releases because it includes the price effects from prior DOE uranium inventory releases plus an increment for the NNSA transfers but no EM transfers.
Table 9 provides the price effects estimated by ERI for the varied scenarios of EM transfers under the cumulative method expressed as the marginal price effect.
Table 9 illustrates that, for example, the price effect attributable to DOE transfers under the Base Scenario in 2017 would be 0.20, the difference between the cumulative price effect under the Base Scenario ($0.30) and the cumulative price effect under Scenario 1 ($0.10). In other words, prices would be suppressed by the marginal or incremental amount of $0.20 if DOE pursues the EM transfers under the Base Scenario, not $0.30, as the current price already includes the price suppression of $0.10 (Scenario 1 point estimate price) from previous DOE releases.
ERI also presented information on the cumulative clearing price effect relative to “No DOE” clearing price for uranium, where the “No DOE” clearing price assumes that DOE releases from 2009 onward were zero. 2017 ERI Report, 60. Table 4.8 in the ERI Report provides assessment of price impacts going forward, for the period 2017 to 2026, and the estimated change in the conversion clearing price attributable to the DOE inventories under the four scenarios relative to the “No DOE” market prices. The cumulative percentage change in prices noted in ERI's Table 4.8 also can be expressed as a marginal effect to better represent how future EM inventory releases would affect prices.
Table 10 presents the marginal price effect expressed as a percentage of market price.
For example, under Scenario 1, where EM transfers are halted starting in 2017, average conversion prices for the period 2017-2016 would be 3 higher (7% − 4%) than under Scenario 1. Stated otherwise, the percentage price effect for each scenario other than Scenario 1 is the difference between the cumulative percentage for the Scenario in question and the cumulative percentage change for Scenario 1.
As with uranium concentrate pricing, DOE has considered the 2017 ERI Report and ERI's explanation of its market clearing price methodology with respect to the conversion market. With respect to the spot market, DOE's conclusions regarding ERI's methodology apply equally to conversion as they do to uranium concentrates. However, for the reasons explained in the 2015 Secretarial Determination and Analysis, DOE believes that the clearing price model will greatly overestimate the effect of DOE transfers on the conversion
This is consistent with how the conversion term price has reacted in recent years to changes in supply in demand. The 2015 Secretarial Determination and Analysis described the response of the conversion term price to market changes prior to 2015. Since then, although the conversion term price has fallen, it still remains at more than twice the current spot price. Furthermore, there is reason to believe that the recent decline in conversion term price does not necessarily reflect a decrease in the price that primary converters are able to command for long-term contracts. As reported by UxC, [REDACTED]. UxC Conversion Market Outlook at 33. [REDACTED]
Based on the foregoing discussion of market analyses and DOE's consideration of the different
Similar to uranium concentrates, the significance of price suppression at this level depends, in part, on current and forecasted market prices. UxC's Nuclear Fuel Price Indicators, showed $5.85 per kgU as the spot market price at the end of March 2017. The forecast price effect reasonably attributable to DOE transfers ($0.30 per kgU) represents about 5% of these current market values. This result is more conservative than that shown in Table 10, which reflects in 2017 only a 2% marginal cumulative price effect for DOE transfers in the Base Scenario under the “No DOE” clearing price approach. However, in any case, most conversion is sold under long-term contracts not using spot prices, and the sole domestic converter makes most of its sales that way.
Moreover, the price effect of $0.30 is within the range of market fluctuations experienced in the conversion industry in recent years. As previously noted, ERI's statistical model of price volatility on an annualized basis (as shown in 2017 ERI Report, Figures 4.34 and 4.35) illustrates the conclusion that historical price volatility is noticeably higher for the uranium and conversion markets than for the enrichment market over the long term, although enrichment term price volatility has been higher and conversion term price volatility has been lower, relatively, in the last two years. 2017 ERI Report, 94-96. For example, the spot prices of conversion from January 2015 to December 31, 2016 declined by 30%, and from December 31, 2016 to the March 2017, declined by 2.5%. For term prices, the change from January 2015 to December 31, 2016 was 19%. Price effects that are about 5% are not substantial or outside historical experience in the conversion markets.
It is also appropriate to compare the price effect in future years to forecasted market prices in those years. Using near-term projected spot market prices from UxC's Conversion Market Outlook—Dec 2016, at 78, [REDACTED], DOE calculates that the average price effect of planned DOE transfers under the Base Scenario assuming a price effect of $0.30 per kgU would cause an average percent decrease in the near-term of 5% per year. Looking at UxC's 10-year average price projections yields a [REDACTED] price change. While ERI's market-clearing price effect is not intended to be a direct price forecasting tool, using the ERI Reference Case price forecasting data allows us to derive an approximate percentage future effect. This is also in line with the average percentage cumulative marginal effect calculated based on ERI's projected percentage changes.
A principal mechanism through which a change in market price could impact the domestic conversion industry is through the effect on the prices that they actually receive for the uranium they sell—the “realized price.” As with uranium concentrates, market prices would affect MTW chiefly through their effect on the price it actually realizes for its services. Since the domestic conversion industry consists of only one producer, the effect of DOE transfers depends on the mix of contracts on which MTW's services are sold: the proportion of spot and term contracts, and the extent to which these contracts lock in prices higher (or lower) than current market prices or conversely expose MTW to spot prices. ERI projects that global uranium conversion services requirements will average 58.7 million kgU/year between 2017 and 2019. U.S. requirements are expected to average about 17.2 million kgU in the same timeframe. 2017 ERI Report, 84. Based on transfers at the Base Scenario level, ERI projects that DOE transfers will constitute approximately 4% of the global requirements for conversion services in 2017-2019. 2017 ERI Report, 43.
No commenter provided specific information about the current realized prices achieved in the conversion industry, and no commenter directly estimates the effect of DOE's transfers on realized prices. As stated above, DOE understands that the conversion market generally relies on mid- and long-term contracts. UxC Conversion Market Outlook—December 2016, 30-31. [REDACTED]
To the extent that ConverDyn engages in spot sales, they represent no more than 4% of its total sales, and likely represent significantly less. Considering this in combination with ConverDyn's past statements about its contracting practices, namely that ConverDyn's long-term contracts are priced at the prevailing term price (with some escalation for inflation), and that [REDACTED], DOE concludes that ConverDyn has virtually no exposure to the spot price.
As explained above, the Department concludes that the term price will remain relatively stable despite DOE's transfers. Therefore, DOE concludes that planned uranium transfers under the Base Scenario will not appreciably affect ConverDyn's realized price for its services.
There is only one existing conversion facility in the United States, the Metropolis Works facility (MTW) in Metropolis, Illinois, operated by
ERI estimated the effect of DOE transfers on production at MTW based on a series of assumptions about ConverDyn's production volume and market share derived in part from various statements from ConverDyn.
In estimating the effect of DOE transfers on ConverDyn's sales volume, ERI assumes that 50% of the material EM transfers in exchange for cleanup services and 100% of all other DOE material enters the U.S. market. 2017 ERI Report, 82. Based on statements from ConverDyn, ERI assumes that ConverDyn's current share of the U.S. market for conversion services is 25% and that its share of the international market is 24%. 2017 ERI Report, 86.
ERI also estimates the effect of DOE transfers on ConverDyn's production costs. To calculate this effect, ERI assumes that ConverDyn's production cost would be $15 per kgU if DOE material was not being introduced into the market. ERI further assumes that 80% of Metropolis Works' costs are fixed. ERI then applies these assumptions to its estimate, described above, of the effect of DOE transfers on ConverDyn's sales volume. The reasoning being, if MTW produced additional conversion in the quantities estimated, the 80% fixed cost would be spread over a greater sales volume, and only 20% of the costs would scale to match production.
A summary of ERI's estimates of the effect of DOE transfers on ConverDyn's sales volume and production costs appears in Table 11. Applying ConverDyn's U.S. market share of 25% and the remaining world market share of 24% to the volume of DOE inventory expected to be introduced into the market in 2018, results in a volume effect of 0.4 million kgU in the U.S. market and 0.2 million kgU effect in the remaining world market for a total of 0.6 million kgU, under the Base Scenario, for an increase in production costs of 5%.
In Scenario 1, in which UF
As with ERI's price estimates discussed above, these estimates do not suggest that were DOE to transfer uranium in accordance with the Base Scenario, ConverDyn would lose the predicted volume of sales or that its production cost would increase. DOE has been transferring at or above the rate of the Base Scenario for nearly three years, and therefore these effects—or a similar level of effect—are currently being experienced by MTW due to transfers in prior years. Continued transfers at the Base Scenario rate would only continue these effects at the estimated levels.
DOE believes that ERI's approach to estimating lost sales volume based on market share is reasonable. DOE also believes that ERI's approach to estimating the change in average per unit production costs that volume decrease is straightforward. Average per unit production cost can be calculated by dividing the total production cost by the number of units produced. If MTW's costs were 100% variable, then average production costs would not change, regardless of the volume produced. However, if some portion of MTW's costs are fixed, then a decrease in the number of units produced would lead to increased production costs, and vice versa. If the proportion of fixed costs, current production volume, and current per unit production cost are all known, the change in average production cost can be easily calculated. ERI looked to various public sources and estimates to provide a basis for its assumptions. DOE believes that this a reasonable approach for estimating the effect of DOE transfers on production cost at MTW. That said, DOE has other available information that suggest that certain of ERI's assumptions may be outdated. To account for this information, DOE has developed its own estimate for sales volume loss and change in production cost based on ERI's methodology but utilizing the slightly different assumptions described below.
ERI bases its estimate of MTW production levels at least in part on DOE's 2015 Secretarial Determination and Analysis. DOE has revisited and updated this information. In 2015, DOE relied on UxC's Conversion Market Outlook, [REDACTED]. UxC's most recent Conversion Market Outlook estimates [REDACTED]. UxC, Conversion Market Outlook, Dec. 2016, at 44. In addition, ConverDyn states in its comment in response to the NIPC
Therefore, DOE has applied ERI's approach to estimating reduction in sales volume and production costs with the assumption that MTW capacity has a maximum of 7 million kgU. Using this figure, MTW can be expected to experience a reduction in sales volume of about 400,000 kgU in 2017, 500,000 kgU in 2018, and 600,000 kgU in 2019.
In addition, ConverDyn's comment in response to the RFI includes an enclosure with an estimate of its domestic cost of production for conversion services. ConverDyn RFI comment, Encl. 2. ConverDyn explains [REDACTED]
In recent years MTW has experienced several significant disruptions in its business that are not attributable to DOE transfers. These disruptions have caused MTW's annual production to vary significantly [REDACTED].
ERI assumes in its analysis a staffing level of 242 employees in 2017
ERI makes estimates regarding the impact of DOE uranium transfers on employment using the assumption that staffing is proportional to production rate but notes the limitations of such estimates. ERI suggests that it is unlikely that staffing is directly proportional to production volume, thus characterizes their assessment as conservative. 2017 ERI Report, 90.
Based on ERI's assumed staffing level of 242 FTE and a production of 10 million kgU, assuming that staffing is proportional to production, then for every 100,000 kgU reduction in annual production, there would be a 2.4 FTE loss in staff. Under the Base Scenario, ERI attributes a 0.6 million kgU reduction in production volume to DOE sales, which results in a 14 FTE loss. This compares to a 0.2 million reduction in production volume attributable to DOE sales with no EM uranium transfers, which would result in a 5 FTE loss. Therefore, the impact on employment would be the difference between the impact under the Base Scenario and the impact under Scenario 1, with no EM transfers, or 9 FTE (14 FTE −5 FTE).
A reduction in employment of 9 person-years is relatively small, particularly in comparison to MTW's reduction of approximately 64 after the 2012-2013 shutdown, and the 87 FTEs that ConverDyn has eliminated since the 2015 Determination. The industry has been able to weather employment losses much larger than any that could reasonably be attributed to DOE transfers. In addition, it is clear that other factors, in addition to production volumes will affect employment levels.
Neither ERI nor any of the commenters provide an estimate of the effect of DOE transfers on new facility development or capital improvement plans. While DOE's task is to assess the state of the domestic uranium conversion industry with and without DOE transfers, we believe that activities in the global conversion industry may in some cases be relevant for assessing how DOE transfers will affect the domestic conversion industry.
The Department is aware of limited uranium conversion development projects that are currently planned or underway outside the United States. AREVA's COMURHEX II facilities are under construction with full transition to the new COMURHEX II facility in the 2018-2021 period. In May 2016, Cameco and Kazatomprom announced that they are undertaking a feasibility study for a uranium conversion plant that will convert 6,000 metric tons to U
DOE is not aware of any conversion development or expansion plans in the United States. However, press articles report that the Wyoming Business Council is looking at permitting changes that may be needed to allow for the construction of a uranium conversion facility in the State to allow for upgrading of uranium mined in Wyoming before leaving the state. The goal appears to situate Wyoming as a potential uranium conversion site when the market will support another facility.
The Honeywell/Metropolis Web site notes that Honeywell has spent over $177 million in capital improvements over the last 10 years, including $50 million for safety upgrades required by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).
Honeywell's current NRC operating license for MTW expires in May 2017. In a November 1, 2016 meeting with NRC, Honeywell indicated that it would file an application in January 2017 for a renewal of its license for 40 years.
In any case, DOE does not believe that the price effect associated with DOE transfers would make a significant difference in plans for new facilities or other capital improvements at existing facilities. DOE transfers are expected to decrease ConverDyn's sales volume, but even without EM's transfers, ConverDyn's total sales would still be below MTW's previous maximum nameplate capacity. In addition, transfers under the Base Scenario will represent only about 4% of total global requirements in coming years. DOE concludes that eliminating this amount of conversion would not make a difference to the assessment that new capacity in the United States is not warranted.
ERI's November 2016 Reference Nuclear Power Growth forecasts project global requirements for conversion services to grow to approximately 62 million kgU by 2020, approximately 9% higher than current requirements. Global requirements are expected to continue to rise to a level of 80 million kgU by 2032 to 2035, approximately 40% higher than current requirements. 2017 ERI Report, 14.
In its December 2016 Conversion Market Outlook, UxC predicts that demand is generally expected to increase over the next decade. [REDACTED] The above figures include reactor requirements as well as inventory building. Without inventory building, UxC's base demand in 2016 [REDACTED].
Like ERI, UxC predicts that [REDACTED].
Further UxC notes that [REDACTED]. UxC says, [REDACTED].
Given that conversion demand in North America is expected to remain relatively steady, and that UxC predicts [REDACTED], as well as the indication that Honeywell plans to operate for the long-term as indicted by their announced intent to apply for a 40-year license renewal, it is likely that the domestic uranium conversion industry will retain its capacity, either through continuing refurbishments at MTW or through the development of one or more new conversion facilities. As with uranium concentrates, DOE recognizes that the predictability of transfers from its excess uranium inventory over time is important to the long-term viability and health of the uranium conversion industry.
Although DOE transfers may not have a large effect on the conversion term price, displaced production volume increases average production costs for primary producers. However, DOE does not believe this effect is significant enough to appreciably affect the long-term viability and health of the domestic uranium conversion industry.
Section 3112(d) of the USEC Privatization Act requires DOE to “take into account” the sales of uranium under the Russian HEU Agreement and the Suspension Agreement. As discussed above, DOE believes this assessment should consider any transfers under these two agreements that are ongoing at the time of DOE's transfers.
Under the Russian HEU Agreement, upon delivery of LEU derived from Russian HEU, the U.S. Executive Agent, USEC Inc., was to deliver to the Russian Executive Agent, Technabexport (Tenex), an amount of natural uranium hexafluoride equivalent to the natural uranium component of the LEU. DOE notes that the Russian HEU Agreement concluded in December 2013. Thus, there are no ongoing transfers under this agreement.
The current iteration of the Suspension Agreement, described above in Section I.D.3.ii, sets an annual export limit on natural uranium from Russia. 73 FR 7705 (Feb. 11, 2008). That agreement provides for the resumption of sales of natural uranium and SWU beginning in 2011. While the HEU Agreement remained active (
As mentioned above, in September 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce proposed to adjust the export limits under the agreement to take account of changes in projected reactor demand. The proposed adjusted limits varies by year, but on average, the proposed limits are 6.6% higher than current limits.
Material imported from Russia in accordance with the Suspension Agreement is derived from primary production rather than from down-blended HEU. The 2017 ERI Report takes account of enrichment entering the United States market under the current Suspension Agreement limits as part of total worldwide primary supply. The 2017 ERI Report does not consider the effect of the additional amount that would be allowed into the United States were the Department of Commerce to adopt the adjusted limits as proposed.
DOE believes that it is still appropriate to rely on ERI's analysis without adjusting for the proposed changes to the Suspension Agreement quota limits. It bears emphasis that the volume of the proposed adjustment is small relative to the current limits under the Suspension Agreement, to United States requirements, and worldwide requirements. DOE's analysis already takes into account the amount of conversion services entering the United States from Russia under the current limits, and DOE does not believe that the adjusted limit would significantly alter DOE's analysis even if adopted.
After considering the six factors as discussed above, DOE concludes that transfers under either the Base Scenario or the lower rate of 1,200 MTU per year will not have an adverse material impact on the domestic uranium conversion industry. The sole conversion provider in the United States, ConverDyn, continues to sell nearly exclusively on term contracts. Although the move towards more mid-term contracts has affected the term market, it is not clear that this has affected ConverDyn's realized price under its existing or new term contracts. DOE believes that price suppression of $0.30/kgU in the spot market will not be material for the domestic conversion industry.
DOE forecasts that over time, MTW's production will be smaller than it would have been in the absence of DOE transfers by between 400,000 kgU and 600,000 kgU. DOE conservatively estimates such a reduction would increase MTW's average production costs by about $0.80 between 2017 and 2019. The reduced production may also lead to a decrease in employment, which is estimated to be 9 FTE. DOE does not believe these changes would constitute a material impact, within the meaning of section 3112(d), because they are well within the range of fluctuations that MTW has experienced in recent years independent of DOE transfers.
Honeywell, the owner and operator of MTW, continues to invest in maintaining and refurbishing the MTW facility, has indicated that it will be applying for license renewal for a 40-year term and Even taking account of Honeywell's recent announcement to reduce MTW's capacity, DOE transfers are unlikely to appreciably change MTW's capital improvement and refurbishment plans. Furthermore, DOE transfers are unlikely to affect the decision whether to invest in new conversion capacity in the United States.
DOE does not believe that any of the effects described above constitute an impact on the domestic uranium conversion industry of the substantial importance that would rank as “material” within the meaning of section 3112(d).
The domestic uranium enrichment industry consists of a relatively small number of companies. There is only one currently operating enrichment facility in the United States, the URENCO USA (UUSA) gas centrifuge facility in New
According to URENCO's comments in response to the RFI and NIPC, the current capacity of the UUSA facility is 4.8 million SWU. For comparison, the World Nuclear Association reports that worldwide capacity in 2015 was approximately 59 million SWU and is expected to grow to almost 67 million SWU by 2020, with the vast majority of that growth in Russia and China.
Like prices in the uranium concentrates and conversion markets, prices in the enrichment market are described in terms of spot and term price. The following section discusses the potential impact of DOE transfers on these two prices. For reference, as of April 17, 2017, the spot price indicator was $47 per SWU and the term price indicator was [REDACTED] per SWU.
Like uranium and conversion markets, the enrichment market includes significant sources of secondary supply. The enrichment market is also characterized by excess capacity and very limited near-term demand. Finally, there is not a large gap between spot and term prices for enrichment, as there is for conversion. On the other hand, buyers may be more sensitive to enrichment prices because enrichment constitutes a larger portion of the total cost of enriched uranium product.
To be conservative, DOE will assume that a competitive price-setting mechanism does determine enrichment prices. On that assumption, ERI's market-clearing price methodology should provide an appropriate forecast for the effects of DOE's transfers. To the extent that enrichment prices are uncompetitive, the price effect will tend to be smaller than what ERI forecasts.
In the 2017 ERI Report, like the 2015 ERI Report, ERI estimated the effect of DOE transfers on the market prices for enrichment services using a market clearing price methodology. Like uranium concentrates and conversion, ERI conducted the clearing prices analysis on both an annual and cumulative basis, constructing individual supply and demand curves for enrichment services and estimating the clearing price with and without DOE transfers. ERI Report, 44. The same DOE transfer scenarios described in Section IV.A.1 were used in the analysis.
Unlike the uranium concentrates and conversion prices, however, there is no difference in ERI's estimated price effect between any of the four scenarios because EM transfers of natural uranium do not include an enrichment component. Instead, the price effects indicated in the analyses are attributable to the planned NNSA transfers of LEU for national security purposes and past transfers of LEU that continue to displace supply in the market. The price effects are presented here and included as part of DOE's consideration and analysis of whether or at what level to conduct EM uranium transfers. Because there is no difference in price effects between the scenarios, there is no marginal or incremental price effects to be considered.
Using the market clearing price model, on an annual and cumulative basis, ERI estimates the market clearing price with and without DOE inventory and the difference is the effect that DOE transfers will have on the market clearing price for the enrichment services industry listed in Tables 12 and 13, respectively. The “No DOE Transfers” market clearing methodology models the market as though no transfers have taken place since 2009, so the price effects attributed to DOE inventory are already built into the current market prices. If no DOE inventory release had taken place, then future market prices would be higher by the amounts stated. 2017 ERI Report, 54.
As noted above, ERI also presented information on the cumulative clearing price effect relative to “No DOE” clearing price for enrichment services, where the “No DOE” clearing price assumes that DOE releases from 2009 onward were zero. 2017 ERI Report, 58. Table 14 presents the price effect as a percentage of “No DOE” clearing price from Table 4.9 in the 2017 ERI Report, which provides an assessment of price
DOE also notes that ERI's analysis assumes demand for enrichment to be perfectly inelastic. This assumption is a reasonable approximation because nuclear utilities have predictable requirements that must be filled. In reality, demand may have some small degree of elasticity and, as such, the price effect would be smaller than what ERI forecasts.
Based on the foregoing discussion of market analyses and DOE's consideration of the information, DOE concludes that the level of EM transfers will not have a direct effect on the market price for enrichment. ERI's market clearing price analysis shows no difference in price between the scenario with no EM transfers and the scenarios with different levels of EM transfers. Separate and apart from the EM transfers that are the subject of this determination, DOE's transfers for NNSA down-blending and historical transactions involving LEU that continue to displace market supply will affect the SWU price because they contain an enrichment component. ERI estimates that DOE transfers of LEU will suppress the market price of enrichment on average in the next decade either $.90 or $8.20 per SWU, based on the annual and cumulative clearing price approach, respectively. We note that the average near-term effect using both methodologies is somewhat larger, $1.63 (annual) or $8.60 (cumulative) per SWU. This is understandable, since the near-term includes the NNSA transfers for LEU down-blending that will cease by 2019. The price effect significantly diminishes toward the end of the decade, when past transactions in addition the NNSA LEU down-blend transfers are no longer entering the market.
As in the uranium concentrates and conversion industries, the significance of price suppression at this level depends, in part, on current and forecasted market prices. As stated above, the April 17, 2017 spot price indicator was $47 per SWU and the term price indicator was [REDACTED] per SWU. UxC Weekly, Volume 31, Number 16 at 1. Using the annual method forecast, the price effect in the next decade reasonably attributable to DOE transfers represents about 2% of these current market values; the price effect in the near-term is about 3.5%. According to UxC's Quarter 1 Enrichment Market Outlook, 112, spot prices for SWU dropped [REDACTED]. Similarly, term price fell from $[REDACTED] by year's end. These represent declines of 22% and [REDACTED]%, respectively. Compared to these large overall price swings, price effects of 2-3.5% are well within the normal range of market fluctuations. Even under the cumulative method, with an average decline over the decade of $8.20/SWU would yield a price decline of 17%, still within the range of recent market fluctuations.
To reiterate, while DOE has considered here the projected price effect of the NNSA and other LEU transfers under all scenarios, the effect of only the EM transfers is the question this analysis must address. As noted earlier, EM transfers would have a small price effect on both the uranium and conversion markets. There is the possibility that DOE transfers of natural uranium could still have an effect on SWU prices indirectly due to the prevalence of “underfeeding” or re-enrichment of tails. The amount of enrichment devoted to underfeeding at any given time depends in part on the relative prices of natural uranium hexafluoride and enrichment. Because EM transfers suppress the price of natural uranium without directly affecting the enrichment market, they tend to indirectly suppress the SWU price as well due to this interaction. Although ERI does not attempt to quantify this indirect effect on the SWU price, DOE notes that in the 2015 Secretarial Determination and Analysis, DOE estimated that transfers at levels equivalent to the Base Scenario would cause enrichers to devote less primary supply to underfeeding by about 200,000 SWU. Based on available information, DOE cannot attribute a specific price effect to this interplay, but given the size of the effect compared to URENCO's nameplate capacity—4.8 million SWU at UUSA and between 13-15 million SWU in the EU—DOE believes that this effect is small enough not to affect the conclusion that continuing the EM transfers of natural uranium at either the Base Scenario rate or the 1,200 MTU per year rate beginning in May 2017 would not have an adverse material impact on the U.S. enrichment industry.
As with uranium concentrates and conversion, the principal mechanism through which a change in market price would impact the domestic uranium enrichment industry is through the effect on what prices an enricher actually receives for its services. The market price indicators published by TradeTech and UxC are based on market information about recent offers, bids, and transactions, and are thus a snapshot of contracting activity at the time of the publication. Enrichment, like uranium concentrates and conversion, is primarily sold on long-term contracts. In 2015, of the total 54.5 million pounds U
URENCO's Full-Year Audited Financial Results for 2016, which was submitted to the Department as part of URENCO's NIPC comments, reports a contract backlog that with a value of €15.5 billion that extends into the latter half of the next decade. URENCO states that it will experience lower profit margins and reduced cash flow if pricing pressures persist in the middle and long-term. Specifically, URENCO states it will feel the impact of lower SWU prices “primarily from the second half of the next decade, as until such time the majority of our revenues are at contracted prices.” NIPC Comment of URENCO, Enclosure 1, at 1. [REDACTED]. UxC Enrichment Market Outlook, Quarter 1 2017, 21. Based on this information, DOE concludes that URENCO is currently producing SWU to
EM transfers are expected to have an effect on the uranium concentrate and conversion prices, as described in Sections IV.A.1 and IV.B.1. URENCO notes that a portion of UUSA's capacity is dedicated to underfeeding and re-enrichment of depleted tails but does not provide data regarding its sales in these markets. ERI notes that URENCO estimated in 2013 that it uses 10-15% of its capacity for underfeeding or re-enrichment of tails. 2017 ERI Report, 93. To the extent that URENCO sells the natural uranium that is the result of its underfeeding and re-enrichment on the spot market, it will receive a realized price that is lower by the level of the price suppression described above—on average over the next decade, $1.40 per pound U
As discussed above, the only existing U.S. enrichment facility is the UUSA gas centrifuge facility in New Mexico. URENCO reports a current capacity of 4.8 million SWU and notes that the regulatory approvals are in place to expand capacity.
ERI's November 2016 Reference forecast for enrichment services requirements projects that annual world requirements for enrichment services in 2016 are 45.4 million SWU, but are then projected to increase to 49 million SWU in 2017. 2017 ERI Report, 14. U.S. requirements are projected to be essentially flat, averaging almost 15 million SWU per year between 2016 and 2035. The updated projections for average U.S. requirements for uranium and conversion services are lower than those used in the February 2015 ERI market analysis, although enrichment requirements have increased somewhat due to lower tails assay assumption. Projected U.S. uranium and conversion requirements have declined by 2% while U.S. enrichment requirements increased by 4%.
URENCO's internal estimates suggest that global SWU inventories represent nearly two-year's worth of 2016 global SWU requirements. RFI Comment of URENCO, at 3. URENCO also notes very limited uncommitted demand in the next few years and notes that DOE inventories compete for these very limited pools of demand. Further, URENCO opines that the combination of low demand and excess supply is placing downward pressure on prices for uranium enrichment services, pointing out that prices have fallen considerably from the $79/90 spot/term prices at the time of the May 2015 Secretarial Determination. URENCO's 2016 Annual Results state that “URENCO anticipates continued short to medium term pricing pressures until worldwide fuel inventories are reduced which may impact future profit margins.” The 2016 Annual Results also note that the company is confident that global nuclear industry will continue to grow.
DOE does not believe that its uranium transfers will not have a significant effect on production at the only existing U.S. uranium enrichment facility.
ERI does not provide an estimate of the change in employment due to DOE transfers in the enrichment industry. However, URENCO shared in its NIPC comments that it expects to reduce our 2016 workforce of 280 by 50 employees “in the near-term.” URENCO NIPC comment at 3. URENCO does not state what proportion of this employee reduction it believes is attributable to DOE transfers. DOE is not able to independently assess what, if any, portion of this 18% workforce reduction is attributable to DOE transfers, but believes it is reasonable to conclude that the DOE transfers do not contribute in significant part given other market conditions and factors.
As noted above, ERI reports that URENCO USA capacity increased to 4.6 million SWU by the end of 2015, with plans to slowly increase to 5.7 million SWU by 2022. 2017 ERI Report, 25. Another planned enrichment facility was announced by Global Laser Enrichment, a venture of GE-Hitachi and Cameco. The proposed facility will use laser enrichment technology developed by Silex Systems to enrich depleted uranium tails to the level of natural uranium, at a proposed location near Paducah, KY.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission granted two additional licenses for centrifuge enrichment plants. Centrus holds a license for the American Centrifuge Plant in Piketon, Ohio, while AREVA Enrichment Services holds a license for the Eagle Rock Enrichment Facility, planned for Bonneville County, Idaho. However, on March 10, 2017, AREVA informed the NRC that it does not plan to construct the Eagle Rock Enrichment Facility and asked that its license be terminated. The American Centrifuge Plant is not currently being developed; Centrus' Web site indicated that the company “is continuing to explore technology refinements and other ways to deploy the most cost effective commercial enrichment capacity taking advantage of the current period of time when capacity expansion is not needed in the market.”
As outlined above, planning for improvements or development of future enrichment facilities has slowed significantly due to market conditions. As previously noted, URENCO is currently working on Phase 3 of its New Mexico plant, which is expected to bring capacity to 5.7 million SWU but has cancelled the previously planned 2 million SWU Phase 4.
URENCO indicates that pressures on pricing and on competition for limited demand “present significant challenges for the United States' only enrichment plant.” The comments also indicate that some of UUSA's capacity is being directed towards underfeeding and for re-enrichment of its depleted tails so that URENCO is therefore affected by market pressures in the uranium and conversion markets. NIPC Comment of URENCO at 3.
With total world enrichment supply currently projected to exceed requirements for enrichment services by a significant margin over the long term, it is expected that enrichers will continue to redirect excess enrichment capacity to underfeeding and re-enrichment of tails. The uranium market will continue to be of interest to enrichers as unfilled requirements in the uranium market increase in the future. Note, however, that this does put additional pressure on uranium producers. Unfilled requirements in the enrichment market are also projected to increase in the future. The sole U.S. enricher is currently benefitting from a strong U.S. dollar exchange rate. URENCO indicated that these pricing pressures have “a direct impact” on UUSA and pointed to a non-cash impairment charge against its UUSA operation of more than $800 million (€ 760 million) on its Full-Year 2016 Audited Financial Statement. URENCO's Full-year 2016 Audited Financial Statement takes note of the pricing pressures facing the parent company and the enrichment market, but note that `we believe that the combination of our current robust finances coupled with our new strategic direction will enable us to remain a reliable and sustainable partner in the global nuclear industry. . . .”
As noted in Section IV.A. 5 above, nuclear power requirements are expected to grow in the future. Increases in demand will minimize the need for enrichers to underfeed and/or re-enrich tails, which will also take pressure off the uranium and conversion markets. To the extent that enrichers have significant backlog of long-term contracts, some of which were likely signed prior to the 2011 Fukushima Daiichi accident that significantly changed market dynamics, the impact of DOE uranium transfers on the U.S. enrichment industry's will not have an adverse material impact on the long-term viability and health of that industry.
Section 3112(d) of the USEC Privatization Act requires DOE to “take into account” the sales of uranium under the Russian HEU Agreement and the Suspension Agreement. As discussed above, DOE believes this assessment should consider any transfers under these two agreements that are ongoing at the time of DOE's transfers.
Under the Russian HEU Agreement, Russian HEU was down-blended to LEU and then delivered to USEC Inc. for sale to end users in the United States. DOE notes that the Russian HEU Agreement concluded in December 2013. Thus, there are no ongoing transfers under this agreement.
The current iteration of the Suspension Agreement, described above in Section I.D.3.ii, sets an annual export limit on natural uranium from Russia. 73 FR 7705 (Feb. 11, 2008). That agreement provides for the resumption of sales of natural uranium and SWU beginning in 2011. While the HEU Agreement remained active (
As mentioned above, in September 2016, the Department of Commerce proposed to adjust the export limits under the agreement to take account of changes in projected reactor demand. The proposed adjusted limits would allow an additional 990,000 SWU from Russia into the United States between 2016 and 2020. The additional amount varies by year, but on average, the proposed limits are 6.6% higher than current limits.
Material imported from Russia in accordance with the Suspension Agreement is derived from primary production rather than from down-blended HEU. The 2017 ERI Report takes account of enrichment entering the United States market under the current Suspension Agreement limits as part of total worldwide primary supply. The 2017 ERI Report does not consider the effect of the additional amount that would be allowed into the United States were the Department of Commerce to adopt the adjusted limits as proposed.
DOE believes that it is still appropriate to rely on ERI's analysis without adjusting for the proposed changes to the Suspension Agreement quota limits. It bears emphasis that the volume of the proposed adjustment is small relative to the current limits under the Suspension Agreement, to United States requirements, and worldwide requirements. Nominally, the adjustment adds no more than 410,000 SWU in any given year—and as low as 70,000 SWU in 2017 and 2019. DOE's analysis already takes into account the amount of SWU entering the United States from Russia under the current limits, and DOE does not believe that the adjusted limit would significantly alter DOE's analysis even if adopted.
In this analysis, DOE has considered the above six factors and the effect of all DOE transfers on the U.S. enrichment industry, including the NNSA transfers which are not the subject of this determination. DOE is cognizant of the challenges in the enrichment market.
The NNSA LEU transfers for down-blending are the only forward looking transfers that would have a direct impact on the U.S. enrichment industry and are not the subject of this Determination. EM transfers have no direct effect on enrichment prices, but even if they did, URENCO currently realizes prices under its existing contract book of long-term contracts and is not expected to enter into an appreciable volume of new long-term contracts in the near future without a very significant increase in SWU prices. Thus, even if EM transfers did directly affect the enrichment prices and price suppression from DOE LEU transfers were included, there would not be any appreciable effect on URENCO's current realized price for enrichment services, employment at UUSA, or plans for capital improvement or expansion. Similarly, other potential entrants into the domestic enrichment market would require prices so much higher than current prices that DOE transfers, even including LEU, would not affect investment decisions with respect to new plants.
That said, due to the enrichment industry practice of underfeeding and re-enriching tails, DOE concludes that the EM transfers of natural uranium will have a small impact on the U.S. enrichment industry due to the price
A number of commenters throughout the public participation process have expressed views on matters that were not specifically within the scope of this Determination, or may be related to the topic of DOE's uranium transfers but not specifically its Determination of adverse material impact.
Some commenters commended DOE for undergoing an open and public process on this Determination,
Certain comments from the public were out of scope of this Determination.
Several members of the public requested that DOE transfer all surplus uranium to American reactors and cease exporting any uranium to foreign countries. NIPC Comment of Anne Marie Zeller at 1; NIPC Comment of Dawna Papenhausen, at 1. Other commenters' statements regarding the amount of uranium imported to power domestic nuclear reactors is illustrative only as to the international nature of the uranium markets. See,
Comments related to proposed legislation also are outside the scope of this Determination. NIPC Comment of UR-Energy, at 2. The Administration has not taken a formal position on proposed legislation related to uranium management. In addition, UPA's comment as to the fair market value received for DOE transfers is outside the scope of this Determination, which addresses only the requirements of section 3112(d)(2)(B) regarding market impacts. NIPC Comment of UPA, at 16-17. DOE evaluates whether it receives fair market value prior to each transfer through a separate process. Lastly, UPA's call for DOE to withdraw the December 2016 national security determination is outside the scope of this Secretarial Determination and Analysis, which only considers future EM transfers. NIPC Comment of UPA, at 2.
Commenters also requested DOE consider foregoing the down-blend of highly enriched uranium to 5% enrichment or below in anticipation of demand for high-assay LEU not available currently in the market for use in advanced nuclear reactors and advanced nuclear fuel development. NIPC NEI Comment, at 2. In consideration of these comments, and notwithstanding policies suggested in proposed legislation, DOE is considering plans to issue a Federal excess uranium inventory management plan to provide additional information on DOE's uranium management planning and thereby increase transparency and reliability upon which the uranium industries can make investments and decisions.
For the reasons discussed above, DOE concludes that transfers under either the 1,600 MTU or 1,200 MTU scenarios will not have an adverse material impact on the domestic uranium mining, conversion, or enrichment industries, taking into account the Russian HEU Agreement and Suspension Agreement.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”), and Rule 19b-4 thereunder, Investors Exchange LLC (“IEX” or the “Exchange”) is filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a proposed rule change to adopt rules governing auctions conducted on the Exchange, including dissemination of auction-related market data, for securities listed on the Exchange pursuant to Chapter 14 of the IEX Rule Book. In addition, IEX proposes to amend IEX Rule 11.280 to add provisions governing trading halts and trading pauses pursuant to the Limit Up-Limit Down Plan (“LULD” or the “LULD Plan”) in IEX-listed securities. The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The self-regulatory organization has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange is proposing to amend IEX Rule 11.350 (which is currently reserved) and IEX Rule 11.330 to adopt rules to govern auctions conducted on the Exchange, including dissemination of auction-related market data, for securities listed on the Exchange pursuant to Chapter 14 of the IEX Rule Book (“IEX Auctions”). Furthermore, the Exchange is proposing to amend Rule 11.190(a)(2)(E) to allow market orders with a time-in-force of DAY to be entered in the Pre-Market Session for queuing and participation in the Opening Auction (or Halt Auction, as applicable). The Exchange is also proposing certain amendments to IEX Rule 11.280 to provide the Exchange with the authority to declare an LULD trading pause as well as define other circumstances in which the Exchange has the authority to initiate trading halts.
The proposed rule change includes rule provisions to govern (i) the Opening, Closing, initial public offering (“IPO”),
IEX Auctions were designed based on extensive review of the auction designs of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”), Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”), Bats BZX Exchange (“Bats”), and the London Stock Exchange (“LSE”) as well as discussions with a variety of buy-side and sell-side market participants, including large banks and broker dealers, electronic market makers, asset managers, and institutional investors. As described below, IEX Auctions have adopted several auction attributes that are substantially similar to existing exchange auction models, and will therefore be familiar to Members participating in IEX Auctions for securities listed on the Exchange. The Exchange believes that the proposed auction designs will provide a transparent, efficient, and robust process to aggregate trading interest submitted by a broad range of market participants to be matched at a single clearing price, consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, and aligns with issuers' interests.
During the auction design process, the primary goal of the Exchange was to maximize participation in the auction, in order to provide an efficient price discovery process and greater opportunity for execution at the official auction price.
Research has shown that a truthful expression of each participant's limit provides the optimal mechanism for price discovery.
IEX Auctions were strategically designed after extensive research and informal discussion with various market participants to provide unique value to fundamental investors, and the issuers that make up the subject of their investments. As with all products and functionality offered by the Exchange, research, quantitative analysis, and input from Members and the issuer community will inform future iterations of IEX Auctions, as we strive to deliver quality trading experiences for IEX Members and issuers.
The Exchange proposes adoption of definitions to govern IEX Auctions in paragraph (a) of IEX Rule 11.350. Proposed paragraph (b) sets forth IEX Auction priority rules, describing how orders shall be ranked in the Opening, Closing, IPO, Halt, and Volatility Auctions. Proposed paragraph (c) sets forth the process for conducting an opening auction on the Exchange (“Opening Auction”), determining an official opening price for dissemination to the consolidated tape (“IEX Official Opening Price”), and contingency procedures that shall apply when a disruption occurs that prevents the execution of the Opening Auction. Proposed paragraph (d) describes the process for conducting a closing auction on the Exchange (“Closing Auction”), determining an official closing price for dissemination to the consolidated tape (“IEX Official Closing Price”), and primary and secondary contingency procedures that shall apply when a disruption occurs that prevents the execution of the Closing Auction. Proposed paragraph (e) describes the Exchange's process for conducting an auction in the event of an IPO or launch of a new issue, or following a trading halt (“IPO Auction” or “Halt Auction”, respectively), determining the opening price for dissemination to the consolidated tape in the case of an IPO Auction (“IEX Official IPO Opening Price”) or the re-opening trade following a trading halt (“IEX Re-opening Trade” or IEX Official Opening Price if the security has not traded during the Regular Market Session on that trading day), and contingency procedures that shall apply when a disruption occurs that prevents the execution of the IPO or Halt Auction. Proposed paragraph (f) describes the Exchange's process for conducting an auction following an LULD trading pause (“Volatility Auction”), determination of the IEX Re-opening Trade, or the IEX Official Closing Price when closing with a Volatility Auction, and contingency procedures that shall apply when a disruption occurs that prevents the execution of the Volatility Auction. Proposed paragraph (g) describes the priority and handling of short sale orders not marked short exempt for covered securities when the Short Sale Price Test of Rule 201 of Regulation SHO is in effect. Proposed paragraph (h) grants the Exchange discretion to adjust the timing of or suspend IEX Auctions when, in the judgment of the Exchange, the interests of fair and orderly markets so require. Proposed paragraph (i) designates the resultant executions from IEX Auctions as single priced opening, re-opening, and closing transactions that meet the requirements of Rule 611(b)(3) of Regulation NMS and section VI(D)(6) of the plan to Implement a Tick Size Pilot Program, and may therefore trade-through or trade-at the price of any other Trading Center's protected or manual quotations. Additionally, proposed paragraph (j) makes clear that all references to a.m. and p.m. shall mean Eastern Time. The Exchange also proposes certain modifications and amendments to IEX Rule 11.330 regarding Data Products to include IEX Auction Information in certain of the Exchange's data products, as described more fully below. Furthermore, proposed Rule 11.190(a)(2)(E) allows market orders with a time-in-force of DAY to be entered in the Pre-Market
The Exchange proposes to offer the following new order types in connection with IEX Auctions:
• A “Market-On-Open” or “MOO” order is a market order that specifically requests execution at the IEX Official Opening Price (or the IEX Official IPO Opening Price in the case of an IPO Auction) and is designated for execution in the Opening Auction, IPO Auction, or Halt Auction when queued prior to Regular Market Hours if a Pre-Market Session halt persists through the start of Regular Market Hours. A MOO order submitted as a pegged order will be rejected. A MOO order submitted with a User instructed display quantity pursuant to Rule 11.190(b)(2) will be accepted, but the instruction will not be supported;
• A “Limit-On-Open” or “LOO” order is a limit order that specifically requests execution at the IEX Official Opening Price (or the IEX Official IPO Opening Price in the case of an IPO Auction) and is designated for execution in the Opening Auction, IPO Auction, or Halt Auction when queued prior to Regular Market Hours if a Pre-Market Session halt persists through the start of Regular Market Hours. An LOO order submitted as a pegged order will be rejected. An LOO order submitted with a User instructed display quantity pursuant to Rule 11.190(b)(2) will be accepted, but the instruction will not be supported;
• A “Market-On-Close” or “MOC” order is a market order that specifically requests execution at the IEX Official Closing price and is designated for execution in the Closing Auction, or in a Volatility Auction when such auction is determining the IEX Official Closing Price pursuant to Rule 11.350(f)(3). A MOC order submitted as a pegged order will be rejected. A MOC order submitted with a User instructed display quantity pursuant to Rule 11.190(b)(2) will be accepted, but the instruction will not be supported;
• A “Limit-On-Close” or “LOC” order is a limit order that specifically requests execution at the IEX Official Closing Price and is designated for execution in the Closing Auction, or in a Volatility Auction when such auction is determining the IEX Official Closing Price pursuant to Rule 11.350(f)(3). An LOC order submitted as a pegged order will be rejected. An LOC order submitted with a User instructed display quantity pursuant to Rule 11.190(b)(2) will be accepted, but the instruction will not be supported.
Note, as defined above, MOO and LOO orders (“On-Open orders”) as well as MOC and LOC orders (“On-Close orders”) that are submitted as a pegged order will be rejected. Additionally, any On-open and On-close order submitted with a User instructed display quantity (
The Exchange will not offer an imbalance order type (
Currently, the Exchange begins accepting limit orders with a time-in-force of IOC, FOK, GTT, and SYS for trading at the beginning of the Pre-Market Session and any such orders received by the Exchange are immediately eligible for execution during continuous trading. In addition, limit orders with a time-in-force of GTX or DAY and pegged orders with a time-in-force of DAY that are entered during the Pre-Market Session are queued in the System until the start of the Regular Market Session, or until the order is canceled by the User.
Accordingly, pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(a)(1)(A), for an Opening Auction, On-Open orders and market orders with a time-in-force of DAY, as well as limit orders designated with a time-in-force of DAY or GTX are queued on the Opening Auction Book and are eligible for execution
For a Closing Auction, pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(a)(1)(B), MOC and LOC orders are queued on the Closing Auction Book and are eligible for execution in the Closing Auction match in accordance with market conditions. In addition, pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(a)(2), limit and pegged orders on the Continuous Book with a time-in-force of DAY, GTX, GTT, or SYS, are eligible for execution in the Closing Auction in accordance with market conditions. The Exchange is including pegged orders in the Closing Auction, because such orders are active and resting on the Order Book during continuous trading, and therefore have a booked price that is reflective of the market for the security.
For an IPO Auction, pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(a)(1)(C), LOO and MOO orders, market orders with a time-in-force of DAY, as well as limit orders with a time-in-force of DAY, SYS, GTX, GTT, FOK, or IOC are accepted during the Order Acceptance Period, queued on the IPO Auction Book, and are eligible for execution in the IPO Auction match in accordance with market conditions. Pegged orders are not eligible to execute in the IPO Auction.
For a Halt Auction, pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(a)(1)(D), the following orders are eligible for execution:
• On-Open orders queued prior to Regular Market Hours if a Pre-Market Session halt persists through the start of Regular Market Hours and the Halt Auction is scheduled to occur during the Regular Market Session;
• Limit orders with a TIF of GTT, SYS, FOK, or IOC received during the Order Acceptance Period;
• Limit orders with a TIF of DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session, or queued prior to the Regular Market Session for securities that have not traded during the Regular Market Session on that trading day;
• Limit orders with a TIF of GTX received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session or Post-Market Session, or queued prior to the Regular Market Session for securities that have not traded during the Regular Market Session on that trading day;
• Market orders with a TIF of FOK or IOC received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session;
• Market orders with a TIF of DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session, or queued prior to the Regular Market Session for securities that have not traded during the Regular Market Session on that trading day; and
• Displayed portions of limit orders on the Continuous Book at the time of the halt dissemination.
All orders on the Halt Auction Book are eligible for execution in the Halt Auction in accordance with market conditions. Pegged orders and non-displayed orders (including the non-displayed portion of reserve orders) (collectively, “non-displayed interest”) that are on the Continuous Book at the time of the halt dissemination are not eligible for execution in the Halt Auction and may be canceled at any time after the halt dissemination, so that interest may be re-entered as Auction Eligible Orders during the Order Acceptance Period as interest eligible for execution in the Halt Auction. As with the Opening and IPO Auctions, pegged orders submitted during the Order Acceptance Period are not eligible for execution in the Halt Auction.
For a Volatility Auction, pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(a)(1)(E), the following orders are eligible for execution:
• MOC and LOC orders, if an IEX-listed security is paused pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e) at or after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, or the Order Acceptance Period of a Volatility Auction for a security paused before the Closing Auction Lock-in Time pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e) would otherwise be extended by the Exchange to a time after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time;
• Limit orders with a TIF of GTX, GTT, SYS, FOK, or IOC received during the Order Acceptance Period;
• Limit orders with a TIF of DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within Regular Market Hours;
• Market orders with a TIF of FOK, IOC, or DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within Regular Market Hours; and
• Displayed portions of limit orders on the Continuous Book at the time of the pause dissemination.
Non-displayed interest (
All AGID modifiers as defined in Rule 11.190(e), and Minimum Quantity instructions as defined in Rule 11.190(b)(11), will not be supported in the Opening, Closing, IPO, Halt, or Volatility Auction
As proposed, IEX Rule 11.350(a) contains certain definitions relevant to IEX Auctions, including the following:
(1) The term “Auction Book” refers to the orders specified below that queue prior to the auction match, and shall mean:
(A) For Opening Auctions (
i. On-Open orders;
ii. Limit orders with a TIF of DAY or GTX; and
iii. Market orders with a TIF of DAY.
(B) For Closing Auctions (
i. On-Close orders.
(C) For IPO Auctions (
i. On-Open orders;
ii. Limit orders with a TIF of DAY, GTX, GTT, SYS, FOK, or IOC; and
iii. Market orders with a TIF of DAY.
(D) For Halt Auctions (
i. On-Open orders queued prior to Regular Market Hours if a Pre-Market Session halt persists through the start of Regular Market Hours and the Halt Auction is scheduled to occur during the Regular Market Session;
ii. Limit orders with a TIF of GTT, SYS, FOK, or IOC received during the Order Acceptance Period;
iii. Limit orders with a TIF of DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session or queued prior to the Regular Market Session for securities that have not traded during the Regular Market Session on that trading day;
iv. Limit orders with a TIF of GTX received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session or Post-Market Session or queued prior to the Regular Market Session for securities that have not traded during the Regular Market Session on that trading day;
v. Market orders with a TIF of FOK or IOC received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session;
vi. Market orders with a TIF of DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session or queued prior to the Regular Market Session for securities that have not traded during the Regular Market Session on that trading day; and
vii. Displayed portions of limit orders on the Continuous Book at the time of the halt dissemination.
(E) For Volatility Auctions (
i. On-Close orders, if an IEX-listed security is paused pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e) at or after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, or the Order Acceptance Period of a Volatility Auction for a security paused before the Closing Auction Lock-in Time pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e) would otherwise be extended by the Exchange to a time after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time;
ii. Limit orders with a TIF of GTX, GTT, SYS, FOK, or IOC received during the Order Acceptance Period;
iii. Limit orders with a TIF of DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within Regular Market Hours;
iv. Market orders with a TIF of FOK, IOC, or DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within Regular Market Hours; and
v. Displayed portions of limit orders on the Continuous Book at the time of the pause dissemination.
(2) The term “Auction Eligible Order” shall mean all orders that are eligible for execution in the upcoming auction on the Auction Book and the Continuous Book (collectively, the Order Book) and are not Auction Ineligible Orders; such orders are used by the System to calculate IEX Auction Information and to determine the clearing price of IEX Auctions. For Opening or Closing Auctions, non-displayed buy (sell) orders on the Continuous Book with a resting price (as defined in IEX Rule 11.350(b)(1)(A)(i)) within the Reference Price Range will be priced at the Protected NBB (NBO) for the purpose of determining the clearing price, but will be ranked and eligible for execution in the Opening or Closing Auction match at the order's resting price.
(3) The term “Auction Ineligible Orders” refers to the orders specified below that are not eligible for execution in the auction, and shall mean:
(A) For Opening Auctions:
i. Pegged orders.
(B) For IPO Auctions:
i. Pegged orders.
(C) For Halt Auctions:
i. Pegged orders; and
ii. Non-displayed interest on the Continuous Book at the time of the halt.
(D) For Volatility Auctions:
i. Pegged orders; and
ii. Non-displayed interest on the Continuous Book at the time of the pause.
(4) The term “Continuous Book” shall be in reference to all orders resting on the Order Book that are not on the Auction Book and are available for continuous trading. Market orders and orders with a TIF of IOC or FOK do not rest on the Continuous Book. During the
(5) The term “Display Only Period” shall be in reference to the period of the time during which IEX disseminates IEX Auction Information for IPO, Halt, and Volatility Auctions. The Display Only Period begins thirty (30) minutes prior to the scheduled auction match for an IPO Auction, and the start of the Order Acceptance Period for Halt and Volatility Auctions. The Display Only Period shall end when the applicable auction match occurs.
(6) The term “Final Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade” shall mean the last trade prior to the end of Regular Market Hours, or where applicable, prior to trading in the security being halted or paused, that is last sale eligible and reported to the Consolidated Tape System (“Consolidated Tape”).
(A) If there is no qualifying Final Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade for the current day, the previous official closing price; and
(B) In the case of an IPO or launch of a new issue, the issue price.
(7) The term “Final Last Sale Eligible Trade” shall mean the last trade on IEX prior to the end of Regular Market Hours, or where applicable, prior to trading in the security being halted or paused, that is last sale eligible and reported to the Consolidated Tape.
(A) If there is no qualifying Final Last Sale Eligible Trade for the current day, the previous official closing price; and
(B) In the case of an IPO or launch of a new issue, the issue price.
(8) The term “Hyper-aggressive Auction Orders” shall mean:
(A) For Opening Auctions, MOO orders and market orders with a TIF of DAY, as well as LOO orders and limit orders with a TIF of DAY or GTX to buy (sell) priced above (below) the latest upper (lower) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar calculated by the System.
(B) For Closing Auctions, MOC orders and LOC orders to buy (sell) priced above (below) the latest upper (lower) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar calculated by the System.
(9) The term “IEX Auction Information” shall mean the information disseminated pursuant to Rule 11.330(a) regarding the current status of price, size, imbalance information, auction collar information, and other relevant information related to auctions conducted by the Exchange. IEX Auction Information shall include:
(A) Reference Price: The single price at or within the Reference Price Range at which orders on the Auction Book would match if the IEX Auction were to occur at that time of dissemination. The Reference Price is set to the price that maximizes the number of the shares from orders on the Auction Book to be executed in the auction. If more than one price maximizes the number of shares that will execute, the Reference Price is set to the entered price at which shares will remain unexecuted in the auction (
(B) Paired Shares: The number of shares from orders on the Auction Book that can be matched with other orders on the Auction Book at the Reference Price at the time of dissemination.
(C) Imbalance Shares: The number of shares from orders on the Auction Book that may not be matched with other orders on the Auction Book at the Reference Price at the time of dissemination.
(D) Imbalance Side: The buy/sell direction of any imbalance at the time of dissemination.
(E) Indicative Clearing Price: The single price at or within the Opening/Closing Auction Collar at which Auction Eligible Orders would match if the IEX Auction were to occur at the time of dissemination pursuant to the procedures for determining the clearing price set forth in the applicable auction rule. In the case of an IPO, Halt, or Volatility Auction, the Indicative Clearing Price shall be the same as the Auction Book Clearing Price.
(F) Auction Book Clearing Price: The single price at which orders on the Auction Book would match if the IEX Auction were to occur at the time of dissemination pursuant to the procedures for determining the clearing price set forth in the applicable auction rule, but shall not be constrained by the Opening/Closing Auction Collar, as applicable. If shares from market orders would remain unexecuted, IEX shall disseminate an indicator for “market buy” or “market sell.”
(G) Collar Reference Price: Opening/Closing Auction Collar Reference Price for the Opening and Closing Auctions. Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price for the Volatility Auction.
(H) Lower Auction Collar: The lower threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar for the Opening and Closing Auctions. The lower threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar for the Volatility Auction.
(I) Upper Auction Collar: The upper threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar for the Opening and Closing Auctions. The upper threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar for the Volatility Auction.
(J) Scheduled Auction Time: The projected time of the auction match.
(K) Extension Number: The total number of automatic Order Acceptance Period extensions an IPO, Halt, or Volatility Auction has received.
(10) The term “IEX Official Closing Price” shall mean the price disseminated by the Exchange to the Consolidated Tape as the market center official close of an IEX-listed security.
(11) The term “IEX Official IPO Opening Price” shall mean the price disseminated by the Exchange to the Consolidated Tape following an IPO Auction as the market center official open for an initial public offering of an IEX-listed security.
(12) The term “IEX Official Opening Price” shall mean the price disseminated by the Exchange to the Consolidated Tape as the market center official open of an IEX-listed security.
(13) The term “IEX Re-opening Trade” shall mean the trade resulting from a Halt Auction or Volatility Auction (conducted prior to the Closing Auction Lock-in Time) that is disseminated by the Exchange to the Consolidated Tape as the market center re-opening trade of an IEX-listed security.
(14) Reserved.
(15) The term “Initial Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade” shall mean the first trade during Regular Market Hours that is last sale eligible and reported to the Consolidated Tape, including the Closing Auction.
(A) If there is no qualifying Initial Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade for the current day, the previous official closing price will be used.
(16) The term “Initial Last Sale Eligible Trade” shall mean the first trade on IEX during Regular Market Hours that is last sale eligible and reported to the Consolidated Tape, including the Closing Auction.
(A) If there is no qualifying Initial Last Sale Eligible Trade for the current day, the previous official closing price will be used.
(17) The term “Impermissible Price” shall mean, for a Volatility Auction, an indeterminable auction price due to a market order imbalance, or an Indicative Clearing Price higher (lower) than the upper (lower) threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar at the scheduled auction match.
(18) Reserved.
(19) The term “Latest Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade” shall mean the last trade immediately prior to trading in the security being halted or paused that is last sale eligible and reported to the Consolidated Tape.
(A) If there is no qualifying Latest Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade for the current day, the previous official closing price.
(20) The term “Limit-On-Close” or “LOC” shall mean a limit order that specifically requests execution at the IEX Official Closing Price and is designated for execution in the Closing Auction, or in a Volatility Auction when such auction is determining the IEX Official Closing Price pursuant to Rule 11.350(f)(3). An LOC order submitted as a pegged order will be rejected. An LOC order submitted with a User instructed display quantity pursuant to Rule 11.190(b)(2) will be accepted, but the instruction will not be supported.
(21) The term “Limit-On-Open” or “LOO” shall mean a limit order that specifically requests execution at the IEX Official Opening Price (or the IEX Official IPO Opening Price in the case of an IPO Auction) and is designated for execution in the Opening Auction, IPO Auction, or Halt Auction when queued prior to Regular Market Hours if a Pre-Market Session halt persists through the start of Regular Market Hours. An LOO order submitted as a pegged order will be rejected. An LOO order submitted with a User instructed display quantity pursuant to Rule 11.190(b)(2) will be accepted, but the instruction will not be supported.
(22) The term “Lock-in Time” shall mean two (2) minutes prior to the Opening Auction match (
(A) Auction Eligible Orders on the Auction Book may not be canceled or modified prior to the auction match (
(B) Hyper-aggressive Auction Orders are rejected upon receipt; and
(C) IEX begins to disseminate IEX Auction Information.
(23) The term “Lock-out Time” shall mean ten (10) seconds prior to the Opening and Closing Auction match, at which time any new Auction Eligible Order is restricted from entering the Auction Book and is rejected upon receipt (
(24) The term “Market-On-Close” or “MOC” shall mean a market order that specifically requests execution at the IEX Official Closing Price and is designated for execution in the Closing Auction, or in a Volatility Auction when such auction is determining the IEX Official Closing Price pursuant to Rule 11.350(f)(3). An MOC order submitted as a pegged order will be rejected. An MOC order submitted with a User instructed display quantity pursuant to Rule 11.190(b)(2) will be accepted, but the instruction will not be supported.
(25) The term “Market-On-Open” or “MOO” shall mean a market order that specifically requests execution at the IEX Official Opening Price (or the IEX Official IPO Opening Price in the case of an IPO Auction) and is designated for execution in the Opening Auction, IPO Auction, or Halt Auction when queued prior to Regular Market Hours if a Pre-Market Session halt persists through the start of Regular Market Hours. An MOO order submitted as a pegged order will be rejected. An MOO order submitted with a User instructed display quantity pursuant to Rule 11.190(b)(2) will be accepted, but the instruction will not be supported.
(26) The term “Maximum Percentage” will vary depending on the midpoint of the Protected NBBO (“Protected Midpoint Price”), and shall mean:
(A) 5% if the Protected Midpoint Price is less than or equal to $25.00;
(B) 2.5% if the Protected Midpoint Price is greater than $25.00 but less than or equal to $50.00; or
(C) 1.5% if the Protected Midpoint Price is greater than $50.00.
(27) The term “Opening/Closing Auction Collar” shall mean, collectively, the upper and lower threshold prices at or within which the Opening and Closing Auction match must occur. The Opening/Closing Auction Collar is established by taking the greater of fifty cents ($0.50) or a default threshold percentage of ten percent (10%) applied to the Opening/Closing Auction Collar Reference Price, which shall be added to (subtracted from) the Protected NBO (NBB) to establish the upper (lower) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar.
(A) If the Protected NBBO is crossed, the greater of fifty cents ($0.50) or a default threshold percentage of ten percent (10%) applied to the Opening/Closing Auction Collar Reference Price, shall be added to (subtracted from) the IEX best offer (bid) to establish the upper (lower) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar.
(B) If the Protected NBBO, or, when utilized, the IEX best bid and best offer (“IEX BBO”), is not two-sided, the greater of fifty cents ($0.50) or a default threshold percentage of ten percent (10%) applied to the Opening/Closing Auction Collar Reference Price, shall be added to (subtracted from) the Opening/Closing Auction Collar Reference Price to establish the upper (lower) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar.
(28) The term “Opening/Closing Auction Collar Reference Price” shall be the Volume Based Tie Breaker.
(29) The term “Order Acceptance Period” shall be in reference to the period of time during which IEX accepts orders submitted for participation in an IPO, Halt, or Volatility Auction. The Order Acceptance Period shall end when the applicable auction match occurs. The Order Acceptance Period shall begin:
(A) For an IPO Auction, 8:00 a.m., but is subject to change;
(B) For a Halt Auction, five (5) minutes prior to the scheduled auction match, or immediately after a Level 1 or Level 2 Market Decline pursuant to Rule 11.280(a)(1)-(3); and
(C) For a Volatility Auction, immediately after the pause dissemination.
(30) The term “Reference Price Range” is in reference to, for a Volatility Auction, the prices between and including the applicable Volatility Auction Collar, or, for an Opening or Closing Auction, the prices between and including the Protected NBB and Protected NBO for a particular security where the Protected NBBO is a Valid Protected NBBO.
(A) The Protected NBBO is a “Valid Protected NBBO” where:
i. There is both a Protected NBB and Protected NBO for the security;
ii. The Protected NBBO is not crossed; and
iii. The midpoint of the Protected NBBO is less than or equal to the Maximum Percentage away from both the Protected NBB and the Protected NBO.
(B) Where the Protected NBBO is not a Valid Protected NBBO, the IEX BBO will be used where the IEX BBO is a Valid IEX BBO.
i. The IEX BBO is a “Valid IEX BBO” where:
1. There is both an IEX best bid and an IEX best offer for the security; and
2. The midpoint of the IEX BBO is less than or equal to the Maximum Percentage away from both the IEX best bid and the IEX best offer.
(C) Where the IEX BBO is not a Valid IEX BBO, the Reference Price Range is set to the higher (lower) price of the following:
i. The Final Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade; or
ii. the Protected NBB (NBO), if not crossed, or the IEX best bid (offer).
(D) If there is neither a Protected NBBO nor an IEX BBO, the Reference Price Range will be the Final Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade.
(31) The term “Volatility Auction Collar” represents the range of prices at or within which the Volatility Auction match can occur, and shall mean:
(A) If the Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price is the Lower (Upper) Price Band, the initial lower (upper) threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar is 5% less (greater) than the Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price, rounded to the nearest passive MPV, and the upper (lower) threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar is the Upper (Lower) Price Band; or
(B) For securities with a Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price of $3.00 or less, the initial lower (upper) threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar is $0.15 less (greater) than the Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price, rounded to the nearest passive MPV and the upper (lower) threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar is the Upper (Lower) Price Band.
(32) The term “Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price” shall mean the reference price for calculating the applicable Volatility Auction Collar, and shall equal the price of the Upper or Lower Price Band that triggered the LULD trading pause.
(33) The term “Volume Based Tie Breaker” shall mean, for an Opening or Closing Auction, the midpoint of the Reference Price Range. If the Reference Price Range is a single price, the Volume Based Tie Breaker shall be equal to the Reference Price Range. In the case of a Halt Auction, or Volatility Auction that is not determining the IEX Official Closing Price, the Volume Based Tie Breaker shall be equal to the Latest Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade. In the case of a Volatility Auction that is determining the IEX Official Closing Price, the Volume Based Tie Breaker shall be equal to the Final Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade. In the case of an IPO Auction, the Volume Based Tie Breaker shall be equal to the issue price.
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(b), orders resting on the Order Book shall be ranked in the Opening, Closing, IPO, Halt, and Volatility Auction based on price-display-time priority, just as they are during normal trading pursuant to IEX Rule 11.220. The proposed auction priority is substantially similar to the auction priority of Nasdaq and Bats.
• Midpoint peg orders are ranked and eligible for execution in the Closing Auction at the less aggressive of the Midpoint Price or the order's limit price, if any.
• Primary peg orders are ranked and eligible for execution in the Closing Auction at the less aggressive of one (1) MPV below (above) the NBB (NBO) for buy (sell) orders or the order's limit price, if any, but may exercise price discretion up (down) to the auction match price, subject to the less aggressive of the NBB (NBO) or the order's limit price, if any, except during periods of quote instability, as defined in IEX Rule 11.190(g). When exercising price discretion, primary peg orders are ranked behind any non-displayed interest at the auction match price for the duration of the Closing Auction. If multiple primary peg orders are exercising price discretion during the Closing Auction, they maintain their relative time priority at the auction match price.
• Discretionary Peg orders are ranked and eligible for execution in the Closing Auction at the less aggressive of the NBB (NBO) for buy (sell) orders or the order's limit price, if any, but may exercise price discretion up (down) to the auction match price, subject to the less aggressive of the Midpoint Price or the order's limit price, if any, except during periods of quote instability, as defined in IEX Rule 11.190(g). When exercising price discretion, Discretionary Peg orders are ranked behind any non-displayed interest at the auction match price for the duration of the Closing Auction. If multiple Discretionary Peg orders are exercising price discretion during the Closing Auction, they maintain their relative time priority at the auction match price.
• Non-displayed limit orders and non-displayed portions of reserve orders on the Continuous Book are ranked and eligible for execution in the Opening or Closing Auction at the less aggressive of the Midpoint Price or the order's limit price.
• Displayed limit orders on the Continuous Book are ranked and eligible for execution in the Opening or Closing Auction at the order's resting price.
• Limit orders, including LOO and LOC orders, on the Auction Book are ranked and eligible for execution in an auction at the order's limit price.
Displayed portions of limit orders on the Continuous Book at the time of a halt or pause dissemination are ranked on the Auction Book by the price at which such orders were resting on the Continuous Book at the time of the halt or pause dissemination.
Equally priced Auction Eligible Orders are ranked by display priority. On-Open and On-Close orders are ranked with display priority. Limit orders with a time-in-force of IOC or FOK are ranked with displayed priority. Displayed orders (including On-Open and On-Close orders) and displayed portions of orders on the Auction Book and Continuous Book will have precedence over non-displayed orders and non-displayed portions of orders on the Auction Book and Continuous Book at a given price.
Equally priced Auction Eligible Orders with the same display priority are ranked in time priority. Where orders to buy (or sell) are ranked at the same price with the same display priority, the oldest order (determined by the order's timestamp) at such price and display shall have precedence at that price and display. Orders are ranked by the time at which they are posted to the Order Book at a given price, the first to be posted at a given price being the oldest. Orders maintain their time priority once booked until (i) an Order on the Auction Book is incremented by
The IEX Auction process is designed to efficiently maximize the number of shares executed at a single price for each of the Opening, Closing, IPO, Halt, and Volatility Auctions. The Exchange is proposing a uniform methodology to determine the clearing price of an auction for IEX-listed securities. Each of the Opening Auction, Closing Auction, IPO Auction, Halt Auction and Volatility Auction operated by IEX will be a double auction to match buy and sell orders at the single price at which the most shares would execute (the “clearing price,” “match price,” or “price of the auction”). An Opening, Closing, IPO, Halt, or Volatility Auction for an IEX-listed security will only take place if Auction Eligible Orders have overlapping prices, meaning that the highest bid price is equal to or higher than the lowest offer price (“crossing interest”).
If crossing interest exists, the auction match price will be established by determining the price level that maximizes the number of shares to be executed at a single price. In the event of a volume based tie at multiple price levels, the auction shall occur at the entered price at which shares will remain unexecuted in the auction (
In the case of an Opening and Closing Auction, if the auction clearing price is below (above) the lower (upper) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar, the official auction price will be the price at or within the range of prices between the lower (upper) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar and the lower (upper) threshold of the Reference Price Range that best satisfies the conditions described above, and in no case will the Opening Auction match occur at a price lower (higher) than the lower (upper) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar. In the case of a Volatility Auction, if the auction clearing price is outside the Volatility Auction Collar, the Volatility Auction Order Acceptance Period shall be extended in accordance with proposed Rule 11.350(f)(2)(C)(ii). In the case of a Halt or IPO Auction, no auction collars are applied. All AGID modifiers as defined in Rule 11.190(e), and Minimum Quantity instructions as defined in Rule 11.190(b)(11), will not be supported in the Opening, Closing, IPO, Halt, or Volatility Auction match, but will be enforced on all unexecuted shares released to the Continuous Book following the auction match.
The following examples are designed to illustrate the clearing price determination process described above. Each example below assumes the Protected NBBO
○ The Closing Auction Book includes the following orders:
LOC order to buy 1,500 shares with a limit price of $10.10; and
LOC order to sell 1,000 shares with a limit price of $10.10.
○ Shares are maximized at $10.10; therefore
1,000 shares would execute at the IEX Official Closing Price of $10.10.
○ The Closing Auction Book contains the following orders:
LOC order to buy 1,500 shares with a limit price of $10.10; and
MOC order to sell 1,000 shares.
○ Shares are maximized at each price at and between the lower threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar (
○ The price at which shares will remain unexecuted in the auction is $10.10;
1,000 shares would execute at the IEX Official Closing Price of $10.10.
○ The Closing Auction Book contains the following orders:
LOC order to buy 2,000 shares with a limit price of $10.11;
LOC order to sell 2,000 shares with a limit price of $10.09.
○ The Continuous Book contains the following orders:
Displayed limit order to buy 500 shares with a limit price of $10.09;
Displayed limit order to sell 600 shares with a limit price of $10.11.
○ Shares are maximized at each price at or between $10.09 and $10.11;
○ The range of prices at or between the prices at which shares will remain unexecuted in the auction is $10.09 and $10.11;
○ Because a range of prices exist after evaluating the prior two conditions (
2,000 shares would execute at the IEX Official Closing Price of $10.10.
For Opening and Closing Auctions, pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(a)(2), the Exchange is proposing that non-displayed buy (sell) orders on the Continuous Book with a resting price (as defined in proposed Rule 11.350(b)(1)(A)(i)) within the Reference Price Range will be priced at the Protected NBB (NBO) for the purpose of determining the clearing price,
The proposed treatment of non-displayed interest on the Continuous Book resting within the Reference Price Range is designed to protect the anonymity of resting non-displayed interest on the Continuous Book during the dissemination of IEX Auction Information.
The following examples are designed to illustrate the clearing price determination process including non-displayed orders on the Continuous Book with a resting price within the Reference Price Range, as described above. Each example below assumes the Protected NBBO is $20.19 by $20.21, and includes a non-displayed order to buy on the Continuous Book, and Auction Eligible Orders on the Closing Auction Book, at the time of the Closing Auction match:
○ The Regular Market Continuous Book Contains the following orders:
Midpoint Peg order to buy 2,500 shares with a resting price of $20.20.
○ The Closing Auction Book includes the following orders:
LOC order to buy 500 shares with a limit price of $20.18; and
LOC order to sell 2,000 shares with a limit price of $20.18.
○ For purposes of determining the clearing price, the Midpoint Peg order is priced to the Protected NBB ($20.19), but remains ranked and eligible to execute at its resting price;
○ Accordingly, shares are maximized at each price between $20.18 and $20.19, and the price at which shares are left unexecuted within such range, is $20.19; therefore
2,000 shares would execute at the IEX Official Closing Price of $20.19;
• Both the Midpoint Peg buy order and LOC sell order would receive an execution of 2,000 shares; and
• The LOC buy order would not receive an execution, because the LOC sell order is fully filled after matching with the Midpoint Peg buy order with superior priority.
○ The Regular Market Continuous Book Contains the following orders:
Midpoint Peg order to buy 2,500 shares with a resting price of $20.20.
○ The Closing Auction Book includes the following orders:
LOC order to buy 500 shares with a limit price of $20.19; and
LOC order to sell 2,000 shares with a limit price of 20.18.
○ For purposes of determining the clearing price, the Midpoint Peg order is priced to the Protected NBB ($20.19), but remains ranked and eligible to execute at its resting price;
○ Accordingly, shares are maximized at each price between $20.18 and $20.19, and the price at which shares are left unexecuted within such range, is $20.19; therefore
2,000 shares would execute at the IEX Official Closing Price of $20.19;
• The Midpoint Peg buy order would receive an execution of 2,000 shares;
• The LOC sell order would receive an execution of 2,000 shares; and
• The LOC buy order would not receive an execution, because the LOC sell order is fully filled after matching with the Midpoint Peg buy order with superior priority.
○ The Regular Market Continuous Book Contains the following orders:
Primary Peg order to buy 2,500 shares with a resting price of $20.18, and limit price of $20.20.
○ The Closing Auction Book includes the following orders:
LOC order to buy 500 shares with a limit price of $20.19; and
LOC order to sell 2,000 shares with a limit price of 20.19.
○ For purposes of determining the clearing price, the Primary Peg order is priced at its resting price ($20.18) because it is resting outside the Reference Price Range ($20.19 to $20.21); the Primary Peg order is eligible exercise price discretion up to the auction match price, so long as the match price is at or below the less aggressive of the NBB or the order's limit price.
○ Accordingly, shares are maximized at $20.19; therefore
2,000 shares would execute at the IEX Official Closing Price of $20.19;
• The LOC buy order would receive an execution of 500 shares;
• Assuming IEX has determined the quote to be stable pursuant to IEX Rule 11.190(g), the Primary Peg buy order would exercise discretion up to the auction match price and receive an execution of 1,500 shares; and
• Assuming IEX has determined the quote to be stable pursuant to IEX Rule 11.190(g), the LOC sell order would receive an execution of 2,000 shares. If IEX has determined the quote to be unstable pursuant to IEX Rule 11.190(g), the LOC sell order would receive an execution of 500 shares.
○ The Regular Market Continuous Book Contains the following orders:
Midpoint Peg order to buy 2,500 shares with a resting price of $20.20.
○ The Closing Auction Book includes the following orders:
LOC order to buy 500 shares with a limit price of $20.20; and
LOC order to sell 2,000 shares with a limit price of $20.20.
○ For purposes of determining the clearing price, the Midpoint Peg order is priced to the Protected NBB ($20.19), but remains ranked and eligible to execute at its resting price;
○ Accordingly, shares are maximized at $20.20; therefore
2,000 shares would execute at the IEX Official Closing Price of $20.20;
• The LOC buy order would receive an execution of 500 shares;
• The Midpoint Peg buy order would receive an execution of 1,500 shares; and
• The LOC sell order would receive an execution of 2,000 shares.
○ The Regular Market Continuous Book Contains the following orders:
Discretionary Peg order to buy 2,500 shares with a resting price of $20.19, and limit price of $20.21.
○ The Closing Auction Book includes the following orders:
LOC order to buy 500 shares with a limit price of $20.20; and
LOC order to sell 2,000 shares with a limit price of $20.20.
○ For purposes of determining the clearing price, the Discretionary Peg order is priced at its resting price ($20.19) because it is resting at the Reference Price Range ($20.19 to $20.21); the Discretionary Peg order is eligible exercise price discretion up to the auction match price, so long as the match price is at or below the less aggressive of the midpoint of the NBBO or the order's limit price.
○ Accordingly, shares are maximized at $20.20; therefore
2,000 shares would execute at the IEX Official Closing Price of $20.20;
• The LOC buy order would receive an execution of 500 shares;
• Assuming IEX has determined the quote to be stable pursuant to IEX Rule 11.190(g), the Discretionary Peg buy order would exercise discretion up to the auction match price and receive an execution of 1,500 shares; and
• Assuming IEX has determined the quote to be stable pursuant to IEX Rule 11.190(g), the LOC sell order would receive an execution of 2,000 shares. If IEX has determined the quote to be unstable pursuant to IEX Rule 11.190(g), the LOC sell order would receive an execution of 500 shares.
As noted above, the Exchange will not offer an imbalance order type (
After informal discussion with various Members, the Exchange believes that imbalance only order types are generally employed by Users deploying sophisticated auction trading strategies, and are seldom used by long-term or natural investors. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that not offering a special imbalance only order type that is unlikely to garner broad User adoption, while still offering investors the opportunity to offset imbalances using LOO, LOC, and limit orders, or specifically in the case of an Opening or Closing Auction, non-displayed interest on the Continuous Book with a resting price within the Reference Price Range, will simplify the process of participating in auctions and attract more trading interest from a broad range of market participants, thereby resulting in robust price discovery for IEX Auctions, consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest.
The clearing price determination process proposed by the Exchange takes an approach similar to Nasdaq, with certain modifications as described below. Specifically, as proposed, the clearing price determination for both Nasdaq and IEX would first maximize the number of shares executable in the auction at a single price. However, in the event there is more than one price at which shares are maximized, Nasdaq Rule 4752(d)(2)(B) states that the auction shall match at the price that minimizes any imbalance, and if there is more than one price at which shares are maximized and imbalance is minimized, Nasdaq Rule 4752(d)(2)(C) states that the auction shall match at the price at which shares will remain unexecuted in the auction. The Exchange believes that Nasdaq Rule 4752(d)(2)(B) and (C) often arrive at the same price, because the price at which imbalance is minimized is often also the price at which shares remain unexecuted in the auction. Accordingly, the Exchange is proposing to consolidate these two conditions, and instead utilize the price at which shares will remain unexecuted in the auction (
Moreover, in the event the clearing price determination process results in a clearing price range (
Lastly, in the event the clearing price determined pursuant to the procedures above is below (above) the lower (upper) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar in the Opening or Closing Auction, the official auction price will be the price at or within the range of prices between the lower (upper) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar and the lower (upper) threshold of the Reference Price Range that best satisfies the conditions described above. This differs from Nasdaq in that under Nasdaq Rule 4752(d)(2)(E), if the auction price is outside of the Nasdaq opening or closing auction collars, the auction shall occur at a price within the threshold amounts that best satisfies the conditions of Nasdaq Rule 4752(d)(2)(A) through (D). The Exchange believes that the proposed rule is designed to provide greater clarity to Users regarding the range of prices within which the Opening or Closing Auction will occur (because the range of possible auction match prices is narrower) in the event the clearing price is outside of the collar.
The Exchange notes that the clearing price determination processes utilized by other primary listing markets are not homogeneous. As described above, the Exchange designed IEX Auctions with certain features that are substantially similar to current functionality offered by other listings markets, while making certain changes designed to democratize auction participation among all Members via simplification and transparency. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that the proposed auction design will provide a transparent, efficient, and robust process to aggregate trading interest submitted by a broad range of market participants to be matched at a single clearing price, consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, and in alignment with issuers' interests.
Each of the Opening Auction, Closing Auction, IPO Auction, Halt Auction, and Volatility Auction operated by IEX will be an auction to match buy and sell orders at the single price at which the most shares would execute. If more than one price maximizes the number of shares to be executed in the auction, and shares are also left unexecuted at more than one price (resulting in an “auction price range”), the clearing price shall be the price within the auction price range that minimizes the distance from the Volume Based Tie Breaker.
(A) 5% if the Protected Midpoint Price is less than or equal to $25.00;
(B) 2.5% if the Protected Midpoint Price is greater than $25.00 but less than or equal to $50.00; or
(C) 1.5% if the Protected Midpoint Price is greater than $50.00.
In the event that the Protected NBBO is not valid, the Reference Price Range will be the IEX BBO, if the IEX BBO is a Valid IEX BBO.
The proposed Maximum Percentage validation of the Protected NBBO (or IEX BBO, as applicable) is designed to avoid using an excessively wide spread as the Reference Price Range, or the midpoint price of such spread as the Volume Based Tie Breaker. As described above, in the event the midpoint of the Protected NBBO (or IEX BBO) is greater than the Maximum Percentage away from either the NBB (or IEX best bid) or NBO (or IEX best offer), then the Exchange will utilize prices that reflect the most recent trading or quoting activity (
Under proposed Rule 11.350(a)(6), the Final Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade will be the last trade prior to the end of Regular Market Hours, or where applicable, prior to trading in the security being halted or paused, that is last sale eligible and reported to the Consolidated Tape. If no such transaction was executed in accordance with the preceding sentence, then the Final Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade will be the previous official closing price, or the issue price in the case of an IPO or launch of a new issue. Under proposed Rule 11.350(a)(19), the Latest Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade will be the last trade immediately prior to trading in the security being halted or paused that is last sale eligible and reported to the Consolidated Tape. If no such transaction was executed in accordance with the preceding sentence, then the Latest Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade will be the previous official closing price.
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(a)(27), the Opening and Closing Auction match must occur at or within the upper and lower thresholds of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar. If the clearing price determination results in a clearing price below (above) the lower (upper) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar, the price of the auction will be set to the price at or within the range of prices between the lower (upper) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar and the lower (upper) threshold of the Reference Price Range that best satisfies the clearing price determination.
The Opening/Closing Auction Collar shall mean, collectively, the upper and lower threshold prices at or within which the Opening and Closing Auction match must occur. The Opening/Closing Auction Collar is established by taking the greater of fifty cents ($0.50) or a default threshold percentage of ten
The Exchange is proposing to utilize a default threshold percentage of ten percent (10%) for the Opening/Closing Auction Collar because, based on informal discussion with various Members, as well as Nasdaq's usage of identical default threshold percentage values, such values typically provide an appropriate range within which price discovery may occur to maximize the number of shares executed in the auction. Furthermore, the Exchange believes utilizing the midpoint of the Protected NBBO to establish the Opening/Closing Auction Collar Reference Price is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest in that the Protected NBBO represents the range of prices that best reflect the market for a security. Furthermore, utilizing the midpoint of the Protected NBBO may be less susceptible to volatility and manipulation, because in order to move the midpoint of the Protected NBBO to influence the auction, one or more Users would need to sweep the entire market, rather than simply entering aggressive interest on the Exchange.
For example, if the Protected NBBO is $10.00 × $11.00, then the Opening/Closing Auction Collar Reference Price equals $10.50 and the threshold percentage is 10%, resulting in a threshold value of $1.05 (10% of $10.50 = $1.05). This threshold value is then added to the Protected NBO and subtracted from the Protected NBB to obtain the auction's Opening/Closing Auction Collar. In this example, it would result in a lower threshold of $8.95 ($10.00 − $1.05 = $8.95) and an upper threshold of $12.05 ($11.00 + $1.05 = $12.05), thus creating a range of $8.95 to $12.05, at or within which the auction can occur. This means $8.95 is the lowest price at which the auction can occur and $12.05 is the highest price at which it can occur. The Opening/Closing Auction Collar is dynamic, and as the Protected NBBO changes, the Opening/Closing Auction Collar updates to reflect such changes.
If the Protected NBBO is crossed, the Opening/Closing Auction Collar will be the greater of fifty cents ($0.50) or a default threshold percentage of ten percent (10%) applied to the Opening/Closing Auction Collar Reference Price (defined as the Volume Based Tie Breaker, which in the case of a crossed market, is the midpoint of the IEX BBO), which shall be added to (subtracted from) the IEX best offer (bid) to establish the upper (lower) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar.
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(a)(31), the Volatility Auction match must occur at or within the upper and lower thresholds of the Volatility Auction Collar. If there is a market order imbalance or the clearing price determination arrives at a clearing price above (below) the upper (lower) threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar, the Volatility Auction Order Acceptance Period will be extended five (5) minutes due to an Impermissible Price and the Volatility Auction Collar will be updated as described below.
If the Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price (defined in proposed Rule 11.350(a)(32)) [sic] as the Upper or Lower LULD Price Band that triggered the LULD trading pause) is the Lower (Upper) Price Band, the initial lower (upper) threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar is five percent (5%) less (greater) than the Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price, rounded to the nearest passive MPV and the upper (lower) threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar is the Upper (Lower) Price Band. For securities with a Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price of three dollars ($3.00) or less, the initial lower (upper) threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar is fifteen cents ($0.15) less (greater) than the Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price, rounded to the nearest passive MPV and the upper (lower) threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar is the Upper (Lower) Price Band. The Volatility Auction Collar, as proposed, is identical to the auction collars imposed by Bats, Nasdaq, and Arca when conducting an auction to resume a security subject to an LULD trading pause.
Furthermore, the proposed Volatility Auction Collar functionality is consistent with the commitment made by each primary listing exchange set forth in Amendment 12 to the Plan to Address Extraordinary Market Volatility Pursuant to Rule 608 of Regulation NMS under the Act (the “Limit Up-Limit Down Plan”) to file rule changes with the Commission under Section 19(b) of the Exchange Act to amend its respective trading practice for automated reopening's following a trading pause consistent with a standardized approach agreed to by Limit Up-Limit Down Plan Participants that would allow for extensions of an LULD trading pause if equilibrium cannot be met for a reopening price within specified parameters.
For example, if the Lower and Upper Price Bands are $10.00 and $11.00, respectively, and a pause is triggered following a Limit State at the Lower Price Band, the Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price would be equal to the Lower Price Band, $10.00. The lower threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar (“lower Volatility Auction Collar”) would be calculated by subtracting 5% of the Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price, or $0.50 (5% of $10.00 = $0.50), from the Volatility Auction Collar Reference Price. The upper threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar (“upper Volatility Auction Collar”) would be equal to the Upper Price Band. In this example, it would result in a lower Volatility Auction Collar of $9.50 ($10.00 − $0.50 = $9.50) and an upper Volatility Auction Collar of $11.00, thus creating a range of $9.50 to $11.00, within which the Volatility Auction can occur. This means $9.50 is the lowest price at which the Volatility Auction can occur and $11.00 is the highest price at which it can occur.
The Volatility Auction Collar is static during the Order Acceptance Period and only updates at the beginning of each five (5) minute Volatility Auction Order Acceptance Period extension caused by an Impermissible Price. In this example, if the LULD trading pause was triggered at 12:00 p.m., the above calculated Volatility Auction Collar would be in effect during the Order Acceptance Period from 12:00 until 12:05 p.m. To continue the example, if the Indicative Clearing Price was above the upper Volatility Auction Collar at the time of the scheduled auction match, 12:05 p.m., then the Volatility Auction would receive an extension of five (5) minutes (the “Initial Extension Period”) and the upper Volatility Auction Collar would be updated by adding 5% of the upper Volatility Auction Collar, or $0.55 (5% of $11.00 = $0.55), to the upper Volatility Auction Collar.
Furthermore, continuing the example, if the Indicative Clearing Price was below the lower Volatility Auction Collar at the time of the scheduled auction match of 12:10 p.m., then the Volatility Auction would receive an extension of five (5) minutes (an “Additional Extension Period”) and the lower Volatility Auction Collar would be updated by subtracting 5% of the lower Volatility Auction Collar, or $0.47 (5% of $9.50 = $0.47, when rounded to the nearest passive MPV), from the lower Volatility Auction Collar.
As proposed in Rule 11.350(c)(1), the Exchange will allow Users to submit orders eligible for execution in the Opening Auction at the beginning of the Pre-Market Session, which begins at 8:00 a.m.
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(c)(1)(B), beginning at the Opening Auction Lock-in Time (
The Exchange is proposing a similar approach to Bats and Nasdaq, in applying a 9:28 a.m. Lock-out [sic]
Orders eligible to join the Opening Auction Book that are received after the Opening Auction Lock-out Time will be rejected upon entry. Limit orders designated for the Pre-Market Continuous Book (as well as Auction Ineligible Orders) may continue to be entered and modified or canceled at any time prior to execution.
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(c)(2), beginning at the Opening Auction Lock-in Time and updated every one second thereafter, the Exchange will disseminate IEX Auction Information via electronic means, as described below. Auction Eligible Orders will be ranked and maintained in accordance with IEX Auction Priority, described above. The Exchange will attempt to conduct an Opening Auction for all IEX-listed securities at the start of Regular Market Hours (
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(c)(2)(C), Auction Eligible Orders matched in the Opening Auction will execute in accordance with IEX Auction Priority, as described above. Market and MOO orders have priority over all other Auction Eligible Orders, and to the extent there is executable contra side interest, such market and MOO orders will execute at the IEX Official Opening Price in accordance with time priority. After the execution of all market and MOO orders, the remaining Auction Eligible Orders (
Under proposed Rule 11.350(c)(2)(D), if an IEX-listed security is subject to a Pre-Market Session halt, all orders on the Opening Auction Book will remain open. Users may resume submission of new or modifications to existing Auction Eligible Orders for the halted security during the Order Acceptance Period. Users may cancel open Auction Eligible Orders at any time during the halt. If a halt persists through the start of Regular Market Hours, no Opening
Under proposed Rule 11.350(c)(2)(E), the Halt Auction will determine the IEX Official Opening Price for an IEX-listed security pursuant to Rule 11.350(e) below if a Halt Auction is scheduled to occur during the Regular Market Session, and IEX has not determined an IEX Official Opening Price due to (i) an overnight trading halt, or (ii) a lack of crossing interest during the Opening Auction, there is no Initial Last Sale Eligible Trade, and the security is subsequently halted. Similarly, under proposed Rule 11.350(c)(2)(F), The Volatility Auction will determine the IEX Official Opening Price for an IEX-listed security pursuant to Rule 11.350(f) below if IEX has not determined an IEX Official Opening Price due to a lack of crossing interest during the Opening Auction, there is no Initial Last Sale Eligible Trade, and the security is subsequently paused.
When a disruption occurs that prevents the execution of the Opening Auction as set forth above, IEX shall apply the Opening Auction Contingency Procedures pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(c)(4). Specifically, IEX will publicly announce that no Opening Auction will occur, and the price of the Initial Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade will be used for the IEX Official Opening Price.
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(c)(3), LOO, MOO, and market orders that are not fully executed at the conclusion of the Opening Auction will be canceled immediately after the Opening Auction match. Limit orders to buy (sell) with a TIF of DAY or GTX and a limit price above (below) the upper (lower) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar that are not fully executed at the conclusion of the Opening Auction will be canceled immediately after the Opening Auction match.
As proposed in Rule 11.350(d)(1), the Exchange will allow Users to submit orders eligible for execution in the Closing Auction at the beginning of the Pre-Market Session, or at the beginning of the Order Acceptance Period for an IPO, which in both cases begins at 8:00 a.m. Any MOC and LOC orders designated for the Closing Auction Book will be queued until the end of the Regular Market Session (
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(d)(1), beginning at the Closing Auction Lock-in Time (
Under proposed Rule 11.350(d)(2)(A), beginning at the Closing Auction Lock-in Time and updated every one second thereafter, the Exchange will disseminate IEX Auction Information via electronic means, as described below. The Exchange will attempt to conduct a Closing Auction for all IEX-listed securities at 4:00 p.m., or such earlier time as the Regular Market Session ends on days that IEX is subject to an early closing in accordance with the clearing price determination process, described above and set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(d)(2)(B). Auction Eligible Orders will be ranked in accordance with IEX Auction Priority, described above, and as set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(b).
For example, if the Continuous Book and Closing Auction Book were to contain the following orders:
Shares are maximized and left unexecuted at $20.01, therefore the IEX Closing Auction would execute 11,000 shares at $20.01.
Auction Eligible Orders matched in the Closing Auction will execute in accordance with IEX Auction Priority, described above. Specifically, as set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(d)(2)(C), MOC orders have priority over all other Auction Eligible Orders, and to the extent there is executable contra side interest, such MOC orders will execute at the IEX Official Closing Price in accordance with time priority. After the execution of all MOC orders, the remaining Auction Eligible Orders (
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(d)(2)(D), if a halt is disseminated in an IEX-listed security prior to the Closing Auction, all orders on the Auction Book will remain open. Users may resume submission of new or make modifications to existing Auction Eligible Orders for the halted security during the Order Acceptance Period. Users may cancel open Auction Eligible Orders at any time during the halt. If a halt persists through the end of Regular Market Hours, no Closing Auction will occur. All On-Open orders, On-Close orders, and pegged orders will be canceled at the conclusion of Regular Market Hours, and the Final Last Sale Eligible Trade will be the IEX Official Closing Price. However, where an IEX-listed security is paused pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e) at or after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, or the Order Acceptance Period of a Volatility Auction for a security paused before the Closing Auction Lock-in Time pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e) would otherwise be extended by the Exchange to a time after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, On-Close orders are added to the Volatility Auction and such auction will be used to determine the IEX Official Closing Price for the subject security at the conclusion of Regular Market Hours in accordance with proposed Rule 11.350(f)(3), described below.
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(d)(4), when a disruption occurs that prevents the execution of the Closing Auction as set forth above, IEX proposes to apply either the Primary or Secondary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures. The proposed contingency procedures are identical to those recently proposed by Nasdaq in conjunction with NYSE and NYSE Arca, and the exclusive securities information processors for the Nasdaq UTP Plan and the Consolidated Quote/Consolidated Tape Plan (the “SIPs”), as part of a larger industry initiative to ensure the orderly execution and dissemination of official closing prices.
IEX will employ the Primary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures if at all possible, and it will employ the Secondary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures only if it determines that both the standard procedures and the Primary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures are unavailable. The determination to employ Primary or Secondary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures will be based upon all available information including the type of disruption, the system or sub-system disrupted, the availability of testing and diagnostic data, and observed Member and market impact. The determination to implement Primary or Secondary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures shall be made by the President of IEX or a senior level employee designated by the President. If such a disruption occurs, IEX shall publicly announce at the earliest possible time the initiation of Primary or Secondary Closing Auction Contingency procedures via system status alerts and email notification directories.
If IEX determines to initiate the Primary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures, IEX will publicly announce that no Closing Auction will occur. The price of the Final Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade will be used for the IEX Official Closing Price. The IEX Official Closing Price will be published to the Consolidated Tape. IEX will execute orders on the Closing Auction Book at the IEX Official Closing Price to the extent that executable buy and sell interest exists on the Closing Auction
When a determination to implement Secondary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures has been made by the President of IEX or a senior level employee designated by the President, IEX shall publicly announce this determination at the earliest possible time via system status alerts and email notification directories. If the Secondary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures are implemented, IEX will designate an alternate exchange to provide an official closing price for all or a subset of IEX-listed securities. The Exchange would publicly announce the exchange designated as the alternate exchange via Trader Alert, and will confirm the designated alternate exchange via system status alert and email notification directories at the time of announcing the implementation of Secondary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures.
If IEX determines to follow Secondary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures for one or more securities at or before 3:00 p.m., IEX will designate an alternate exchange to provide an official closing price for all or a subset of IEX-listed securities. IEX will cancel all open orders on the Order Book in the impacted securities to give Members the opportunity to route their orders to alternative execution venues. The IEX Official Closing Price will be the official closing price established for the security under the rules of the designated back-up exchange. If there is no official closing price in a security on the designated back-up exchange, the IEX Official Closing Price will be the volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) of the last sale eligible trades reported to the Consolidated Tape during the last five minutes of Regular Market Hours on that trading day, including any closing transactions on an exchange and any trade breaks or corrections up to the time the VWAP is processed. If there are no last sale eligible trades reported to the Consolidated Tape during the last five minutes of Regular Market Hours, the IEX Official Closing Price of such security will be the Final Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade for the security on that trading day. If there were no last sale eligible trades reported to the Consolidated Tape on that trading day, the IEX Official Closing Price will be the previous official closing price. The IEX Official Closing Price will be published to the Consolidated Tape. If a security's IEX Official Closing Price cannot be determined under this subsection, IEX will not publish an IEX Official Closing Price for the security, and the Post-Market Session shall begin either as scheduled, or upon resolution of the disruption that triggered IEX to operate the Secondary Contingency Procedures.
If IEX determines to follow Secondary Closing Auction Contingency Procedures for one or more securities after 3:00 p.m., IEX will cancel all open orders on the Order Book in the impacted securities to give Members the opportunity to route their orders to alternative execution venues. The IEX Official Closing Price will be the VWAP of the last sale eligible trades reported to the Consolidated Tape during the last five minutes of Regular Market Hours on that trading day, including any closing transactions on an exchange and any trade breaks or corrections up to the time the VWAP is processed. If there are no last sale eligible trades reported to the Consolidated Tape during the last five minutes of Regular Market Hours, the IEX Official Closing Price of such security will be the Final Consolidated Last Sale Eligible Trade for the security on that trading day. If there were no last sale eligible trades reported to the Consolidated Tape on that trading day, the IEX Official Closing Price will be the previous official closing price. The IEX Official Closing Price will be published to the Consolidated Tape. If a security's IEX Official Closing Price cannot be determined under this subsection, IEX will not publish an IEX Official Closing Price for the security, and the Post Market Session shall begin either as scheduled, or upon resolution of the disruption that triggered IEX to operate the Secondary Contingency Procedures.
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(d)(3), LOC, MOC, and pegged orders, as well as limit orders with a time-in-force of DAY that are not fully executed at the conclusion of the Closing Auction will be canceled immediately after the Closing Auction match. All remaining shares from Auction Eligible Orders that are not canceled by the System immediately after the Closing Auction match will be released to the Continuous Book for trading in the Post-Market Session, subject to the orders' instructions. Routable orders that are released to the Continuous Book will be routed in accordance with IEX Rule 11.230(c) (Re-Sweep Behavior), subject to the orders' instructions.
For trading in an IEX-listed security in an initial public offering (an “IPO”), or launch of a new issue, the Exchange will conduct an IPO Auction pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(e), as described further below. Following a trading halt in an IEX-listed security pursuant to Supplementary Material .01 to Rule 14.207 and proposed Rule 11.280(g)(1), (4), or (5), the Exchange will conduct a Halt Auction, as described below.
As proposed in Rule 11.350(e)(1), the Exchange will allow Users to submit orders for potential participation in an IPO or Halt Auction during the Order Acceptance Period. Similar to Bats and Nasdaq, the Order Acceptance Period for an IPO Auction begins at the start of System Hours (
For an IPO Auction, Auction Eligible Orders, as proposed, would include MOO, LOO, and market orders with a time-in-force of DAY, as well as limit orders with a time-in-force of DAY, GTX, GTT, SYS, FOK, or IOC.
• On-Open orders queued prior to Regular Market Hours if a Pre-Market Session halt persists through the start of Regular Market Hours and the Halt Auction is scheduled to occur during the Regular Market Session;
• Limit orders with a TIF of GTT, SYS, FOK, or IOC received during the Order Acceptance Period;
• Limit orders with a TIF of DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session or queued prior to the Regular Market Session for securities that have not traded during the Regular Market Session on that trading day;
• Limit orders with a TIF of GTX received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session or Post-Market Session or queued prior to the Regular Market Session for securities that have not traded during the Regular Market Session on that trading day;
• Market orders with a TIF of FOK or IOC received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session;
• Market orders with a TIF of DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within the Regular Market Session or queued prior to the Regular Market Session for securities that have not traded during the Regular Market Session on that trading day; and
• Displayed portions of limit orders on the Continuous Book at the time of the halt dissemination.
IPO and Halt Auctions are not subject to “lock-in” or “lock-out” restrictions. Pegged orders and non-displayed orders on the Continuous Book at the time of the halt dissemination will not be eligible to execute in the Halt Auction. Pegged orders submitted during the Order Acceptance Period will not be eligible to execute in the IPO or Halt Auction.
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(e)(2)(A), at the beginning of the Display Only Period (
The Order Acceptance Period may be extended at the time of the auction match pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(e)(2)(B)(i)-(iii) automatically for five (5) minutes in an IPO Auction when there are unmatched shares from market orders on the IPO Auction Book, or when the Indicative Clearing Price at the auction match differs by the greater of five percent (5%) or fifty cents ($0.50) from any of the previous fifteen (15) Indicative Clearing Price disseminations, automatically during the Pre-Launch Period when the clearing price is above (below) the upper (lower) price band selected by the underwriter pursuant to proposed Rule 11.280(h)(8), until the clearing price is within such bands, or a manual extension may be implemented upon request from the underwriter at any time prior to the auction match. For a Halt Auction, pursuant to Rule 11.350(e)(2)(B)(i)-(ii), the Order Acceptance Period may be extended automatically for one (1) minute when there are unmatched shares from market orders on the Halt Auction Book, or when the Indicative Clearing Price at the auction match differs by the greater of five percent (5%) or fifty cents ($0.50) from any of the previous fifteen (15) Indicative Clearing Price disseminations.
The Exchange will generally attempt to conduct an auction for corporate IPOs beginning at 10:15 a.m., or 9:30 a.m. for new issues, in accordance with the clearing price determination process, described above and as set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(e)(2)(C). Auction Eligible Orders will be ranked in accordance with IEX Auction Priority, described above and as set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(b). Auction Eligible Orders are used to calculate the auction match price. Auction Eligible Orders matched in the IPO or Halt Auction will execute in accordance with IEX Auction Priority, described above. Specifically, as set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(e)(2)(D), market and MOO orders have priority over all other Auction Eligible Orders, and to the extent there is executable contra side interest, such market and MOO orders will execute at the IEX Official IPO Price or the price of the IEX Re-Opening Trade in accordance with time priority. After the execution of all market and MOO orders, the remaining Auction Eligible Orders with a resting price more aggressive than the IEX Official IPO Price or the price of the IEX Re-Opening Trade will be executed in price-display-time priority at the IEX Official IPO Price, or the price of the IEX Re-Opening Trade. All remaining Auction Eligible Orders with a resting price equal to the IEX Official IPO Price or the price of the IEX Re-Opening Trade execute in display-time priority at the IEX Official IPO Price, or the price of the IEX Re-Opening Trade. Upon completion of an IPO Auction for IEX-listed securities, the IEX Official IPO Opening Price for the security will be the price of auction, and shall be disseminated to the Consolidated Tape along with a bulk execution. Upon completion of a Halt Auction for IEX-listed securities, the IEX Re-Opening Trade for the security will be the execution that resulted from the Halt Auction. If a security does not have a Halt Auction (
If IEX has not determined the IEX Official Opening Price for an IEX-listed security, and the Halt Auction is scheduled to occur during the Regular Market Session, the IEX Official Opening Price will be the price of the Halt Auction pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(c)(2)(D) or (E), as applicable. If there is insufficient crossing interest to complete the Halt Auction, the transition to the Regular Market Session shall be conducted pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(e)(3), described below, no auction will occur, and the IEX Official Opening Price will be the Initial Last Sale Eligible Trade.
When a disruption occurs that prevents the execution of an IPO or Halt Auction as set forth above, IEX shall apply the IPO or Halt Auction Contingency Procedures as set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(e)(4). Specifically, for an IPO Auction, IEX will publicly announce that the Order Acceptance Period will be reset for the subject security, at which point IEX will cancel all orders on the Order Book, and shall disseminate a new scheduled time for the Order Acceptance Period and auction match. For a Halt Auction, IEX will publicly announce that no Halt Auction will occur. All orders on the Order Book will be canceled, and IEX will open the security for trading without an auction.
Under proposed Rule 11.350(e)(3), LOO, MOO, and market orders, as well as Auction Eligible Orders with a TIF of FOK or IOC that are not fully executed at the conclusion of the IPO Auction will be canceled immediately after the IPO Auction match. Auction Eligible Orders with a time-in-force of FOK or IOC and market orders (as well as On-Open orders when the Halt Auction is determining the IEX Official Opening Price) that are not fully executed at the conclusion of the Halt Auction will be canceled immediately after the Halt Auction match. All remaining shares from Auction Eligible Orders that are not canceled by the System immediately after an IPO or Halt Auction match and Auction Ineligible Orders will be released to the Continuous Book for execution in the Pre-Market, Regular Market, or Post-Market Session, as applicable, subject to the orders instructions. Routable orders that are released to the Continuous Book will be routed in accordance with IEX Rule 11.230(c) (Re-Sweep Behavior), subject to the orders instructions.
IEX will conduct a Volatility Auction pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(f) to re-open an IEX-listed security after such security is subject to an LULD trading pause pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e). Furthermore, as described below, IEX will close IEX-listed securities using a Volatility Auction under proposed Rule 11.350(f)(3) when an IEX-listed security is subject to an LULD trading pause at or after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, or the Order Acceptance Period of a Volatility Auction for a security paused before the Closing Auction Lock-in Time pursuant to the LULD Plan would otherwise be extended by the Exchange to a time after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time. As noted above in the description of the proposed Volatility Auction Collars, the proposed Volatility Auction functionality is substantially similar to the functionality proposed by Bats, Nasdaq, and NYSE Arca for conducting an auction to resume a security subject to an LULD trading pause. Furthermore, the proposed Volatility Auction functionality is consistent with the commitment made by each primary listing exchange set forth in Amendment 12 to the Limit Up-Limit Down Plan to file rule changes with the Commission under Section 19(b) of the Exchange Act to amend its respective trading practice for automated reopening's following a trading pause consistent with a standardized approach agreed to by Limit Up-Limit Down Plan Participants that would allow for extensions of an LULD trading pause if equilibrium cannot be met for a reopening price within specified parameters.
As set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(f)(1), the Exchange will allow Users to submit orders for potential participation in a Volatility Auction during the Order Acceptance Period, which is generally five (5) minutes, and begins immediately after the pause dissemination. However, when an IEX-listed security is paused pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e) at or after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, or if the Order Acceptance Period of a Volatility Auction for a security paused before the Closing Auction Lock-in Time pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e) would be in effect at the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, the Order Acceptance Period shall continue to the end of the Regular Market Session.
The Exchange will not execute any orders in the applicable security prior to the auction match. Auction Eligible Orders submitted during the Order Acceptance Period will join the Volatility Auction Book and be queued until the Volatility Auction match. All orders associated with a Volatility Auction must be received prior to the auction match in order to be eligible for execution in the auction. Auction Ineligible Orders with a TIF of IOC or FOK will be rejected prior to the auction match; Auction Ineligible Orders that may rest on the Order Book will be queued and maintained during the Order Acceptance Period in accordance with Rule 11.220(a)(1). Auction Eligible Orders associated with a Volatility Auction may be canceled or modified at any time prior to the auction match.
• Limit orders with a TIF of GTX, GTT, SYS, FOK, or IOC received during the Order Acceptance Period;
• Limit orders with a TIF of DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within Regular Market Hours;
• Market orders with a TIF of FOK, IOC, or DAY received during the Order Acceptance Period within Regular Market Hours; and
• Displayed portions of limit orders on the Continuous Book at the time of the pause dissemination.
Auction Eligible Orders associated with a Volatility Auction may be canceled or modified at any time prior to execution. Volatility Auctions are not subject to “lock-in” or “lock-out” restrictions. Pegged orders and non-displayed orders on the Continuous Book at the time of the pause dissemination will not be eligible for execution in the Volatility Auction. Pegged orders submitted during the Order Acceptance Period will not be eligible for execution in the Volatility Auction.
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(f)(2)(A), at the beginning of the Display Only Period (
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(a)(29)(C), the Order Acceptance Period for a Volatility Auction shall commence immediately after a trading pause dissemination. Under proposed Rules 11.350(f)(2)(C)(i)-(ii), the conditions in which the Order Acceptance Period may be extended automatically for five (5) minutes pursuant to Rule 11.350(f)(2)(D)(ii) at the time of the Volatility Auction match include when: (i) There are unmatched shares from market orders on the Volatility Auction Book, or when the Indicative Clearing Price is higher (lower) than the upper (lower) threshold of the Volatility Auction Collar (in either case, an “Impermissible Price”); or (ii) when the Indicative Clearing Price differs by the greater of five percent (5%) or fifty cents ($0.50) from any of the previous fifteen (15) Indicative Clearing Price disseminations. In addition, under proposed Rule 11.350(f)(2)(C)(iii), the Order Acceptance Period will be extended automatically to the end of the Regular Market Session where an IEX-listed security is paused at or after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, or the Order Acceptance Period of a Volatility Auction for a security paused before the Closing Auction Lock-in Time would otherwise be in effect at the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, in which case the IEX Official Closing Price will be determined by the Volatility Auction pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(f)(3).
Under proposed Rule 11.350(f)(2)(D)(ii), the Order Acceptance Period may be extended for five (5) minutes under proposed rule 11.350(f)(2)(C)(i) or (C)(ii) described above (the “Initial Extension Period”). After the Initial Extension Period, the Order Acceptance Period may be extended for additional five (5) minute periods pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(f)(2)(C)(i) or (C)(ii) described above (each an “Additional Extension Period”) until a Volatility Auction occurs. The Exchange shall attempt to conduct a Volatility Auction every one second during the course of each Additional Extension Period. Should the Order Acceptance Period for a Volatility Auction be extended to a time past the Closing Auction Lock-in Time (
The Exchange will attempt to conduct a Volatility Auction for all IEX-listed securities to resume trading following an LULD trading pause, in accordance with the clearing price determination process described above and set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(f)(2)(E). If the Volatility Auction price established by subparagraphs (i) through (iii) is outside the Volatility Auction Collar, the Order Acceptance Period shall be extended pursuant to 11.350(f)(2)(C)(ii) and the Volatility Auction Collars shall be updated pursuant to Rule 11.350(f)(2)(D)(ii). If the Volatility Auction price established by subparagraphs (i) through (iii) meets the conditions for extending the Order Acceptance Period described in Rule 11.350(f)(2)(C)(i), the Order Acceptance Period shall be extended pursuant to 11.350(f)(2)(C)(i).
Auction Eligible Orders matched in the Volatility Auction will execute in accordance with IEX Auction Priority, described above. Specifically, as set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(f)(2)(F), market orders have priority over all other Auction Eligible Orders, and to the extent there is executable contra side interest, such market orders will execute at the price of the IEX Re-Opening in accordance with time priority. After the execution of all market orders, the remaining Auction Eligible Orders with a resting price more aggressive than the price of the IEX Re-Opening will be executed in price-display-time priority at the price of the IEX Re-Opening Trade. All remaining Auction Eligible Orders with a resting price equal to the price of the IEX Re-Opening Trade execute in display-time priority at the price of the IEX Re-Opening Trade. Upon completion of a Volatility Auction, the IEX Re-opening Trade for the security will be the execution that resulted from the Volatility Auction. If a security does not have a Volatility Auction (
When a disruption occurs that prevents the execution of a Volatility Auction as set forth above, IEX shall apply the Volatility Auction Contingency Procedures set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(f)(2)(H). Specifically, IEX will publicly announce that no Volatility Auction will occur, and the Exchange will immediately notify the single plan processor responsible for consolidation of information for the security. All orders on the Order Book will be canceled, and IEX will open the security for trading without an auction after the single plan processor responsible for consolidation of information for the security has disseminated Price Bands.
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(f)(2)(G), Auction Eligible Orders with a TIF of FOK or IOC and market orders that are not fully executed in a Volatility Auction will be canceled immediately after the Volatility Auction match. All remaining shares from Auction Eligible Orders and Auction Ineligible Orders that are not canceled by the System immediately after a Volatility Auction match will be released to the Continuous Book for trading in the Regular Market Session, subject to the orders' instructions. Routable orders that are released to the Continuous Book will be routed in accordance with IEX Rule 11.230(c) (Re-Sweep Behavior), subject to the orders' instructions.
Where an IEX-listed security is paused pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e) at or after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, or the Order Acceptance Period of a Volatility Auction for a security paused before the Closing Auction Lock-in Time pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e)
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(f)(3)(A), Auction Eligible Orders may be submitted to the Exchange at the beginning of the Order Acceptance Period for participation in a Volatility Auction. All Auction Eligible Orders will be queued until the auction match. All orders associated with a Volatility Auction must be received prior to the auction match in order to be eligible for execution in the Volatility Auction. Auction Ineligible Orders will be rejected prior to the auction match. MOC and LOC orders queued for the Closing Auction will be incorporated into the Auction Book for the Volatility Auction. When an IEX-listed security is paused pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e) at or after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, or the Order Acceptance Period of a Volatility Auction for a security paused before the Closing Auction Lock-in Time pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(e) would otherwise be extended by the Exchange to a time after the Closing Auction Lock-in Time, non-displayed interest with a TIF of DAY and pegged orders will be immediately canceled, in order to allow Users to re-enter such interest as Auction Eligible Orders. Auction Eligible Orders associated with a Volatility Auction may be canceled or modified at any time prior to the auction match. In the event the Exchange cannot complete a Volatility Auction before the end of Post-Market Hours (
Under proposed Rule 11.350(f)(3)(B)(i), at the start of the Display Only Period and updated every one second thereafter, IEX Auction Information associated with the Volatility Auction will be disseminated via electronic means. The Exchange shall execute the Volatility Auction to determine the IEX Official Closing Price of a security in accordance with the clearing price determination process described above and set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(f)(3)(B)(ii). If the Volatility Auction price established by proposed Rule 11.350(f)(3)(B)(ii) is outside the Volatility Auction Collar, the Order Acceptance Period shall be extended pursuant to 11.350(f)(2)(C)(ii) and the Volatility Auction Collars shall be updated pursuant to Rule 11.350(f)(2)(D)(ii), described above. If the Volatility Auction match price meets the conditions for extending the Order Acceptance Period described in Rule 11.350(f)(2)(C)(i), the Order Acceptance Period shall be extended pursuant to 11.350(f)(2)(C)(i).
Auction Eligible Orders matched in the Volatility Auction will execute in accordance with IEX Auction Priority, described above. Specifically, as set forth in proposed Rule 11.350(f)(3)(B)(iii), market and MOC orders have priority over all other Auction Eligible Orders in the Volatility Auction. To the extent there is executable contra side interest, such market and MOC orders will be executed at the IEX Official Closing Price according to time priority. After the execution of all market and MOC orders, the remaining Auction Eligible Orders with a resting price more aggressive than the IEX Official Closing Price will be executed in price-display-time priority at the IEX Official Closing Price. All remaining Auction Eligible Orders with a resting price equal to the IEX Official Closing Price shall execute in display-time priority at the IEX Official Closing Price. All AGID modifiers as defined in Rule 11.190(e), and Minimum Quantity instructions as defined in Rule 11.190(b)(11), will not be supported in the Volatility Auction, but will be enforced on all unexecuted shares released to the Continuous Book following the Volatility Auction match. The IEX Official Closing Price will be the price of the Volatility Auction. If there is insufficient trading interest (
Under proposed Rule 11.350(f)(3)(D), when a disruption occurs that prevents the execution of the Volatility Auction as set forth above, IEX will utilize the Closing Auction Contingency Procedures as defined in proposed Rule 11.350(d)(4).
Pursuant to proposed Rule 11.350(f)(3)(C), LOC, MOC, and market orders, as well as all orders with a TIF of DAY, FOK, or IOC that are not fully executed at the conclusion of the Volatility Auction will be canceled immediately after the Volatility Auction match. All remaining shares from Auction Eligible Orders that are not canceled immediately by the System after the Volatility Auction match will be released to the Continuous Book for trading in the Post-Market Session, subject to the orders' instructions. Routable orders that are released to the Continuous Book will be routed in accordance with IEX Rule 11.230(c) (Re-Sweep Behavior), subject to the orders' instructions.
For Opening, Closing, Halt, and Volatility Auctions for covered securities, when the Short Sale Price Test of Rule 201 of Regulation SHO is in effect, the Exchange will not execute or display short sale orders not marked short exempt at a price at or below the current NBB.
In addition, the Exchange notes that short sale orders not marked short exempt for a covered security subject to the Short Sale Price Test of Rule 201 of Regulation SHO submitted to the Continuous Book are subject to Rule 11.190(h)(4) (Short Sale Price Sliding), and will therefore not be displayed at a price at or below the current NBB. Furthermore, short sale orders submitted to the Auction Book that are not marked short exempt for a covered security subject to the Short Sale Price Test of Rule 201 of Regulation SHO submitted to the Auction Book are not displayed, and therefore will not be displayed at a price at or below the current NBB. In the case of an IPO
Accordingly, when the Short Sale Price Test of Rule 201 of Regulation SHO is in effect during an auction for a covered security, a short sale Auction Eligible Order not marked short exempt with a resting (as defined in proposed Rule 11.350(b)(1)(A)(i)) price at or below the auction match price will not participate (in whole or in part) in the clearing price determination or receive an execution (in whole or in part) in the auction match (despite such orders marketability against the auction match price) if the short sale order's participation in the clearing price determination of the auction would push the auction match price to a price at or below the current NBB price. The following describes the execution priority for auctions in a security when the Short Sale Price Test pursuant to Rule 201 of Regulation SHO is in effect:
• Auction Eligible Order that are market orders, including MOO and MOC orders, to buy, sell long, or sell short that do not push the auction match price to a price at or below the current NBB, will execute in time priority.
• All other Auction Eligible Orders priced more aggressively than the auction match price to buy, sell long, or sell short that do not push the auction match price to a price at or below the current NBB, will execute in price-display-time priority.
• All other Auction Eligible Orders priced equal to the auction match price to buy, sell long, or sell short that do not push the auction match price to a price at or below the current NBB, will execute in display-time priority.
Proposed Rule 11.350(h) states that whenever in the judgment of the Exchange, the interests of a fair and orderly markets so require, the Exchange may adjust the timing of or suspend the auctions set forth in this IEX Rule with prior notice to Users. The Exchange believes that reserving qualified discretion to adjust the timing or suspend IEX Auctions in the interest of fair and orderly markets is inherently consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange believes that this discretion is necessary to give the Exchange latitude to adapt to quickly changing, volatile market conditions that may negatively impact market participants. The Exchange further notes that Bats Rule 11.23(f) reserves identical discretion, stating “[w]henever, in the judgment of [Bats], the interests of a fair and orderly market so require, the Exchange may adjust the timing of or suspend the auctions set forth in this Rule with prior notice to Users”.
Proposed Rule 11.350(i) states that for purposes of Rule 611(b)(3) of Regulation NMS and section VI(D)(6) of the plan to Implement a Tick Size Pilot Program, orders executed pursuant to the Opening Auction, Closing Auction, IPO Auction, Halt Auction, and Volatility Auction may trade-through or trade-at the price of any other Trading Center's Manual or Protected Quotations if the transaction that traded-at or constituted the trade-through was a single-priced opening, re-opening, or closing transaction by the trading center. Each of the orders executed pursuant to the Opening Auction, Closing Auction, IPO Auction, Halt Auction, and Volatility Auction are by definition a single priced opening, re-opening, or closing transactions, and therefore meet the letter and spirit of Rule 611(B)(3) of Regulation NMS and section VI(D)(6) of the plan to Implement a Tick Size Pilot Program, and are consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest.
In addition to the amendments to IEX Rule 11.350 to govern Exchange Auctions, the Exchange proposes to amend IEX Rule 11.330 to describe the addition of IEX Auction Information to recipients of the IEX Top of Book Quote and Last Sale feed (“TOPS”), the IEX Depth of Book and Last Sale feed (“DEEP”), as well as the IEX Data Platform, which is available on the Exchange's public Web site. TOPS, DEEP, and the IEX Data Platform is available to Exchange data recipients
As defined in proposed Rule 11.350(a)(9), IEX Auction Information contains the current status of price, size, imbalance information, auction collar information, and other relevant information related to auctions conducted by the Exchange, described below.
IEX Auction Information as proposed is substantially similar to the Bats Auction Feed, and the Nasdaq Net Imbalance Order Indicator (NOII).
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Note that the Reference Price, Indicative Clearing Price, and Auction Book Clearing Price will show the same value during an IPO or Halt Auction since there is no Continuous Book and no applicable auction collar. In addition, if there is a market order imbalance in an IPO or Halt Auction, the Reference Price, Indicative Clearing Price, and Auction Book Clearing Price will all have a value of zero, indicating that an auction match price cannot be calculated, the Imbalance Side will indicate the side of the market order imbalance, and the Imbalance Shares will indicate the size of the market order imbalance. Lastly, if there is a market order imbalance in an Opening or Closing Auction, the Auction Book Clearing Price will all have a value of zero. IEX Auction Information will be disseminated every one second between the Lock-in Time and the auction match for Opening and Closing Auctions, and during the Display Only Period for IPO, Halt, and Volatility Auctions.
The fields proposed for dissemination in IEX Auction Information are strategically tailored to the IEX Auction model, and were developed after informal discussion with various Members, as well as reference to existing fields offered in auction data provided by other exchanges, including the Nasdaq NOII, and the Bats Auction Feed. Specifically, the Indicative Clearing Price and Auction Book Clearing Price are substantially similar to the Nasdaq “Near Clearing Price” and “Far Clearing Price” as well as the Bats “Indicative Price” and “Auction Only Price”, and should therefore be familiar to Members that trade in the Nasdaq and Bats auctions.
Moreover, as proposed, the Exchange will utilize orders on the Auction Book to calculate the Paired Shares, Imbalance Shares, and Imbalance Side fields included in IEX Auction Information (
Specifically, the fields as proposed are designed to avoid disseminating Paired Shares and Imbalance Shares based on orders on the Continuous Book that may be fleeting. Orders on the Continuous Book are not subject to lock-in or lock-out restrictions, and may therefore be canceled or executed at any time before the auction match. Including potentially fleeting orders in the Paired Shares and Imbalance Shares fields could have negative implications for price discovery leading up to the auction match by discouraging Users from offsetting Imbalance Shares, leaving unmatched shares on the Auction Book at the time of the match when Continuous Book orders that were ostensibly offsetting the Imbalance Shares (and contributing to Paired Shares) are canceled or executed prior to the auction.
Furthermore, as proposed, the Paired Shares field is designed to allow Users to determine the likelihood of their Eligible Auction Orders being executed in the auction. Specifically, because Paired Shares only reflects orders that are locked in to the auction (and therefore will be eligible for execution only in the auction), Users can assess their chances of receiving an execution in the auction match based on the marketability of their order against the Indicative Clearing Price, and the number of Paired Shares against their order size. For example, if the final Indicative Clearing Price is $10.00, and IEX has 100,000 shares paired, a User that has a LOC order to buy 10,000 shares with a limit price of $10.50 has a high likelihood of receiving a 10,000 share execution in the Closing Auction. To continue the example and highlight the positive effects of the proposed functionality on price discovery, if the
The Exchange further notes that as proposed, the Paired Shares, Imbalance Shares, and Imbalance Side fields are substantially similar to the “Reference Buy Shares” and “Reference Sell Shares” fields currently offered by Bats on the Bats Auction Feed, which provide the number of shares associated with buy (sell) side Eligible Auction Orders (which are on the Bats auction book, as defined in Bats Rule 11.23(a)(8)) that are priced equal to or greater (less) than the Reference Price. However, rather than market participants deriving the number of Paired Shares, Imbalance Shares, and the Imbalance Side, the Exchange is proposing to derive and disseminate each value independently.
For example, in the case of a Closing Auction if the Continuous Book were to contain the following orders at the Lock-in Time, and the NBBO were to be $19.99 × $20.00:
And the Closing Auction Book at the time were to contain the following orders:
IEX would disseminate the following IEX Auction Information:
Exchange Rule 11.280 governs trading halts due to Extraordinary Market Volatility and pursuant to the LULD Plan. In order to address the obligations of a listing market under the LULD Plan, the Exchange proposes several amendments to IEX Rule 11.280. First, the Exchange proposes to add provisions governing the manner in which auction orders would be handled during an LULD trading pause, and how trading would be re-opened following such pause. As proposed, IEX Rule 11.280(e)(5)(F) provides that Auction Eligible Orders on the Auction Book are not price slid or canceled due to LULD price bands. This provision is substantially similar to Nasdaq Rule 4120(a)(12)(E)(5). In addition, the Exchange proposes to add paragraph (e)(7) to 11.280 to provide that the Exchange may declare an LULD trading pause for a NMS Stock listed on the
The Exchange also proposes to add new paragraphs (g) and (h) to IEX Rule 11.280 governing the initiation and termination of trading halts by IEX in IEX-listed securities. Proposed paragraphs (g) and (h) to IEX Rule 11.280 are complementary to each other, and to proposed Rule 11.280(e), in that paragraph (g) sets forth the conditions under which the Exchange can initiate trading halts in circumstances in which IEX deems it necessary to protect investors and the public interest. Furthermore, such trading halts shall be initiated and terminated pursuant to the procedures set forth in proposed paragraph (h), which sets for the various procedures the Exchange will follow to initiate and terminate trading halts, including the procedures related to IPO's on the Exchange for IEX-listed securities.
As proposed, new paragraph (g) provides that in circumstances in which IEX deems it necessary to protect investors and the public interest, IEX may halt trading in an IEX-listed security, pursuant to the procedures set forth in new paragraph (h), under the following circumstances:
• IEX Rule 11.280(g)(1) provides that the Exchange may halt trading on IEX of an IEX-listed security to permit the dissemination of material news,
• IEX Rule 11.280(g)(2) provides that IEX may halt trading on IEX of a security listed on another national securities exchange during a trading halt imposed by such exchange to permit the dissemination of material news. This provision is designed to prevent trading on IEX in a security which is pending disclosure and dissemination of material information so that all market participants have equal access to such information prior to making a trading decision. The provision is also consistent with the rules of other exchanges.
• IEX Rule 11.280(g)(3) provides that IEX halt trading on IEX of a security listed on another national securities exchange when such exchange imposes a trading halt in that security because of an order imbalance or influx (an “operational trading halt”). Further, IEX may halt trading on IEX in a security listed on IEX, when the security is a derivative or component of a security listed on another national securities exchange and such exchange imposes an operational trading halt in that security. Unlike with a regulatory trading halt, if an operational trading halt is in effect, IEX Members may commence quotations and trading otherwise than on IEX at any time following initiation of the operational trading halt, without regard to whether IEX has terminated the trading halt on IEX. These provisions are substantially similar to Nasdaq Rule 4120(a)(3) and are designed to enable IEX to provide optionality to IEX members with respect to operational trading halts.
• IEX Rule 11.280(g)(4) provides that IEX may halt trading in an American Depository Receipt (“ADR”) or other security listed on IEX, when the IEX-listed security or the security underlying the ADR is listed on or registered with another national or foreign securities exchange or market, and the national or foreign securities exchange or market, or regulatory authority overseeing such exchange or market, halts trading in such security for regulatory reasons. This provision is designed to prevent trading on IEX in a security which is pending disclosure and dissemination of material information so that all market participants have equal access to such information prior to making a trading decision. The provision is also consistent with Nasdaq Rule 4120(a)(4).
• IEX Rule 11.280(g)(5) provides that IEX may halt trading in an IEX-listed security when IEX requests from the issuer of such security, issuer information relating to material news, the issuer's ability to meet IEX listing qualification requirements or any other information. This provision, which is substantially similar to Nasdaq Rule 4120(a)(5) is designed to assure that market participants do not effect transactions in a security when, in the Exchange's opinion, there is uncertainty as to whether all material information regarding the security, including its ability to meet listing requirements, has been fully disclosed to market participants.
• IEX Rule 11.280(g)(6) provides that IEX may halt trading in an IEX-listed security when there is extraordinary market activity in the security, and IEX determines that such activity is likely to have a material effect on the market for such security and believes that such activity is caused by the misuse or malfunction of an electronic quotation, communication, reporting or execution system operated by, or linked to, IEX. This provision also provides that IEX may halt a security traded on IEX on an unlisted trading privileges basis that is subject to extraordinary market activity,
• IEX Rule 11.280(g)(7) provides that IEX may halt trading in a security that is the subject of an IPO on IEX. This provision, which is substantially similar to Nasdaq Rule 4120(a)(7), is designed to provide flexibility to enable a trading halt in the event of an unexpected system or other issue, or otherwise in connection with the start of trading in an IPO.
As noted above, proposed paragraph (h) provides the procedures for initiating and terminating a trading halt and is substantially similar to Nasdaq Rule 4120(c). As proposed, subparagraphs (h)(1), and (h)(2) provide that IEX issuers are required to notify IEX of the release of certain material news prior to the release of such information to the public, as required by Rule 14.207(b)(1) and directly to IEX's Regulation Department in the manner specified by IEX. Paragraph (h)(3) provides that, upon receipt of the information from issuer or other source, IEX will promptly evaluate the information, estimate its potential impact on the market and determine whether a trading halt in the security is appropriate.
Paragraph (h)(4) provides that should IEX determine that a basis exists under IEX Rule 11.280(g) or (e) for initiating at trading halt or LULD trading pause, the commencement of the trading halt or pause will be effective at the time specified by IEX in a notice posted on a publicly available IEX Web site. IEX would also effectuate halt notices through the Securities Information Processor (“SIP”). The Exchange notes that during any trading halt or pause for which a Halt Auction or Volatility Auction under IEX Rules 11.350(e) or (f), respectively, will not occur, orders entered during the trading halt or pause will not be accepted. Paragraph (h)(5) provides that trading in a halted security shall resume at the time specified by IEX in a notice posted on a publicly available IEX Web site. As with initiation of a trading halt, IEX will also effectuate resumption notices through the SIP. These provisions are substantially similar to Nasdaq Rule 4120(c)(4) and (5), except that IEX will not accept orders with instructions to route to another exchange during any trading halt or pause for which a Halt of Volatility Auction under IEX Rules 11.350(e) or (f) will not occur.
Paragraph (h)(6) specifies the process for trading halts initiated under paragraph (g)(6) based on the misuse of malfunction of an electronic quotation, communication, reporting, or execution system that is not operated by IEX. In such a situation, IEX will promptly contact the operator of the system in question (as well as any national securities exchange or FINRA facility to which such system is linked) to ascertain information that will assist IEX in determining whether a misuse or malfunction has occurred, what effect the misuse or malfunction is having on trading in a security, and what steps are being taken to address the misuse or malfunction. If the operator of the system is unavailable when contacted by IEX, IEX will continue efforts to contact the operator of the system to ascertain information that will assist IEX in determining whether the trading halt should be terminated. A trading halt initiated under paragraph (g)(6) shall be terminated as soon as IEX determines either that the system misuse or malfunction that caused the extraordinary market activity will no longer have a material effect on the market for the security or that system misuse or malfunction is not the cause of the extraordinary market activity. This provision is substantially similar to Nasdaq Rule 4120(c)(6).
Paragraph (h)(7) specifies that a trading halt or pause in IEX-listed securities, initiated under IEX Rule 11.280(e)(2), (7) or (g)(1), (4), or (5) shall be terminated when IEX releases the security for trading at the conclusion of the Halt or Volatility Auction pursuant to IEX Rule 11.350(e) or (f), as applicable.
Paragraph (h)(8) sets forth the process for terminating a trading halt initiated in a security that is the subject of an IPO, pursuant to IEX Rule 11.280(g)(7).
• Users may enter orders in that security beginning at the start of the Order Acceptance Period (generally 8:00 a.m.) which will be accepted and entered into the System;
• Prior to terminating the halt there will be a Display Only Period during which IEX will disseminate IEX Auction Information via electronic means, and Users may continue to enter orders in that security in the System and IEX will begin to disseminate IEX Auction Information via electronic means;
• Thirty (30) minutes after the start of the Display Only Period, unless extended by the underwriter, the security will enter a Pre-Launch Period of indeterminate duration. The Pre-Launch Period and the Display Only Period will end and the security will be released for trading when the requirements of Rule 11.350(e)(2) are satisfied, and the following conditions are met:
○ IEX receives notice from the underwriter of the IPO that the security is ready to trade. The System will calculate the Indicative Clearing Price at that time and display it to the underwriter. If the underwriter then approves proceeding, the System will conduct the following validation checks:
The System must determine that all market orders will be executed in the IPO Auction; and
the security must pass the price validation test.
The failure to satisfy the above conditions during the process to release the security for trading will result in a delay of the release for trading of the IPO, and a continuation of the Pre-Launch Period, until all conditions have been satisfied. The underwriter, with concurrence of IEX, may determine at
Finally, paragraph (h)(9) provides that the process for halting and initial pricing of a security that is the subject of an IPO shall also be available for the initial pricing of any other security that has not been listed on a national securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market pursuant to FINRA Form 211 immediately prior to the initial pricing, provided that a broker-dealer serving in the role of financial advisor to the issuer of the securities being listed is willing to perform the functions under IEX Rule 11.280(h)(8) that are performed by an underwriter with respect to an IPO. This provision is substantially similar to Nasdaq Rule 4120(c)(9).
IEX believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6(b)
IEX Auctions, along with our market, are designed to incentivize and enable a broad range of market participants to enter trading interest for potential participation in the auctions. First, IEX does not impose membership, connectivity, or market data fees, in contrast to Nasdaq and NYSE, so there are no expensive barriers to entry for participation in the IEX Auctions. In addition, as proposed, IEX Auctions will utilize a simple and transparent price-display-time execution priority. Moreover, all Members are permitted to enter any type of Auction Eligible Order and there are no privileged participants (such as NYSE designated market makers and floor brokers) who receive enhanced priority, access to special order types, or receive information not available to other market participants.
With respect to the auction design, as described more fully below, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change provides an auction methodology that will be a transparent, efficient, and robust process to aggregate trading interest submitted by a broad range of market participants to be matched at a single clearing price, consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest and in alignment with issuers' interests. As proposed, the IEX Auction rules are similar to auction rules of Nasdaq, NYSE, Arca, and Bats (each of which have been approved by the Commission and found to be consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest) with several differentiators designed to enhance price discovery, transparency and participation, each of which are discussed below.
As discussed in the Purpose Section, after informal discussions with various Members, the Exchange believes that excluding all non-displayed orders (including pegged orders) that were on the Continuous Book at the time of a halt dissemination from participating in the Halt Auction is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest because Users submitting non-displayed orders are generally entrusting the Exchange to price such orders at values that are reflective of the market for a security. In the event of a trading halt, the market is in the process of reestablishing the value of a security, and therefore including non-displayed orders that are priced against a reference price that may not reflect adjustments in valuation resulting from additional information regarding the security during the halt could potentially harm investors. Similarly, as noted above, the Exchange believes excluding non-displayed orders from the Volatility Auction is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest because Users submitting non-displayed orders are generally entrusting the Exchange to price such orders at values that are reflective of the market for a security. In the event of a volatility trading pause, the security has just experienced sharp price volatility and the market is in the process of reestablishing the value of a security, and therefore including non-displayed orders that are priced against a reference price that may not reflect adjustments in valuation during the pause could potentially harm investors.
While non-displayed limit orders are not necessarily “pegged” to any particular reference price (such as a midpoint peg order, for example), such
As described in the Purpose Section, the Exchange believes that not supporting AGID modifiers in IEX Auctions is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest because within the context of the aggregated auction match process, counterparties are not considered; only the aggregate available volume for execution is considered. It is illogical to cancel an order that happens to be allocated an execution against an order entered using the same MPID, because both orders execute at the exact same price to the exact same effect where the orders happen to execute against orders of a different MPID. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that supporting AGID modifiers and Minimum Quantity instructions as defined in Rule 11.190(b)(11) in IEX Auctions would introduce additional technical complexities to the clearing price determination process, and the Exchange believes providing simplicity in this regard is in the interest of the protection of investors and the public interest.
As discussed in the Purpose section, the Exchange is proposing to utilize a default threshold percentage of ten (10) percent for the Opening/Closing Auction Collar because, based on informal discussion with various Members, as well as Nasdaq's usage of identical default threshold percentage values, such values typically provide an appropriate range within which price discovery may occur to maximize the number of shares executed in the auction. Furthermore, the Exchange believes utilizing the midpoint of the Protected NBBO to establish the Opening/Closing Auction Collar Reference Price is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest in that the Protected NBBO represents the range of prices that best reflect the market for a security. In addition, utilizing the midpoint of the Protected NBBO may be less susceptible to volatility and manipulation, because in order to move the midpoint of the Protected NBBO to influence the auction, one or more Users would need to sweep the entire market, rather than simply entering aggressive interest on the Exchange.
Moreover, the Exchange believes that the proposed Opening/Closing Auction Collars are consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest in that the default threshold is identical to the default auction collar thresholds used by Nasdaq; however, Nasdaq utilizes the midpoint of the best bid and offer on Nasdaq's book as the collar reference price.
As described above, the Exchange believes that the Volatility Auction Collar, as proposed, is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Specifically, as noted above, the Volatility Auction Collar, as proposed, is identical to the auction collars imposed by Bats, Nasdaq, and Arca when conducting an auction to resume a security subject to an LULD trading pause.
As proposed, Halt and IPO Auctions will not be subject to a collar, which is substantially similar to operation of the Bats halt auction and the Nasdaq halt cross.
As described in the purpose section, after informal discussion with various Members, in the event there is no crossing interest for an IEX Auction (and therefore no auction occurs), the Exchange proposes to utilize the initial (final) trade on IEX when the Exchange is determining the official auction price of an IEX-listed security using IEX auctions, because much of the trading interest is aggregated at the primary trading center leading into and immediately following the auction.
The Exchange also believes that the auction clearing price determination is designed to support robust price discovery in a transparent manner, consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, and in furtherance of a free and open market and a national market system. Specifically, auctions will be matched at the price that maximizes the number of shares to be executed at a single price, with appropriate tie breakers that reflect supply and demand from Auction Eligible Orders in the security and displayed interest in the market (
Specifically, as proposed, the clearing price determination for both Nasdaq and IEX would first attempt to maximize the number of shares executable in the auction at a single price. However, in the event there is more than one price at which shares are maximized, Nasdaq Rule 4752(d)(2)(B) states that the auction shall match at the price that minimizes any imbalance, and if there is more than one price at which shares are maximized and imbalance is minimized, Nasdaq Rule 4752(d)(2)(C) states that the auction shall match at the price at which shares will remain unexecuted in the auction. The Exchange believes that Nasdaq Rule 4752(d)(2)(B) and (C) are often the same price, because the price at which imbalance is minimized is often also the price at which shares remain unexecuted in the auction. Accordingly, the Exchange is proposing to consolidate these conditions, and instead utilize the price at which shares will remain unexecuted in the auction (
Moreover, in the event the clearing price determination process results in a clearing price range (
Lastly, in the event the clearing price determined pursuant to the procedures above is below (above) the lower (upper) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar in the Opening or Closing Auction, the value will be the price at or within the range of prices between the lower (upper) threshold of the Opening/Closing Auction Collar and the lower (upper) threshold of the Reference Price Range that best satisfies the conditions described above. This differs from Nasdaq in that under Nasdaq Rule 4752(d)(2)(E), if the auction price is outside of the Nasdaq opening or closing auction collars, the auction shall occur at a price within the threshold amounts that best satisfies the conditions of Nasdaq Rule 4752(d)(2)(A) through (D). The Exchange believes that the proposed rule is designed to provide greater clarity to Users regarding the range of prices within which the Opening or Closing Auction will occur (because the range is narrower) in the event the clearing price is outside of the collar.
The Exchange notes that the clearing price determination processes utilized by other primary listing markets are not homogeneous. As described above, the Exchange designed IEX Auctions with certain features that are substantial similar to current functionality offered by other listings markets, while making certain changes designed to democratize auction participation among all Members via simplification and transparency. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that the proposed auction design will provide a transparent, efficient, and robust process to aggregate trading interest submitted by a broad range of market participants to be matched at a single clearing price, consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, and in alignment with issuers' interests.
As discussed in the Purpose Section, for Opening and Closing Auctions, the Exchange proposes that non-displayed buy (sell) orders on the Continuous Book with a resting price (as defined in proposed Rule 11.350(b)(1)(A)(i)) within the Reference Price Range will be priced at the Protected NBB (NBO) for the purpose of determining the clearing price, but will be ranked and eligible for execution in the Opening or Closing Auction match at the order's resting price. Thus, non-displayed orders will
The Exchange believes that market participants generally choose to enter non-displayed interest in order that such interest is not publicly disseminated in market data feeds or otherwise. The Exchange believes that if non-displayed interest on the Continuous Book influenced the determination of the clearing price within the Reference Price Range (
Furthermore, the Exchange notes that the proposed handling of non-displayed orders on the Continuous Book with a resting price within the Reference Price Range in the Opening and Closing Auctions is functionally substantially similar to the operation of Nasdaq Imbalance Only (“IO”) orders in the Nasdaq opening and closing cross. Specifically, because IO's are repeatedly repriced to be equal to the Nasdaq best bid for buy orders or the Nasdaq best offer for sell orders (collectively, the “Nasdaq BBO”), such orders effectively do not influence the determination of the clearing price within the Nasdaq BBO, but remain eligible for execution in the auction solely to offset imbalance, and influence the clearing price of the auction when it moves beyond the Nasdaq BBO.
As discussed in the Purpose Section, the Exchange does not propose to offer an imbalance order
The Exchange also believes that the proposed Lock-in and Lock-out Time is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, because in the final minutes leading into the auction match, the Exchange is attempting to achieve equilibrium and stability by avoiding the increase of imbalances or large price swings resulting from aggressively priced orders in the Auction Book, while still allowing for price discovery to occur within the applicable auction collars leading up to the auction match. The Exchange notes that that Bats implements an identical Opening Auction Lock-out time (9:28 a.m.), at which time LOO and MOO orders, as well as RHO orders will be rejected. In the context of the IEX Opening Auction, such orders are the equivalent of the order types on the Opening Auction Book. Furthermore, Bats restricts Users from canceling or modifying Eligible Auction Orders between the Lock-out Time and the auction match, except for RHO limit orders, which may be modified (but not canceled) until the auction match.
The Exchange is proposing to afford Users the ability to enter auction specific interest (within the applicable auction collar) beyond the typical cutoff times employed by other exchanges, while locking-in such interest and beginning the dissemination of IEX Auction Information using a time-line that will be familiar to Users. Specifically, the proposed approach is
Furthermore, for both the Opening and Closing Auctions, Hyper-aggressive Auction Orders will be rejected after the Lock-in Time, which is designed to minimize the increase of imbalances or large price swings resulting from aggressively priced orders in the Auction Book during the last minutes leading into the auction. Instead, the Exchange is proposing to allow for price discovery to occur on the Auction Book within the applicable auction collars and on the Continuous Book leading up to the auction match, allowing for a convergence of the Auction Book with the Continuous Book to establish equilibrium. The Exchange believes that allowing Users to offset imbalances on the Auction Book after the Lock-in Time is designed to promote price discovery and stability, and establish equilibrium leading into the auction match because such orders are not able to be canceled or modified after entry (
Furthermore, as described above, the Exchange believes that allowing Auction Eligible Orders on the Continuous Book to continue to be submitted, modified, and canceled until immediately prior to execution is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest because such orders allow Users to offset imbalances in the auction until the auction match occurs, which will further the Exchange's intended goal of achieving equilibrium and stability prior to the auction match. In addition, the Exchange does not propose to interrupt continuous trading, and therefore believes it is necessary to allow Continuous Book orders to remain unrestricted in the interest of maintain fair and orderly markets, and the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange also notes that Bats offers identical functionality for all orders eligible for execution in the Bats Pre-Opening Session.
The Exchange believes that providing transparent Opening Auction Contingency Procedures is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest in that Users will have more clarity regarding the status of open orders, therefore allowing for such Users to resubmit such interest in the Regular Market Session, or re-route such interest to an alternate trading center after IEX has opened the security for trading. In addition, the Opening Auction Contingency Procedures are designed to ensure the orderly and timely opening of IEX-listed securities, which will help to ensure a fair and orderly market for securities listed on the Exchange. Similarly, the Exchange believes that the proposed Closing Auction Contingency Procedures are designed to ensure the orderly and timely closing of IEX-listed securities, which will help to ensure a fair and orderly market for securities listed on the Exchange. Furthermore, the proposed Closing Auction Contingency Procedures are identical to those recently proposed by Nasdaq in conjunction with NYSE and NYSE Arca, and the SIPs as part of a larger industry initiative to ensure the orderly execution and dissemination of official closing prices. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that the proposed auction contingency procedures are consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest.
The Exchange believes that the data elements proposed to be included in IEX Auction Information will provide market participants with a comprehensive range of data relevant to auction pricing that will enable market participants to make informed decisions on whether and at what prices to enter
The fields proposed for dissemination in IEX Auction Information are strategically tailored to the IEX Auction model, and were developed after informal discussion with various Members, as well as reference to existing fields offered in auction data provided by other exchanges, including the Nasdaq NOII, and the Bats Auction Feed. Specifically, the Indicative Clearing Price and Auction Book Clearing Price are substantially similar to the Nasdaq “Near Clearing Price” and “Far Clearing Price” as well as the Bats “Indicative Price” and “Auction Only Price”, and should therefore be familiar to Members that trade in the Nasdaq and Bats auctions.
Moreover, as proposed, the Exchange will utilize orders on the Auction Book to calculate the Paired Shares, Imbalance Shares, and Imbalance Side fields included in IEX Auction Information (
Specifically, the fields as proposed are designed to avoid disseminating Paired Shares and Imbalance Shares based on orders on the Continuous Book that may be fleeting. Orders on the Continuous Book are not subject to lock-in or lock-out restrictions, and may therefore be canceled at any time before the auction match. Including potentially fleeting orders in the Paired Shares and Imbalance Shares fields could have negative implications for price discovery leading up to the auction match by discouraging Users from offsetting Imbalance Shares, leaving unmatched shares on the Auction Book at the time of the match when Continuous Book orders that were ostensibly offsetting the Imbalance Shares (and contributing to Paired Shares) are canceled prior to the auction. Accordingly, the proposed fields are consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, in that they are designed to increase the reliability of the fields disseminated in IEX Auction Information, and mitigate potential gaming scenarios that could negatively impact Users trading in IEX Auctions.
Furthermore, as proposed, the Paired Shares field is designed to allow Users to determine the likelihood of their Eligible Auction Orders being executed in the auction. Specifically, because Paired Shares only reflect orders that are locked in to the auction (and therefore will be eligible for execution in the auction), Users can assess their chances of receiving an execution in the auction match based on the marketability of their order against the Indicative Clearing Price, and the number of Paired Shares against their order size. For example, if the final Indicative Clearing Price is $10.00, and IEX has 100,000 shares paired, a User that has a LOC order to buy 10,000 shares with a limit price of $10.50 has a high likelihood of receiving a 10,000 share execution in the Closing Auction. To continue the example and highlight the positive effects of the proposed functionality on price discovery, if the Indicative Clearing Price were to have moved away from the participant (to $10.50, for example), such User's chances of receiving an execution in the auction are diminished because the auction match price has moved to the order's limit price, and such order is “locked-in” (
The Exchange further notes that as proposed, the Paired Shares, Imbalance Shares, and Imbalance Side fields are substantially similar to the “Reference Buy Shares” and “Reference Sell Shares” fields currently offered by Bats on the Bats Auction Feed, which provide the number of shares associated with buy (sell) side Eligible Auction Orders (which are on the Bats auction book, as defined in Bats Rule 11.23(a)(8)) that are priced equal to or greater (less) than the Reference Price. However, rather than market participants deriving the number of Paired Shares, Imbalance Shares, and the Imbalance Side, the Exchange is proposing to derive and disseminate each value independently.
The Exchange also believes that the proposed trading halt and LULD trading pause rule provisions are consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest because such provisions provide for the imposition of a regulatory trading halt in an IEX-listed security in order to prevent trading from occurring in such security when all market participants do not have equal access to material news or other information necessary to make an informed trading decision. With respect to operational trading halts, proposed IEX Rule 11.280(g)(3) provides appropriate optionality to Members and market makers in determining whether to continue trading when there is an order imbalance or influx on another market. As discussed in the Purpose section, the proposed trading halt and LULD trading pause rules are substantially similar to Nasdaq rules approved by the Commission (described above) and thus do not raise any new or novel issues. Moreover, the proposed LULD trading pause provisions are consistent with the LULD Plan as well as Nasdaq rules.
Lastly, the Exchange believes that the proposed operational rules regarding IPO's conducted on the Exchange are consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest because the process is designed to provide underwriters with the necessary tools to ensure the IPO Auction as well as continuous trading following the auction operate in an orderly manner, consistent with the protections of investors and the public interest. In addition, as noted above, the proposed operational rules regarding IPO's are substantially similar to Nasdaq Rule 4120(c)(8), and therefore do not present any novel issues the Commission has not already considered.
IEX does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the contrary, and as discussed in the Statutory Basis section, the Exchange believes that offering auctions is essential for operation of a listing market which will allow the Exchange to provide companies with another listing option, thereby promoting intermarket competition between exchanges in furtherance of the principles of Section 11A(a)(1)
With respect to the auction design, the Exchange does not believe that the proposal will impose any burden on intermarket or intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. With respect to intermarket competition, as a new listing venue, IEX expects to face intense competition from existing exchanges. Consequently, the degree to which the IEX auction design could impose any burden on intermarket competition is extremely limited, and IEX does not believe that the auction design would impose any burden on competing venues that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
With respect to intramarket competition, the auction design will apply equally to all IEX Members and market participants that send orders to IEX through IEX Members. Moreover, IEX believes that the “open access” auction design will result in auctions that attract meaningful trading interest that will enable robust price discovery, and enhance intramarket competition. All Members are permitted to enter any type of Auction Eligible Order and there are no privileged participants who receive enhanced priority, have access to special order types, or receive information not available to other market participants. Consequently, IEX does not believe that the proposal will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
The Exchange also does not think that the content and manner by which IEX Auction Information will be disseminated will impose any burden on competition, since the data will be provided to all Members and market participants free of charge and on terms that are not unreasonably discriminatory.
IEX requested comments from Members and other market participants regarding the proposed auction design. The “Request for Comment Regarding Auctions for IEX-listed Securities” was disseminated to IEX Members and other market participants
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |